The Secretary of State for the Home Department acting

The Secretary of State for the Home Department acting
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
AUTHORITY: The Secretary of State for the
Home Department
acting through Border Force
VOLUME 3
SCHEDULE 1 – STATEMENT OF
REQUIREMENTS, PART B
PROVISION AND INSTALLATION OF CCTV AT
THE PORT OF DOVER
SEPTEMBER 2013
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
1
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
ENGINEERING SYSTEMS SPECIFICATION
MASTER INDEX
Section
Title
Page
PROJECT OVERVIEW – BIDDERS SHOULD READ THIS SECTION FIRST
9
A
PRELIMINARIES/ GENERAL CONDITIONS
16
P
BUILDING FABRIC SUNDRIES
73
V
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY/ POWER/ LIGHTING SYSTEMS
81
W
COMMUNICATIONS/ SECURITY/ CONTROL SYSTEMS
98
Y
SERVICES REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS
161
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
2
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
INDEX
PROJECT OVERVIEW
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
3
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
INDEX
SECTION 'A'
PRELIMINARIES/ GENERAL CONDITIONS
A10
PROJECT PARTICULARS
A11
DRAWINGS AND TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS
A12
THE SITE/ EXISTING BUILDINGS
A13
DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK
A20
THE CONTRACT/ SUB-CONTRACT
A30
TENDERING/ SUB-LETTING/ SUPPLY
A31
PROVISION, CONTENT AND USE OF DOCUMENTS
A32
MANAGEMENT OF THE WORKS
A33
QUALITY STANDARDS/ CONTROL
A34
SECURITY/ SAFETY/ PROTECTION
A37
OPERATION/ MAINTENANCE OF THE FINISHED INSTALLATIONS
A40
MANAGEMENT AND STAFF
A53
WORK BY STATUTORY AUTHORITIES
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
4
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
INDEX
SECTION 'P'
BUILDING FABRIC SUNDRIES
P10
SUNDRY INSULATION/ PROOFING WORK/ FIRE STOPS
P30
TRENCHES/ PIPEWAYS/ PITS FOR BURIED ENGINEERING SERVICES
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
5
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
INDEX
SECTION 'V'
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY/ POWER/ LIGHTING SYSTEMS
V90
GENERAL LIGHTING AND POWER (SMALL SCALE)
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
6
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
INDEX
SECTION 'W'
COMMUNICATIONS/ SECURITY/ CONTROL SYSTEMS
W15
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
W42
SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
W51
EARTHING AND BONDING
W53
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATABILITY AND SCREENING (EMC)
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
7
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
INDEX
SECTION 'Y'
ELECTRICAL SERVICES REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS
Y60
CONDUIT AND CABLE TRUNKING
Y61
HV/ LV CABLES AND WIRING
Y63
SUPPORT COMPONENTS -CABLES
Y71
LV SWITCHGEAR AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
Y74
ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Y80
EARTHING AND BONDING COMPONENTS
Y81
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Y82
IDENTIFICATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Y89
SUNDRY COMMON ELECTRICAL ITEMS
Y90
FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC
MECHANICAL SERVICES REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS
Y90
FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
8
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
PROJECT OVERVIEW – BIDDERS SHOULD READ THIS SECTION FIRST
CONTENTS
1000
INTRODUCTION
2000
GENERAL GUIDANCE TO BIDDERS
1000
INTRODUCTION
1010
Background
Dover Harbour Board (DHB) is in the process of undertaking significant
redevelopment works of the Eastern Docks. The primary aim of these works is to
improve the facility in terms of Customer service and Port functionality.
The redevelopment works are split into two distinct areas; these being


TMI (Traffic Management Improvement)
API (Assembly Park Improvement)
The TMI works comprise improvements to traffic flow and passenger handling
predominantly associated with tourist travel. The existing Passenger Handling
Building (PHB) has been subject to major remodelling, refurbishment and demolition
works.
The API works are associated with improving traffic flow for freight services. DHB has
indicated that the scheme has yet to be finalised.
As part of the DHB TMI works the contractor has supplied, installed, tested and
commissioned a dedicated passive IT network for use by the successful bidder.
Border Force have identified a need for significant improvements to the Harbours
video surveillance system based on the general consensus that the existing
installation is considered inadequate.
Border Force consider the primary objectives of the proposed to be



1020
Develop and Enhance Border Security
Protection of staff by recording incidents of confrontation and assault.
General monitoring of Vehicle and pedestrian traffic.
Brief Description of the Project
The overarching requirement of the project is to provide a new CCTV/Video
Surveillance system over a dedicated IT network to provide coverage to the areas
identified on the drawings and within the Statement of Requirements.
1030
Advanced Works Already Undertaken by DHB in Support of this Project
DHB have undertaken a substantial element of works as part of the TMI project; this
generally comprises the following –
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
9
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL



Passive IT network serving the Passenger Handling Building and numerous
satellite areas
Local Power Supplies to support cabinets
Electrical Containment
Bidders shall refer to the following drawings within Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part C,
Appendix 3:
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 640 1000 Passenger Handling Building Existing Passive
IT Cabling Network Sheet 1
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 640 1001 Passenger Handling Building Existing Passive
IT Cabling Network Sheet 2
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 640 1002 Passenger Handling Building Existing Passive
IT Cabling Network Sheet 3
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 4000 Site Wide Existing Passive IT Cabling Network
1440918 HL XX XX SM E 680 5000 Existing Passive IT Network Schematic
Bidders shall refer to the following specification sections within Volume 3, Schedule
1, Part B.
W15 IT Network
1040
Phasing
Phasing proposals are dictated by the DHB redevelopment works.
Phase 1
Passenger Handling Building and Associated satellite areas (i.e.
those areas redeveloped by DHB as part of the TMI works)
Phase 2
Areas of the Port not affected by DHB redevelopment works
Phase 3
Areas of the Port awaiting completion of demolition works by DHB
Phase 4
Areas of the Port forming part of the DHB API works
Bidders shall refer to the following drawing within Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part C,
Appendix 3:
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 8000 Phasing Boundaries
1050
Outline Description of the Works
Whilst the works are primarily associated with the provision of an IP Based CCTV
system it will be necessary to undertake support works to facilitate this installation.
These support works may be relatively minor in nature and extent and may not
necessarily apply to all phases but must be given due consideration by the Bidders.
The supporting building engineering services systems required include, but are not
limited to, the following: 1.
Environmental cooling systems
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
10
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
2.
Lighting and emergency lighting
3.
External lighting
4.
Electrical power distribution
5.
Fire alarm and detection systems
6.
Access control systems
7.
Electrical Containment systems
8.
IT systems – data cabling, outlets, cabinets etc.
9.
Lightning protection systems
10.
Demolition/ strip out/ alterations (Review Suite)
11.
Builderswork in connection with the installation (excavation, trenching, cable
ducts, draw pits, reinstatement, camera bases, vehicle protection, holes
through walls, making good etc.)
Whilst the extent of some these systems may be limited they must be considered as
part of the overall project requirement.
Section 2000 of this document seeks to provide guidance to Bidders with respect to
which systems apply to each Phase.
1060
Technical Document Composition
Bidders shall familiarise themselves with the contents of Volume 3, Schedules which
comprise numerous documents identifying project specific information along with
supporting generic „workmanship‟ and good practice‟ requirements:Volume 3, Schedule 1 Part A
Volume 3, Schedule 1 Part B
Volume 3, Schedule 1 Part C App. 1 Volume 3, Schedule 1 Part C App. 2 Volume 3, Schedule 1 Part C App 3 Volume 3, Schedule 10 -
Statement of Requirements
Technical Specification
Camera Specifications
Indicative
Camera
Phasing
Document
Drawings
Test and Implementation
(„Milestones‟) Schedule
Volume 3 Schedule 1 Part B is further sub-divided as follows
Section A
General Conditions & Technical Preliminaries
Section P
Particular Specification, Performance Requirements and Standards
associated with the Builderswork which may be required.
Section V
Particular Specification, Performance Requirements and Standards
associated with the provision of local general electrical services such as
small power, lighting, fire alarms and the like which may be required
Particular Specification, Performance Requirements and Standards
associated with the provision of the IT Network and the CCTV system.
Section W
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
11
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Section Y
Mechanical & Electrical Services Reference Specifications. These are the
general workmanship and good practice requirements to be applied as
appropriate to the installed systems.
The majority of the works are likely to be covered by Section W.
Section 2000 of this document seeks to provide guidance to Bidders with respect to
which sections apply to each Phase.
The following sections apply to all Phases without exception:
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part A
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part C, App. 1 Volume 3, Schedule 1 Part C App. 2 Volume 3, Schedule 10
-
Statement of Requirements
Camera Specifications
Indicative Camera Phasing Document
Test and Implementation („Milestones‟)
Schedule
2000
GENERAL GUIDANCE TO BIDDERS
2010
Advanced Works Already Undertaken by DHB in Support of this Project
The passive IT network installation undertaken by DHB is based on the outline CCTV
design.
The outline design proposal does not constitute a detailed design and as such it is
the responsibility of the Bidder to ensure the existing installation aligns with their
proposals.
Refer to Section 1030 for the applicable technical documents.
2020
Phase 1
It is anticipated that Bidders will develop their designs to align with the existing
passive IT network installation and supplement as necessary with additional cabling,
containment etc. as required. On this basis limited additional cabling/containment
works are expected within the Passenger handling Building.
Phase 1 also includes the provision of the proposed review suite which will attract an
element of small scale Mechanical & Electrical works such as local cooling, small
power, Lighting, emergency lighting, fire alarms etc.
Bidders shall refer to the following drawings within Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part C
Appendix 3:
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 640 1000 Passenger Handling Building Existing Passive
IT Cabling Network Sheet 1
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 640 1001 Passenger Handling Building Existing Passive
IT Cabling Network Sheet 2
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 640 1002 Passenger Handling Building Existing Passive
IT Cabling Network Sheet 3
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
12
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 680 1010 Passenger Handling Building Proposed CCTV
Sheet 1
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 680 1011 Passenger Handling Building Proposed CCTV
Sheet 2
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 680 1012 Passenger Handling Building Proposed CCTV
Sheet 3
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 680 2004 Proposed Review Suite
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 4000 Site Wide Existing Passive IT Cabling Network
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 4010 Site Wide Proposed CCTV Sheet 1
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 4011 Site Wide Proposed CCTV Sheet 2
1440918 HL XX XX SM E 680 5000 Existing Passive IT Network Schematic
1440918 HL XX XX SM E 680 5001 Proposed CCTV Schematic
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 200 6000 Anticipated External Builderswork Sheet 1
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 200 6001 Anticipated External Builderswork Sheet 2
1440918 HL XX XX DT E 200 6004 Proposed Typical Builderswork Details
1440918 HL XX XX DR E 680 7000 Operational Requirements PHB
1440918 HL XX XX DR E 680 7001 Operational Requirements Site
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 8000 Phasing Boundaries
Bidders shall refer to the following particular specification sections within Volume 3,
Schedule 1, Part B (order prioritised to suit anticipated extent of work):
W42
W15
V90
P30
W51
W53
P10
2030
Surveillance System Specification
Information Technology
General Lighting & Power etc. (Small Scale)
Trenches/Pipeways/Pits for Buried Engineering Services
Earthing and Bonding
Electromagnetic Compatibility and Screening (EMC)
Sundry Insulation/Proofing work/Fire Stops
Phase 2
Phase 2 comprises additional satellite areas not affected by the DHB redevelopment
works
Bidders shall refer to the following drawings within Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part C,
Appendix 3:
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 680 2000 OB PAF Controls Canopy Proposed CCTV
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 680 2001 OB Freight Search Proposed CCTV
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 680 2003 OB Coach/Car Search Proposed CCTV
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 4010 Site Wide Proposed CCTV Sheet 1
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 4011 Site Wide Proposed CCTV Sheet 2
1440918 HL XX XX SM E 680 5001 Proposed CCTV Schematic
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 200 6000 Anticipated External Builderswork Sheet 1
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
13
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 200 6001 Anticipated External Builderswork Sheet 2
1440918 HL XX XX DT E 200 6004 Proposed Typical Builderswork Details
1440918 HL XX XX DR E 680 7001 Operational Requirements Site
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 8000 Phasing Boundaries
Bidders shall refer to the following particular specification sections within Volume 3,
Schedule 1, Part B (order prioritised to suit anticipated extent of work):
W42
W15
P30
V90
W51
W53
P10
2040
Surveillance System Specification
Information Technology
Trenches/Pipeways/Pits for Buried Engineering Services
General Lighting & Power etc. (Small Scale)
Earthing and Bonding
Electromagnetic Compatibility and Screening (EMC)
Sundry Insulation/Proofing work/Fire Stops
Phase 3
Phase 3 works are predominantly associated with providing external camera
coverage to monitor traffic flow. The areas in question are dependent on the DHB
TMI demolition works.
Bidders shall refer to the following drawings within Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part C,
Appendix 3:
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 4010 Site Wide Proposed CCTV Sheet 1
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 4011 Site Wide Proposed CCTV Sheet 2
1440918 HL XX XX SM E 680 5001 Proposed CCTV Schematic
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 200 6000 Anticipated External Builderswork Sheet 1
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 200 6001 Anticipated External Builderswork Sheet 2
1440918 HL XX XX DT E 200 6004 Proposed Typical Builderswork Details
1440918 HL XX XX DR E 680 7001 Operational Requirements Site
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 8000 Phasing Boundaries
Bidders shall refer to the following particular specification sections within Volume 3,
Schedule 1, Part B (order prioritised to suit anticipated extent of work):
W42
W15
P30
V90
W51
W53
2050
Surveillance System Specification
Information Technology
Trenches/Pipeways/Pits for Buried Engineering Services
General Lighting & Power etc. (Small Scale)
Earthing and Bonding
Electromagnetic Compatibility and Screening (EMC)
Phase 4
Phase 4 works are ultimately dependent on the DHB API redevelopment scheme
proposals which are, as yet, undefined.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
14
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Bidders shall refer to the following drawings within Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part C,
Appendix 3:
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 680 2002 IB Freight Search Canopy Proposed CCTV
1440918 HL XX GF DR E 680 3000 IB Freight Examination (DASC Building)
Proposed CCTV
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 4010 Site Wide Proposed CCTV Sheet 1
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 4011 Site Wide Proposed CCTV Sheet 2
1440918 HL XX XX SM E 680 5001 Proposed CCTV Schematic
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 200 6000 Anticipated External Builderswork Sheet 1
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 200 6001 Anticipated External Builderswork Sheet 2
1440918 HL XX XX DT E 200 6004 Proposed Typical Builderswork Details
1440918 HL XX XX DR E 680 7001 Operational Requirements Site
1440918 HL XX XX SP E 680 8000 Phasing Boundaries
Bidders shall refer to the following particular specification sections within Volume 3,
Schedule 1, Part B (order prioritised to suit anticipated extent of work):
W42
W15
P30
V90
W51
W53
P10
Surveillance System Specification
Information Technology
Trenches/Pipeways/Pits for Buried Engineering Services
General Lighting & Power etc. (Small Scale)
Earthing and Bonding
Electromagnetic Compatibility and Screening (EMC)
Sundry Insulation/Proofing work/Fire Stops
END OF SECTION – PROJECT OVERVIEW
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
15
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A SECTION
INDEX
M&E PRELIMINARIES
A10
PROJECT PARTICULARS
A11
DRAWINGS AND TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS
A12
THE SITE/EXISTING BUILDINGS
A13
DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK
A20
THE CONTRACT/SUB CONTRACT
A30
TENDERING/SUB-LETTING/SUPPLY
A31
PROVISION, CONTENT AND USE OF DOCUMENTS
A32
MANAGEMENT OF THE WORKS
A33
QUALITY STANDARDS/CONTROL
A34
SECURITY/SAFETY/PROTECTION
A37
OPERATION/MAINTENANCE OF THE FINISHED INSTALLATION
A40
MANAGEMENT AND STAFF
A53
WORKS BY STATUTORY AUTHORITIES
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
16
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A10
PROJECT PARTICULARS
CONTENTS
100
INTRODUCTION TO PRELIMINARIES / GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION
200
TITLE AND NATURE OF PROJECT
300
DEFINITIONS
310
METRIC AND IMPERIAL CONVERSIONS
A10
PROJECT PARTICULARS
100
INTRODUCTION TO PRELIMINARIES / GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION
This section of the Statement of Requirements describes the Contractor‟s
obligations in respect of the building engineering systems, in relation to the
management of the works, production of information, design responsibility and other
matters not directly related to the technical content of the works, insofar as they
relate to the building engineering systems.
200
TITLE AND NATURE OF PROJECT
The project consists of the design and build of a new IP based video surveillance
system (which includes the provision of a dedicated fully operational IT network)
and the supporting mechanical and electrical engineering systems for the Eastern
Docks at the Port of Dover.
The project consists of the design and build of all Builders work necessary to
accommodate the above, as detailed in the Project Overview document
The existing arrangement of the Ground Floor office within the Visual Enhancement
Suite (VES) / Freight Inspection Building shall be remodelled to make way for the
new layout which will introduce the proposed Review Suite. The Contractor shall be
responsible for conducting this work.
A Contractor is to be appointed on a design and build Contract. With this in mind,
the Contractor shall note that the tender drawings are indicative in nature and
should allow for the full detail design and co-ordination for all services.
300
DEFINITIONS
The following definitions apply throughout this Statement of Requirements:
Building Engineering Systems Installation:
Each and every Installation from the following schedules:
1
Mechanical
2
Electrical
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
17
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
3
Fire Protection – Fire Alarm, etc
4
Voice and Data Cabling
5
Security
6
Builders work
7
Commissioning
Submit:
Issue documentation in accordance with the Contract
(i.e. the specified number of copies, to the Authority
and / or other members of the project team as
required).
Works:
All building engineering systems shown on the tender
drawings and described in this Statement of
Requirements.
Drawings:
The tender drawings.
Elsewhere:
Detailed or specified in other clauses, sections, shown
on the drawings or contained in this Statement of
Requirements.
System:
All equipment, accessories, controls, supports and
ancillary items, including supply, installation,
connection, testing, commissioning and setting to work
necessary for that section of the Works to function.
Competent person:
A person who, by reason of theoretical and practical
training or actual experience or both, is competent to
perform the task or function or assume the
responsibility in question and is authorised to perform
such a task or function.
Trench:
A covered horizontal service space in the floor or
ground with access from above.
Cavity:
A space enclosed within the elements of a building
within which services are installed, e.g. the space
between ceiling and floor above.
Concealed services:
Includes installations within trenches or cavities.
Terminal units:
Units such as radiators, convectors, fan coil units,
induction units, variable or constant volume air boxes
and other like equipment.
Ancillaries:
All specified fittings, accessories, inserts, test points,
bracketing, terminal equipment connected to and
installed in the engineering services system.
Equal and approved:
310
The Authority will be the sole arbiter of whether any
alternative product to that specified is acceptable.
Metric and Imperial Conversions
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
18
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Some dimensions and units in metric have been converted from imperial units and
approximated to the nearest practical dimension, i.e. 12” has been converted to
300mm. Metric sizes have been used for both metric and imperial components.
Where only imperial components are available the imperial size has been converted
to the metric equivalent size. Due allowance should be made for metric and
imperial conversions.
END OF SECTION A10 CONTENTS
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
19
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A11 DRAWINGS AND TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS
CONTENTS
100
DRAWINGS
200
210
DRAWINGS BY THE CONTRACTOR
GENERAL
220
SCHEDULE OF ICONTRACTOR‟S DRAWINGS
230
DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR
240
PRODUCTION OF INSTALLATION/ WORKING/ BUILDER‟S WORK DRAWINGS
300
INSTALLATION/WORKING DRAWINGS
400
BUILDER‟S WORK DRAWINGS
500
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS BY THE CONTRACTOR
600
COMMENTS ON THE CONTRACTOR‟S ‟S DRAWINGS AND TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS
700
REVISIONS AND VARIATIONS
100
DRAWINGS FOR THE TENDER AND CONTRACT
Tender drawings are included in this RFP, in Part C of this Statement of
Requirements.
The Tender drawings illustrate the concept of the building engineering services
systems and installations and are not detailed in all respects. The size, capacity and
position of all components including connection points, accessories, apparatus,
equipment and room terminals, shown on the tender drawings, are approximate and
for guidance in tender preparation.
The Contractor shall not use the tender drawings as design and / or Installation /
Working drawings.
Design requirements are performance based. The Contractor shall provide a
detailed set of drawings.
200
DRAWINGS BY THE CONTRACTOR
210
GENERAL
The Contractor shall comply with the following:

Produce and submit all drawings, without exception, in a CAD format agreed
with the Authority (tender to allow for AutoCAD latest version) with files also
provided in „PDF‟ (Portable Document Format).

Make independent enquiries to ensure that the CAD system is compatible
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
20
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
with those systems being used by the Authority and provide file translation
facilities to suit the Authority‟s format. Agree the drawing layering convention
with the Authority‟s Representative, so that some items (including
dimensions, furniture, general text, drawing borders) can be „frozen‟ without
affecting the visibility of other aspects, e.g. the building structure.
220

Prepare all drawings in accordance with BS 1553 specification for “graphical
symbols for general engineering”. Use the definitions of the contents of
installation / working drawings that are contained within BSRIA‟s document
TN22/ 97, Appendix „A‟.

On all drawings show the same Project name as that on the front page of this
Statement of Requirements.

Reproduce all drawings in accordance with BS EN ISO 5457 “sizes and
layout sheets”.
SCHEDULE OF CONTRACTOR‟S DRAWINGS
Within ten (10) Working Days of the Commencement Date, the Contractor shall
prepare, and submit to the Authority, a schedule of all drawings “Drawing Schedule”
that it proposes to submit for comment in connection with the Works. Every drawing
on the schedule shall indicate the following:

Drawing number and revision number

Drawing title and building engineering system,

Scale

Latest date required on site,

Date that final comments are required,

Date on which comments were received,

Date issued for comments, and

Date of commencement of drawing production
The Contractor shall revise and submit to the Authority, the Drawing Schedule on a
monthly basis updating it to take into account all revisions that have taken place.
230
DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall provide the following drawings and cross-reference them to
each other for ease of interpretation:
~ Schematic drawings Installation/ Working Drawings /Co-ordinated floor plans
~ Shop/ Fabrication drawings
~ Manufacturer‟s drawings
~ Plant and Equipment drawings
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
21
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
~ Plant and Equipment wiring diagrams
~ Builders Work drawings
~ Record drawings
240
PRODUCTION OF INSTALLATION/ WORKING/ BUILDER‟S WORK DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall ensure that all Installation/ Working and Builder's Work
Drawings for the project are co-ordinated and that their production is timely.
The Contract shall also ensure that any Sub-contractors it appoints for the purposes
of installing building engineering services systems, exchange information with each
other and prepare their drawings to a common drawing production programme.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to arrange, attend and chair drawing
production meetings, as necessary to adhere to the requirements of the Programme.
The purpose of the meetings is to resolve the effective production of the co-ordinated
multidisciplinary Installation/ Working and Builder's Work drawings.
The Authority will not meet any additional costs incurred by the Contractor for
abortive draughting by any individual engaged on this Contract caused by a lack of
knowledge of the requirements of any other individuals of the Contractor‟s appointed
Sub-contractors. .
Furthermore, the Authority will not meet any additional costs to rectify work rendered
abortive as a consequence of the Contractor‟s failure to install in accordance with a
properly produced and commented drawing, or to install without relevant detailed
information of other work required as part of this Contract
The Contractor shall produce and present all drawings in printed form.
From the description of the required content of the Installation/ Working drawings
given elsewhere in this Statement of Requirements, the Contractor shall indicate on
every Installation/ Working Drawing all relevant details of all elements of structure,
architectural form and other building engineering services system that comprise the
completed project.
The Contractor shall ensure that all drawings have independent layers of information
including, but not limited to, the following list and include the relevant aspects, in coordination, of the following:
1
Structure and architectural form.
2
Lighting.
3
Small Power.
4
Power Distribution.
5
Voice and Data Cabling.
6
External Works.
7
Primary and secondary steelwork.
8
Interior Design.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
22
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
9
Furniture Layouts.
All of the above shall be depicted in a readily identifiable manner, as agreed with the
Authority.
The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring the accuracy of all drawings related
to the building engineering services system Installation/ Working and Builders Work
Drawings. The Contractor shall also be responsible for managing and coordinating
all works involved in the delivery of the Programme.
300
INSTALLATION/ WORKING DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall:

Provide the appropriate Installation/Working drawings for the engineering
services installations as described herein and in accordance with the agreed
Programme.

When preparing drawings for the installation show all components required
for a complete installation, properly located, dimensioned and co-ordinated.

Note that, the term “Installation/Working drawings” here includes plans,
elevations, sections, details and schematics. Make them of a minimum scale
but sufficient to illustrate and describe the design, fabrication, installation and
fixings for all assembly conditions, interfaces and co-ordination with the other
works.

Base the Installation/Working drawings on the Tender drawings, taking into
account any modifications, by way of updated drawings that may have taken
place, and correctly relate the details of the actual plant and equipment
selected for incorporation into the works, to all other items. Properly include
in the works the layouts, routes and details of the building services
engineering systems shown on the Tender drawings, and make allowance for
the installation, operation and maintenance of the works by all other trades
and disciplines. Accurately show the specified or selected plant and
equipment in its true proposed location.

Base the Installation/Working Drawings upon the latest issue of the
Architectural and Structural drawings and any other drawings or information
from trades or disciplines issued by the Authority during construction.

Submit Installation/Working Drawings that clearly state that plant or
equipment proposed complies in all respects with the specified requirements.
Where the Contractor wishes the Authority to consider alternatives to or
deviations from the Statement of Requirements, clearly detail each and every
alternative or deviation proposed.

Submit details of plant and equipment in schedule form accompanied by
certified working drawings where appropriate.
Provide copies of
manufacturer's certified drawings for major items of plant, indicating physical
dimensions, schematic arrangements of all components and full detailed
electrical wiring diagrams.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
23
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Where necessary for the proper co-ordination of the works, make a survey of
the site or building(s) or room(s) and existing installations as constructed, and
prepare the Installation/ Working drawings from the resulting site
measurements.

Show on the Installation/ Working drawings all plant, equipment and cable
tray/ cable trunking/ pipe/ duct runs, etc. Include on the drawings full details
of all plant together with cable tray/ cable trunking/ pipe/ duct sizes, wiring
drawings, schematic and inter-connection diagrams/ drawings.

Show on wiring diagrams, (including internal diagrams for items of electrical
equipment and diagrams of interconnection between items of equipment and
components) references of all terminals and terminations with cable types
clearly identified.
Circuit and Layout Diagrams
It is the Contractor‟s responsibility to ensure that circuit and layout diagrams for the
electrical wiring of plant, etc., do not only detail all circuitry within main control panels
but also that within all external equipment (e.g. motor starters, thermostatic control
devices), together with all interconnecting wiring from the main point of supply
onwards and with all terminal markings. Indicate the required sizes and types of all
cables on the layout diagrams together with the ratings of such items as fuses,
switches and controllers.
The Contractor shall:

Arrange circuit diagrams, where possible, so that the main sequence of
events is from left to right and from top to bottom of the diagram. Comply
with BS 3939 for diagram symbols. If abbreviations are employed for the
designation of components, provide a schedule on the drawings that explains
the meaning of the abbreviations.

Note that individual circuit and layout drawings from the various component
manufacturers are not acceptable in lieu of composite diagrams.

Note that where revisions take place to the works, either as a result of the
written instruction by the Authority, or when revised architectural or structural
drawings are issued, modify the Installation/Working drawings accordingly
and re-issue them for construction purposes. Issue revised drawings in
accordance with and with regard to the agreed Programme for this Contract.

Note that particular Installation/Working drawings may (by the prior, specific
and express written permission of the Authority), omit minor details such as
conduit, provided that the method statement, Approved by the Authority
rigorously covers the installation intent.
This Approval will not be
unreasonably withheld but will not be given where either the Authority‟s
operation or visual appearance is adversely affected or where such details
are needed for informing other trades.

Ensure that the Installation/Working drawings include details of all local coordination around equipment, control panels, individual plant at access points
and on architecturally finished surfaces. The intent is that all installations can
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
24
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
be considered for spatial relationship, appearance and the Authority‟s
operation.

400
Ensure that the Installation/Working drawings show sufficient detail to enable
the erection staff to install the works in accordance with this Statement of
Requirements and to show sufficient clearances for insulation, dismantling,
maintenance, insertion of thermostats, thermometers, gauges and the like,
painting, cleaning and commissioning. The Contractor must also show on the
drawings possible causes of obstruction or restriction, either structural or by
other services, to enable alternative routes to be considered. Include
electrical equipment and control items on the mechanical Installation/
Working drawings.
BUILDER'S WORK DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall:
500

Take responsibility for preparing and issuing Builder‟s Work Information and
Builder‟s Work Details based on its Installation Drawings, and for doing so in
sufficient time to prevent abortive work, in accordance with the planned
Programme.

Show clearly on the Builder‟s Work Information the requirements necessary
to accommodate the installation of each and every building engineering
system it is providing. In cases where preliminary builder‟s work and
structural information has already been shown on the Tender Drawings (e.g.
the weight of items of equipment, sizes of access ways, etc), check that it is
correct before incorporating it on its Builder‟s Work Information.

Prepare all other necessary Builder's Work Information required for the
execution of the Works, making due reference to the Structural and
Architectural final dimensioned detail drawings provided by the Authority,
where possible.. Fully dimension all such drawings.

Provide all Builder's Work Information in sufficient time to comply with the
agreed Programme requirements and meet all costs arising from failure to do
so.
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS BY THE CONTRACTOR
For all plant and equipment proposed, the Contractor shall submit for comment
comprehensive technical information describing it, to include, but not be limited to,
the following information as a minimum:
1
Copies of manufacturer‟s certified drawings indicating physical dimensions,
schematic arrangement of components and full electrical wiring diagrams.
2
Full description of controls systems describing the sequence of operation of
all components under every operating condition likely to be experienced by
the equipment.
3
Manufacturer‟s material and workmanship specifications including paint finish
and RAL colour.
4
Full performance schedules, operating characteristic curves and charts for
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
25
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
every individual item of equipment indicating all data necessary (e.g. fluid
flow rates, pressures, operating temperatures, electrical currents, voltages,
noise levels, etc.) to properly describe in engineering terms, the performance
of the equipment being offered, including the definitions of all engineering
parameters at the interfacing points of connection.
5
Manufacturer‟s installation, operating and maintenance instructions.
6
Manufacturer‟s letter confirming whether or not the proposed equipment:
7
600
(a)
is on the UK Government‟s „Energy Technology Product List‟
for Enhanced Capital Allowances purposes under the UK
Government‟s Climate Change package of measures;
(b)
is on the UK Government‟s „Water Technology Product List‟ for
Enhanced Capital Allowances purposes; and
(c)
is „CE‟ marked or that it does not legally require a „CE‟ mark.
Manufacturer‟s letter of conformity with the specification or where necessary
any variance from this specification, seeking the Authority‟s comments on the
suitability of any such deviation.
COMMENTS ON CONTRACTOR'S DRAWINGS AND TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS
The Contractor shall allow at least ten (10) Working Days for comment by the
Authority. Drawings and technical submissions shall be issued progressively, related
to the construction programme, grouped according to building engineering services
system and in sequence with all other Installation/Working drawings, to facilitate
reviewing.
Where the Contractor‟s drawings are issued out of sequence, or without supporting
information, the Authority reserves the right to reject the drawing or comment only
upon those elements unaffected by missing information.
The Authority's representative will attend a series of meetings during the production
of the co-ordinated Installation/ Working and Builder's Work drawings to provide early
comment upon presentation, detail, design queries and production programme.
Where details are replicated throughout a series of drawings and/ or technical
submissions the Contractor shall present and agree with the Authority such details
prior to draughting of the overall scheme. Repeated or duplicated drawings need not
be submitted.
The Authority's representative will co-ordinate the response from all members of the
Contractor‟s Design Team to meet with the required ten (10) Working Day period.
The Contractor shall ensure that all drawings and technical submissions produced
are approved by the Authority before they are used for construction purposes.
To each of the drawings and/ or technical submissions issued for comment, the
Authority will apply a status, as follows:
Status 'A' - No further comment, the drawing and/ or technical submission may be
used for construction purposes subject to the Contractor‟s design responsibility.
Status 'B' - Comments are made on the drawings and/ or technical submission, but
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
26
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
subject to the incorporation of those comments the drawing/ submission may be
used for construction purposes at the Contractor's risk. The drawing/ submission
must be revised to incorporate any comments and re-submitted for Approval. The
Contractor is to allow sufficient time for such activity to adhere to the requirements of
the Programme.
Status 'C' - The drawing and/ or technical submission is unacceptable.
Contractor shall redraw/ re-select and resubmit for approval.
The
The Contractor shall:

Obtain status „A‟ with all drawings and technical submissions to adhere to the
requirements of the Programme.

Submit drawings and technical submissions for comment in sufficient time
prior to ordering equipment and to avoid delay to the works.

Unless otherwise agreed in writing, commence no installation work until the
relevant Installation/ Working drawings have been commented upon and
issued.

Take responsibility for any omission, errors or any discrepancies in the
drawings and other particulars supplied directly or by its suppliers, whether
such drawings or particulars have been commented upon by the Authority or
not, provided that such omission, errors or discrepancies are not due to
inaccurate information of particulars furnished in writing to the Contractor by
the Authority.
A comment on any drawing or any technical submission by the Authority does not
mean that the Authority is responsible for the correctness of such, nor its suitability
for purpose. These responsibilities remain with the Contractor. Six (6) copies of
every drawing and of every technical submission shall be issued to the Authority for
comment; one (1) of each of which will be returned to the Contractor, with comments
marked as appropriate.
The Contractor shall:
700

Instigate in addition, an electronic mail system of „issue and comment return‟
with all members of the Contractor‟s Design Team about the drawings. Issue
digitised Working drawings by email to the respective offices.

Issue all manufacturers' drawings and details to the Authority for comment
prior to manufacture or placing orders. Submit final details including all
technical aspects and calculations where applicable in a clear, definable and
easily read format with the specified technical details, notes and performance
data clearly shown.

After final comment provide the Authority with six (6) copies of the drawings/
technical submissions for distribution in addition to those required for
construction.
REVISIONS AND VARIATIONS
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
27
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Where schemes are subject to revision or instruction, then the Installation/ Working
drawings, and the Record drawings, must show the full effect of such revision.
Where the scheme revision involves change to the architectural or structural details
the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Authority.
Where revisions are required in the Contract works due to the Contractor changing
or revising his drawings or Installation, all costs for such revision will be the
Contractor's responsibility including the Design Team consultants' costs incurred in
the incorporation or administration of such revision.
Where drawings are revised and updated during construction, the Contractor shall
issue to the Authority for comments on the revision only.
Only if the Contractor can give proof that a significant departure from the intent of the
Tender drawings has been necessary, will a Variation be considered by the
Authority. This will not include normal detail development relating to inclusion of, or
development of, factors within the Contractor‟s design responsibility.
The Contractor shall maintain on site, a marked-up record of the progress of the
works on a set of Installation/ Working drawings, detailing the extent of completed
actual installations and all departures from the Installation/ Working drawings. The
Contractor shall update them weekly, securely store them and keep them available
for inspection on site, and incorporate them in a file of draft Record drawings,
updated on at least a monthly basis. .
END OF SECTION A11 CONTENTS
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
28
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A12
THE SITE / EXISTING BUILDING
CONTENTS
100
SITE SURVEY
200
CONTRACTOR SURVEY – INSTALLATION DRAWINGS
300
SPECIAL SURVEYS
100
SITE SURVEY
Bidders should note that the Authority will make no allowance after the closing date
for the receipt of Tender responses for any omission of works or costs arising from
information detailed in this RFP. The Contractor shall take due consideration of the
documentation included in this RFP and, where possible, take the opportunity for
visiting the site before submitting their Tender response – following the process
detailed in Volume 1 (Instructions to Bidders) as attached to this RFP.
It should be noted that the Passenger Handling Building (Phase 1) involves certain
elements that have already been installed as part of an earlier contract (Passive IT
network and containment) and Bidders must familiarise themselves with that
information prior to submitting their Tender.
200
INSTALLATION DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall undertake all site survey work prior to the preparation of
Installation Drawings / Working Drawings / Builder‟s Work Information, to enable
accurate preparation and dimensioning of them. .
300
SPECIAL SURVEYS
The Contractor shall arrange and provide for all specialist surveys to be undertaken,
and forward the results of them to the Authority prior to submitting for comment the
associated Installation/Working Drawings. The specialist surveys are as follows:
Below ground cable duct surveys (capacity and continuity). Capacity and earthing
characteristics of electrical supplies in the areas requiring the installation of
additional supplies.
Fire Alarm System (VES Building)
Intrusive surveys to determine final services routes
END OF SECTION A12
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
29
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A13
DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK
CONTENTS
100
SCOPE OF WORK
The Contractor is responsible for all works detailed in this Statement of
Requirements and associated documentation within this RFP. The Scope of Work
includes:
1
Undertake specific detailed design as indicated herein.
2
Provide and operate CAD / Drawing Production Facilities.
3
Provide Co-ordinated Working Drawings, Installation Drawings, Builder‟s
Work Information, Builder‟s Work Details and Record Drawings, showing the
complete installation and structure, architectural form and other building
engineering systems.
4
Provide detailed wiring diagrams for all equipment and control panels.
5
Where requested, provide samples of equipment to be installed, for formal
sign-off by the Authority, prior to installation.
6
Ensure the complete integration of the works with the remainder of the
project.
7
Inspect all plant, equipment and materials as delivered or, where specified, at
the manufacturer's works.
8
Arrange delivery, offloading, lifting, hoisting and all other storage and
movement of all plant, equipment and materials.
9
Install and fix correctly all plant, equipment and materials including
positioning, levelling, packing, and shimming. Install and fix all secondary
steelwork necessary to support the installed plant. Provide all supports up to
and including the final attachment to primary structure.
10
Carry out final detailed location and dimensioning of second fix equipment
(including but not limited to: Cameras; luminaires; electrical switches, control
devices etc.; grilles and diffusers).
11
Detail, supply and install all sleeves, inserts, frames, fixing anchors etc. and
any other items required to be cast or built into the structure by others,
including co-ordination of positions to such extent and accuracy to allow
structural construction to proceed.
12
Supply and install all collars, flashings, kerbs, stopping up and sealing
required for the associated building engineering system(s) to achieve
weatherproofing and acoustic stopping of services passing through the
internal and external elements of the building.
13
Ensure all associated work (including electrical wiring, connecting pipework,
builder‟s work, etc.), is properly executed.
14
Test and commission the complete installation(s) including making
adjustments and balancing as necessary.
15
Prepare such reports, calculations and details as required for submission to
any appropriate authority including the co-ordination of such information by
suppliers, specialists etc. needed to be included in any submission.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
30
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
16
Demonstrate that the equipment is capable of the performance and method of
operation specified, to the satisfaction and acceptance of the Authority.
17
Demonstrate that the overall and complete systems perform correctly in the
required manner and as intended by this Statement of Requirements to the
satisfaction and acceptance of the Authority (including return visits for
seasonal tests).
18
Provide operating and maintenance instruction manuals for the complete
systems.
19
Provide the full set of test results in an approved format for all tests,
commissioning and balancing operations.
20
Instruct the Authority‟s staff in the use, operation and maintenance of the
installations.
21
Hand over all specified tools, keys, spares, oils, chemicals, etc. as detailed
elsewhere in this Statement of Requirements.
22
Survey existing building engineering services systems and associated
buildings, where relevant.
23
Obtain approval from the Authority of proposed fixings.
24
Mark on site actual locations of all builder's work holes required through walls,
partitions, floors, etc., and also chases in walls, floors, etc., for conduits, pipes
and the like, and offer them for inspection by the Authority prior to carrying out
any work of making them. Establish a method of working with the Authority to
ensure that such builder‟s work proceeds without hindrance to the overall
project programme.
25
Provide material samples, method statements, equipment technical literature
and any other submissions detailed within this Statement of Requirements.
26
Ensure all materials, equipment and components used, together with methods
of installation, comply with Statutory Requirements.
27
Prepare an asset register in a format specified by the Facilities Manager /
Engineering Manager.
28
Where a system requires a „Written Scheme of Examination‟ under the
Pressure System Safety Regulations, have it prepared by an authorised
competent person accredited by UKAS and incorporate it in the Operating and
Maintenance Instruction Manual.
29
Appoint a specialist Recycling Contractor for the project in the minimisation
and management of waste materials resulting from the works described in the
Statement of Requirements,
30
Ensure that the location and installation of all building engineering systems
meets the requirements of the project Access Consultant.
END OF SECTION A13
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
31
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A20
THE CONTRACT/ SUB CONTRACT
CONTENTS
100
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN RESPONSIBILITY
200
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS
300
PRACTICAL COMPLETION
100
CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN RESPONSIBILITY
The Contractor shall be responsible for undertaking the detailed design activities
listed below, as applicable to the Works described in this Statement of
Requirements, in addition to those activities normally undertaken through the custom
and practice of the industry, all of which shall be subject to review by the Authority.
The Contractor shall ensure that the detailed design undertaken is fully co-ordinated
and compatible with works undertaken by the Port Operator (i.e. associated with
Phases 3 and 4).
Comments by the Authority do not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for the
suitability and correctness of designs and other obligations within the contract
documentation.
The Contractor‟s design obligations include, but are not limited to:
1. Develop the concept design into a fully co-ordinated, detailed building engineering
systems design, taking into account the site, building, room, furniture and equipment
and design information (including drawings) prepared by all members of the project
design team
2. Select materials and equipment fully in accordance with this Statement of
Requirements.
3. Note that the Tender drawings show the design principles and overall interfaces
within the building fabric and structure. Where sizes of piping, ducting, cables and
equipment capacities are shown or specified, these are for Tender and guidance
purposes only. Develop the design in accordance with the principles shown or
detailed in this Statement of Requirements, on drawings, room data sheets, furniture
layouts, equipment layouts and architectural plans. Carry out all calculations of the
mechanical and electrical building engineering systems design applicable for each
individual system. Clearly demonstrate in the calculations the proficiency of your
design, to meet the requirements of the Statement of Requirements.
4. Prepare a risk assessment of every individual building engineering system designed
by you and submit them all in accordance with CDM Regulations and the project
CDM Co-ordinator‟s procedures.
5. Meet the specific performance criteria detailed in this Statement of Requirements
and other documentation included in this RFP.
6. Comply fully with the requirements of the accompanying building engineering
systems specifications. Please refer to sections P, T, V and W.
7. Design all installations to optimise the efficient use of energy and minimise running
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
32
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
costs.
8. Design for easy maintenance of mechanical and electrical plant and equipment and
standardise equipment wherever possible. Select equipment so that the spare
components and replacements they require (e.g. fluorescent lamps, air filters) are
restricted to a limited number of sizes and types to avoid the need to stock numerous
different spares.
9. Design all building engineering systems to be compatible with all Architectural
finishes including suspended ceiling systems, partitioning systems and raised access
floors. Integrate and coordinate all systems in terms of appearance and spatial
allocation and correlate them with the aesthetics of the complete building.
10. Select only equipment and systems that comply with the appropriate European
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive. Preparation of Fabrication drawings
and the Co-ordinated Working Drawings, Installation/Working Drawings, Builder‟s
Work Information, Builder‟s Work Details and Record drawings.
11. Selecting drain and vent point locations and piping gradients in accordance with the
current edition of BSRIA Application Guide 1/2001 Pre-commission cleaning of pipe
work systems.
12. Designing, fabricating, supplying and installing all secondary support steelwork
required to support the engineering systems within this works package where not
specifically detailed on the Structural Engineering drawings.
13. Dimensioning of, and final installation details of, the automatic control panels to suit
the detailed requirements of the particular agreed manufacturers of controls
equipment and the cable entry/exit arrangements such that:
Cable entry is possible in the selected location, and Doors are not fouled by other
plant, equipment, services or structural elements, and a safe operating and
maintenance clearances are provided in all access positions when installed on
site
14. Designing and selecting attenuators to satisfy the particular and performance
requirements of the Statement of Requirements, including spatial allowances shown
on the Tender drawings.
15. Designing elements of the scheme to account for self-weight and other applied
forces / loadings in reasonable use. (e.g. the design of anchorage, encasement and
foundations for buried tanks or buried piping.).
16. Designing systems to safely and reliably accommodate thermal expansion and
contraction (including the provision of anchors, bellows, compensators, loops and
bends.) Designing systems to safely and reliably accommodate and control their
movement due to hydraulic pressures and building movement.
17. Designing acoustic treatment (including attenuators, silencers, absorption materials,
baffles, mutes, cladding and jacketing) or modification of equipment, to comply with
the noise levels specified by the acoustic consultant, including when all building
engineering services systems and plant are operating.
18. Selecting valve, damper and access locations.
19. Selecting all anti-vibration mountings to suit the particular application of the mounts.
20. Selecting exact locations of equipment.
21. Calculating pump and fan duties to suit the piping and ducting layouts shown on your
final Installation Drawings to ensure that the specified capacities are not invalidated
by your selection of alternative pipe or duct routes, or items of plant and equipment
selected for incorporation into the works.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
33
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
22. Selecting the capacity, location and design of electrical conduit, trunking, tray and
cable ladder systems.
23. Selecting proprietary platforms, access covers, gratings, ladders, walkways,
balustrades, guardrails and all additional structural steelwork, associated with
specific items of plant, where indicated in the Tender documentation.
24. Selecting cable terminations on items of equipment provided by you to suit the cable
sizes proposed by other Sub-Contractors (including the electrical Contractor, the
automatic control system Contractor, etc.) or the specified cable sizes, as
appropriate.
25. The design of earthing and bonding requirements for electrical building engineering
systems, mechanical building engineering systems, architectural elements and
structural elements that require earthing and bonding.
26. Cable entry is possible in the selected location.
27. Safe operating and maintenance clearances are provided in all access positions
when installed on site.
28. Ensuring fuse sizes installed in plug tops are appropriate for the rating of connected
equipment.
29. Production of design loadings / reactions on support structure associated with the
installation.
30. Sizing and designing earthing and electromagnetic screening of electrical power
systems and ensuring compliance with the appropriate EMC directives.
31. Complying with all requirements set out within BS 7671 Requirements for Electrical
Installations. The Wiring Regulations. Seventeenth Edition and HSE publications.
32. Designing all temporary works, facilities and provisions required during construction,
to meet the requirements of the Statement of Requirements.
33. Ensuring that the designs of the lightning protection system components meet the
particular manufacturer‟s and the Statement of Requirements‟.
34. Ensuring that the design of the security system(s) components and cabling
requirements meet the particular manufacturer‟s and the Statement of
Requirements‟.
35. Selecting plant, equipment and components from the UK Government‟s „Energy
Technology Product List‟ unless directed otherwise by the Authority.
36. Ensuring that details of making-good, fire stopping and weather proofing are
effective.
200
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS
The Contractor shall:

Carry out the works in accordance with all relevant Statutory Instruments,
Regulations, standards and Codes of Practice current at the time of Tender
and applicable to the location of the project.

Liaise with the Authority and provide all necessary information in respect of
bandwidth requirements and the like to enable the Authority to place the
necessary orders in timely manner.

Notify all such authorities in accordance with their regulations, in liaison with
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
34
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
the Authority and obtain any required approvals for the installation. Contact
all utility providers and other relevant authorities as necessary regarding the
connection of drainage, electricity, gas, telecommunications and water
supply.
300

Comply with British Telecom LN 550 (all buried ducts for services other than
piped or LV/HV cabling).

Do not build-in, cover or otherwise obscure any portion of the works requiring
the inspection and approval of such authorities and utility providers, until such
approval has been obtained.
PRACTICAL COMPLETION
Practical completion of the Works required under this Contract, or agreed phase or
part of the works, will not be effected until the Contractor has fulfilled its obligations
under the Contract and in particular demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Authority
that the following aspects are complete:
1. All installation works are complete other than minor „snags‟, omissions or defects that
could not reasonably be completed within an agreed programme without causing
disruption to the Authority, the Port Operator or the general public‟s use of the
Building or agreed part thereof. In respect of this requirement, specifically but not
uniquely, the Authority shall be the sole arbiter of what may be considered „minor‟,
„reasonably be completed‟, „an agreed programme‟ and „disruption to the Authority,
Port Operator or general public‟
2. All tests and demonstrations have been undertaken in the presence of the Authority
as required in the Statement of Requirements
3. All final copies of the Record Drawings, schedules, operating and maintenance
instruction manuals and „Part L‟ Log-books have been supplied to the Authority in an
agreed format
4. All spares, keys, tools, oils, chemicals and other materials required by the Statement
of Requirements for the running and maintenance of the building engineering
services systems as specified, have been provided to the Authority.
5. All instruction of the Port Operator‟s staff has been satisfactorily completed in
accordance with the programme for handovers agreed with the Authority
6. All necessary certification by the Port Operator‟s insurers has been completed.
7. All documentation required for the completion of the Health & Safety File under the
CDM Regulations has been issued to the satisfaction of the CDM Co-ordinator.
END OF SECTION A20
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
35
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A30
TENDERING/ SUB-LETTING/ SUPPLY
CONTENTS
100
ALTERNATIVE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS
Bidders shall respond to the Tender on the basis that all equipment will be of the
type described in this Statement of Requirements.
Acceptance or rejection of any Goods is entirely at the discretion of the Authority,
who is under no obligation to give a reason why the Goods are not acceptable. Note
that alternatives will not be accepted for items for which a change would cause
significant disruption to the design or construction of the Works.
Where the Bidder proposes a specific supplier / manufacturer in its Tender response,
then the Authority is under no obligation to accept alternatives during the progress of
the Contract.
END OF SECTION A30
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
36
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A31
PROVISION, CONTENT AND USE OF DOCUMENTS
CONTENTS
100
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION
200
SITE DOCUMENTATION
300
CALCULATIONS
100
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION
Bidders should carefully and thoroughly examine the drawings and this Statement of
Requirements before submitting their Tender response.
The Tender drawings are prepared primarily to describe, in a basic manner, the
design of the building engineering system(s), the working principles of the systems
and the general intended methods of installation. They are intended to be read in
conjunction with this Statement of Requirements to facilitate the preparation of
Bidder‟s tender responses and to appreciate the interrelation of the building
engineering systems installation works, as applicable, and the main works as a
whole. Not all items or matters referred to in the Statement of Requirements are
indicated on the drawings, nor are all items detailed on the drawings described in the
Statement of Requirements. The Tender drawings are produced for the purpose of
Tender preparation only. Aspects of the Tender drawings are not fully detailed in all
respects. The size, capacity and position of all components including connection
points, accessories, apparatus, equipment and room terminals shown on the tender
drawings are approximate and for guidance in Tender preparation.
The Tender drawings are accordingly part diagrammatic with runs of piping, ducts,
cables, conduits, trunking and the like, being shown to small scale and not
necessarily indicating exact installation positions.
Bidders should allow for all necessary sets, bends, transformations, expansion
measures, supports and other components required, or recommended by the
manufacturer, to achieve a safe and fully functional and operational installation in
accordance with the design intent.
The Tender drawings may be amended as a consequence of variations during the
tender period and reissued within the tender period to all Bidders. If they are altered
following award of Contract, they will be reissued to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall not use the tender drawings as installation / working drawings.
200
SITE DOCUMENTATION
The Contractor shall provide and maintain an indexed library on site during works
within the Programme, until superseded by the O&M Manual and until the next
phases commence. This must include, but is not limited to, the following:
1
Relevant copies of all technical equipment schedules 'as delivered to site'.
2
Relevant technical literature on every type of equipment or component used
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
37
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
within the installation.
3
Copies of all relevant information. (Technical queries, relevant instructions,
current installation / working drawings, current programme).
All of the above are to be accessible to the Authority or its representative at all times
that the site is open.
All of the above shall be kept up to date and in good order; it is not for the
Contractor‟s use, so must be maintained complete for the Authority.
300
CALCULATIONS
The Contractor shall:

Present all calculations in a logical format, prepare to a recognised and
agreed format, suitably indexed.

Agree with the Authority prior to commencement of design activities all
software programs to be used in the preparation of designs. Declare the use
of unverified software and justify the initial outputs by full and complete hand
calculations.

Note that calculations that are preliminary in nature, i.e. do not form part of
the final submittal, are to be referenced independently and clearly indicated
'Preliminary'.

State the methodology, formulae, design criteria, assumptions and all design
margins used in the calculations.

Where necessary, accompany calculation sheets with an annotated layout
drawing.

On each calculation sheet, drawing or schedule, clearly identify the originator,
date of production, checker (who signs or initials) and date of check.

Allow fifteen (15) working days for review or comment or otherwise on all
calculations submitted to the Authority.
Allow sufficient time in the
programme for submittals with due allowance for incorporation of comments
and resubmission in order not to cause delays.
END OF SECTION A31
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
38
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A32
MANAGEMENT OF THE WORK
CONTENTS
100
SETTING OUT OF THE WORKS
200
SITE CLEANLINESS
300
INSPECTION BEFORE CONCEALMENT
310
Contractor‟s “Snagging”
320
Inspection before Concealment
400
PROGRAMME AND ORDERING REPORTING
500
ACCESS FOR PLANTINSTALLATION & SUBSEQUENT REMOVAL
600
EASE OF MAINTENANCE
700
CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES
800
COMMISSIONING AND TESTING
810
Specialist Commissioning Engineer
820
General
830
Additional Requirements
100
SETTING OUT OF THE WORKS
The Contractor shall:
200

Accurately set out the Works and keep them correct in accordance with the
final installation drawings, as amended by any of the Authority‟s instructions
issued.

Take all necessary site measurements to ensure the Works are built in
accordance with the installation drawings, in line with the Contractor‟s
Programme of Works.

Take responsibility for the accuracy of such dimensions and of drawings
made there from. Where services are to be installed adjacent to or near to
other services take responsibility for the setting out of the new services and, if
necessary, check the setting out of work by others that affects your own. Cooperate with all other trades such that all such work is completed within the
programme.

Rectify all errors arising from the inaccurate setting out or lack of site coordination of services at no additional cost.
SITE CLEANLINESS
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
39
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
It is the responsibility of all operatives to maintain site cleanliness.
The Contractor shall:

Provide and enforce all site cleaning procedures fully in accordance with the
Authority's requirements, and those of the Port Operator.

Leave the site in a clean condition making good any damage to any parts of
the site its operation has caused.

Prior to any air conditioning or ventilation system being started, ensure that
all of the following are 'signed-off' by the Authority, as being complete:
1
The temporary protection of the air inlet(s) where site conditions require.
2
The cleaning of ducting including builder‟s work ducts.
3
The dust-sealing of all structural and architectural components and surfaces
within the airstream, including floor voids and voids above false ceilings.
4.
The cleaning of rooms and spaces served by the System.
300
INSPECTION OF THE WORKS
310
Contractor‟s “Snagging”
The Contractor shall be response for ensuring that its work (and that of any subcontractors) is carried out in accordance with the Statement of Requirements and
drawings and to a high standard of workmanship. Prior to offering any part of the
works to the Authority for inspection, carry out a full, independent inspection or
“snag” of the works and rectify any defects discovered. The Authority will then carry
out its own inspection and produce a schedule of defects. Prior to offering the works
to the Authority for re-inspection, provide a written response to each individual item
on the Authority‟s defects schedule stating what has been done to rectify it. Global
responses such as “all defects have been rectified” will not be acceptable and will not
allow the Authority‟s re-inspection to take place. If defects stated by the Contractor
to have been rectified are found not to have been, the Contractor may be liable to
reimburse the Authority for its abortive time to carry out the inspection.
320
Inspection before Concealment
Whenever work requiring inspection or testing is subsequently to be concealed, the
Contractor shall provide due notice to the Authority so that inspection may be made
or tests witnessed before concealment.
Failure to give due notice, of at least forty eight (48) hours, could result in the
Contractor being responsible for the expense of the work of uncovering, and
subsequently reinstating the concealment.
The Authority reserves the right to forego his inspection; however this does not
relieve the Contractor from responsibility for giving due notice.
Where the Authority believes that the installation may be defective the Contractor
shall, at its own expense, uncover a specific area selected by the Authority for
inspection. This shall be restricted to one linear metre or one m², depending on the
nature of the work, for each area of concealment. Reinstatement of the concealment
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
40
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
shall be at the Contractor‟s expense. Where works are proven defective by such
uncovering, the entire installation shall be uncovered, brought into compliance with
the Statement of Requirements, and subsequently reconcealed, at the Contractor‟s
expense.
400
PROGRAMME AND ORDERING REPORTING
Within ten (10) Working Days of the Commencement Date, the Contractor shall
submit a detailed bar chart programme for the works. Ensure that this takes into
account any restrictions on working hours etc. which the Authority has notified. The
Authority cannot give any undertaking that the works will necessarily be able to
proceed continuously. No claim will be allowed for discontinuity of work due to the
necessity to conform to the Programme.
The Contractor shall make due allowance in the Programme(s) of the works,
including but not limited to, the following:
1
Notices to utility providers and those undertaking enabling / strip-out works.
2
Statutory authority approvals, including Building Regulations.
3
Ordering and installation periods.
4
The completion of drawings and transmittals, etc. and the minimum of ten (10)
Working Days for comment.
5
Work resulting from instructions issued in respect of the expenditure of
Provisional Sums.
6
Concurrent work by other trades.
7
Any temporary works necessary for the completion of the building engineering
systems installations.
8
Pre-commissioning, commissioning and performance testing of the building
engineering services installations.
9
Preparation and provision of record drawings and operating and maintenance
instruction manuals.
10
Period for employer training and instruction.
11
Breakdown of works between sub-trades and areas of the site / building.
Keep on site full, up to date, records of the programmed installation activities
showing the 'critical path' and a full equipment procurement schedule.
The Programme and critical path analysis will be taken as a record of your intent and
will be used by the Authority to minimise the cost and adverse effect of any
instructions made to the Contractor by ensuring that they are made in co-ordination
with your Programme.
Monitoring
The Contractor shall:

Record progress of the Works every ten (10) Working Days w on a copy of
the programme kept on site.

Update or redraft the Programme without delay if any circumstances arise
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
41
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
which affect the progress of the Works.

Liaise with the Authority to facilitate the programming and co-ordination of the
work of all utility providers, to meet the main contract programme.

Publish the bar chart programme, critical path analysis, and procurement
schedule, at a minimum of ten (10) Working Day intervals, on demand by the
Authority, and after any revision.
Commissioning Programme
The Contractor shall:
 Provide a separate and detailed commissioning programme for agreement
with the Authority‟s Representative.
 Make due allowance for the following:
~
Commissioning, demonstration and instruction procedures.
~
Provision of a written notice before each (or each series of) test,
inspection, commissioning or demonstration procedure is
implemented.
~
Demonstration to the Authority that test instruments and equipment
are accurate.
Procurement Schedule
The Contractor shall:

Provide a procurement schedule that declares all items of plant and
equipment together with the following information:
~
delivery period from order to site;
~
last instruction date;
~
last order date;
~
actual order date.

The procurement schedule 'last instruction date' shall be used by the
Authority as a record of the date up to which an instruction will cause no
delay in delivering the Programme to time.

Provide with the Tender return a first draft of the procurement schedule.
Publish all revisions to the procurement schedule within ten (10) Working Days of
and change
500
ACCESS FOR PLANT INSTALLATION & SUBSEQUENT REMOVAL
The Contractor shall:

Check on site and with the drawings if plant has to be ordered before the
building work is at a suitable point to enable the dimensions of all doorways,
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
42
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
etc, serving as access to be site checked. This is to ensure that every item
can be admitted to its allotted position and installed in such a way, together
with all other services, that it can be replaced with similar equipment at some
future date.
600

Demonstrate, if requested by the Authority, that plant and equipment can be
removed for replacement or maintenance purposes, and subsequently reinstall it using the same materials, except that jointing materials (e.g. gaskets)
must be renewed. If the installation arrangements preclude equipment
removal, modify the arrangement accordingly. Equipment that cannot be
readily maintained in position is not acceptable, unless specifically agreed in
a particular case, in writing by the Authority, that maintenance after removal
is acceptable.

Review the provision of builder‟s work shown on the Tender drawings and
highlight any additional requirements needed to ensure that access for plant
installation and subsequent removal is adequate, and do so to suit the
construction programme.
EASE OF MAINTENANCE
The Contractor shall:

Note that in selecting equipment and preparing installation drawings, access
for maintenance and removal of equipment is to be considered at all times.
Ensure that there is adequate space provided for maintenance and to allow
all serviceable components to be replaced without disturbance to the
surrounding installations.

Include, whether or not specifically indicated in the Statement of
Requirements, on the drawings or in the equipment schedules, for all
component parts and other items necessary to facilitate proper maintenance
of plant and equipment, including, but not limited to, the following: cleaning
and access ports on pressure vessels and heat exchangers; easy access to
oiling and greasing points; low level drain plugs and / or cocks in all vessels
or plant or pipe work containing fluids or gases.

Ensure that all pipe work in ducts and ceiling voids is fully accessible for
repair, replacement and routine servicing and includes flanged and valved
sections to permit easy removal of all pipe work. Ensure all conduit, trunking
and pipe work etc. for future use is installed with draw wires to allow the
installation of additional circuits without the removal of fixed sections of walls,
ceilings etc.

Where pipes cross access routes at low level install purpose made step-overs
to provide safe access.

Ensure that ease of subsequent removal is achieved for all electric motors,
thermostats, heat exchanger batteries, and of any other item to which it may
be reasonably anticipated that maintenance would apply.

Select similar items of apparatus and equipment to be made and provided by
the same manufacturer where practicable such that corresponding parts of all
apparatus and equipment are interchangeable to reduce the need for
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
43
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
different attention and spares.
700
CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES
The Contractor shall:

Take particular care to co-operate with other trades in setting out the works
where buried underground or installed in common ducts, subways, services
shafts, trenches, ceiling voids, floor voids or any such areas which are to
accommodate several building engineering systems.

Inspect each area of the site in good time to ensure it is in a suitable state,
before commencing work in it, and also to ensure that any previous work
carried out by others does not affect the quality of any work the Contractor is
to conduct.
800
COMMISSIONING AND TESTING
810
General
The Contractor shall:

Give the Authority ten (10) Working Days‟ notice in writing when its works, or
parts thereof, are ready for testing and commissioning. Carry out the tests
and issue the results to the Authority. After successful completion of all
commissioning, carry out specific demonstrations as requested by the
Authority to prove that all test results accord with the Statement of
Requirements. Agree the dates and times of such demonstrations with the
Authority. The Authority may require up to five (5) Working Days‟ notice to
attend such demonstrations.

Note that the extent and proportion of results to be witnessed by the Authority
will be at the discretion of the Authority.

Make provision for all independent inspections / insurance company
approvals etc. of components or parts of the installation, where required by
legislation.

Notify the necessary statutory authorities (Building Control, Fire Officer,
Environmental Health, etc.) in respect of all tests and demonstrations
required by them.

Establish procedures with all parties to allow demonstration of normal,
emergency, shutdown and standby mode operation of plant and systems.

If the initial tests fail to demonstrate that the plant and equipment are properly
installed and functioning correctly, investigate the cause of the failure. If this
is due to incorrect or faulty work by the Contractor, or its sub-contractors, or
suppliers, then without delay, carry out such remedial measures and
adjustments as may be necessary and repeat the commissioning and testing
procedure to the satisfaction of the Authority.

It is unlikely that demonstration will be possible of both summer and winter
conditions before building handover. Therefore, allow for making a re-visit to
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
44
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
the site after the building is completed to carry out outstanding seasonal
environmental tests.

Where portions of the Works are commissioned and tested separately, upon
Completion or Completion of Section, demonstrate to the Authority that all the
separate sections are capable of proper simultaneous operation.

Provide all necessary skilled and unskilled labour and all necessary
instruments and testing equipment for the purposes of commissioning and
testing of the installation. Produce up-to-date calibration certificates for all
testing equipment on request.

Subsequent to the completion of all testing and commissioning to the
satisfaction of the Authority, operate the plant and demonstrate that the
system(s) function correctly in accordance with the requirements of the
Statement of Requirements. Allow a period of at least fourteen days full
running and operation for this demonstration. Take responsibility throughout
this period for the operation and maintenance of the system(s).
END OF SECTION A32 CONTENTS
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
45
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A33
QUALITY STANDARDS
CONTENTS
100
QUALITY MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
200
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
300
HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
400
EQUIPMENT AND PLANT PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES
500
OPERATIONAL LIFE
600
TECHNICAL METHOD STATEMENTS
700
SAMPLES
800
SUITABILITY OF MATERIALS
900
DELETERIOUS MATERIALS
910
Prohibited Materials List
1000
MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
1100
DATE DEPENDENT FUNCTIONALITY
1200
PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE
1300
INSPECTION BY EMPLOYER‟S INSURERS
100
QUALITY MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
The Contractor shall:
200

Provide for agreement by the Authority a fully documented Quality
Management Plan (QMP) in accordance with the current edition of ISO 9001,
prior to commencement of draughting, procurement or installation, updated
as and when required.

Ensure that the QMP details specific procedures related to the tendered
project and is not generalised.
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
The Contractor shall:

Provide for agreement by the Authority a fully documented Environmental
Management Plan (EMP) in accordance with the current edition of ISO
14001, prior to commencement of draughting, procurement or installation,
updated as and when required.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
46
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

300
Ensure that the EMP details specific procedures related to the tendered
project and is not generalised.
HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
The Contractor shall:

Provide for agreement by the Authority a fully documented Occupational
Health and Safety Management Plan (OHSMP) in accord with the current
edition of BS OHSAS 18001, prior to commencement of draughting,
procurement or installation updated as and when required.

Ensure that the OHSMP details specific procedures related to the tendered
project and is not generalised.

If the Contractor is not a BS OHSAS 18001 registered company, declare
such at Tender and operate a system for the project that is in accord with the
principles of BS OHSAS 18001.

Ascertain the accuracy and sufficiency of information provided by the
Authority to ensure the safety of all persons and the works.

Undertake the management of health and safety in conformity with the
requirements of the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations
2007 and the corresponding Approved Code of Practice. Comply with the
requirements of the CDM Regulations and of the CDM co-ordinator and the
Principal Contractor by:

400
~
Compiling risk assessments.
~
Preparing method statements.
~
Providing information on the Works that might affect the health and
safety of any person.
~
Providing all necessary input to the Pre-Construction Information and
Construction Phase Plan.
~
Providing all necessary input to the health and safety file.
Comply with the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations and
the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health (Amendment) Regulations
2003.
EQUIPMENT AND PLANT PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES
The Contractor shall:

Where equipment and plant performance data and duties are identified in the
Statement of Requirements, thoroughly check that the equipment offered by
the manufacturer complies in every respect with the detailed materials and
performance specification given. Obtain and submit for comment a written
undertaking from the selected manufacturer that:
a)
all aspects of the stated specification are achieved and
b)
whether or not the equipment is included in the UK Government‟s
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
47
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
„Energy Technology Approved List‟ for Enhanced Capital Allowances
purposes under the Government‟s Climate Change package of
measures and

500
c)
whether or not the equipment is included in the UK Government‟s
„Water Technology List‟ for Enhanced Capital Allowances purposes,
which encourages sustainable water use and
d)
that the equipment is „CE‟ marked or that it does not legally require a
„CE‟ mark.
Note that more than one clause of this Statement of Requirements may cover
the total performance of the equipment. Therefore, Contractors must ensure
they have seen, all sections of the Statement of Requirements prior to giving
the written guarantee of performance.
OPERATIONAL LIFE
The Contractor shall select equipment and carry out all installation work such that the
operational life of each part of the installation achieves, as a minimum, the economic
life expectancy factors contained in CIBSE Guide M – Maintenance Engineering and
Management, 2008.
600
TECHNICAL METHOD STATEMENTS
The Contractor shall, In advance of any works being carried out on site, submit for
comment by the Authority a technical method statement for the following aspects of
the installation:
~
T Q (Technical Query) procedures.
~
Quality control and samples procedure.
~
Contractor liaison procedures.
~
The minimisation and management of waste materials.
~
Installation drawings production.
~
Disconnection and amendment or removal of existing systems.
~
Underground services coordination and installation
~
Pipe work installation.
~
Pipe work flushing, cleaning and pressure testing.
~
Painting, thermal insulation and cladding.
~
Switchgear installation.
~
IT cabling Installation ~ CCTV Equipment Installation
~
Cabling and busbar installation.
~
Automatic control system installation.
~
Installation of large plant items (including offloading and positioning).
~
Plant room installation.
~
Ceiling void installation.
~
Connection to existing building engineering systems.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
48
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
700
~
Temporary works.
~
Maintaining operation of existing building engineering systems.
~
Commissioning and testing.
~
Operating and maintenance instruction manuals.
~
Record Drawings.
~
All other method statements called for under the project Health and Safety
plan, or otherwise required to satisfy Health and Safety criteria.
SAMPLES
The Contractor may be asked to provide samples for appraisal, of some or all items
which will be viewed in or on the building within the normally occupied space or on
the exterior.
Where the Authority requests such samples, the Contractor shall:

Submit all samples and ensure approval is received prior to confirmation of
orders for supply. Any products not conforming to the approved range of
samples will be rejected.

Make the samples available at the Authority‟s office, or at another location
agreed with the Authority. The Authority will undertake to comment on
samples within ten (10) Working Days of receipt.

Ensure all samples are an accurate representation of the finished product.
Where a range of colour, grain, texture, etc., may be anticipated in a finished
product, provide sufficient examples to indicate the range of finishes. Label
each sample to indicate which item(s) it relates to, which area(s) of the
building the item(s) occurs in and the Statement of Requirements clause(s) or
drawing(s) that refer to it.

Adequately protect all samples. Remove / dispose of samples only when
instructed. Do not use samples in the final installation unless agreed with the
Authority.

Provide samples including, but not limited to, the following:
~
Dado / skirting trunking.
~
Wiring accessories.
~
Luminaires.
~
Room mounted security / communication equipment.
~
CCTV cameras, housings, brackets etc.
~
Purpose made items such as vandal resistant monitor housings etc.
~
Review Suite Control desk finishes
~
Security system equipment.
~
All labelling, signage and notices.
~
Pro forma testing and commissioning data sheets.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
49
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
~
800
Typical Record Drawings and schematics.
SUITABILITY OF MATERIALS
The Contractor shall:

Supply materials and components to suit the climatic conditions and other
conditions of use to which the materials and components will be exposed
during the installation process and after it is completed, and to withstand any
test specified herein or in any document referred to herein. The Contractor
should make a judgement based on their experience and assessment of the
Port Environment.

Use materials and products that are:
1.
New unless specified otherwise.
2.
Suitable for the services and conditions of use normally expected to
apply after the installation is complete.
3.
Able to withstand the testing and commissioning conditions specified.
4.
Unable to initiate mould growth, support vermin, contain animal hair, or
support bacterial life.
5.
Free from the use of CFC‟s at any stage of manufacture, installation or
subsequent operation except where specified.
6.
Resistant to corrosion, oxidation, distortion, rots, etc.
7.
Resistant to attack from insects, animals and birds.
8.
Free from objectionable odours at the maximum or normal working
conditions of operation.
9.
Prevented from suffering deterioration at the maximum or normal
working conditions of operation.
10. Capable of being applied to a base surface without causing damage
or deterioration of the base.
11. Not a fire hazard and that do not produce dense or toxic fumes when
subjected to excessive heat, such as fire.
12. Approved under the Water Regulations Advisory Scheme, as
applicable.
13. Not in themselves deleterious nor can become deleterious when
properly maintained and used in the intended circumstances of the
building(s) of this project. Refer to clause 900 below.
 Whenever possible ensure products are manufactured and / or stocked under
one of the following:
~
BSI Kite mark Scheme
~
BSI Safety Mark Scheme
~
by firms of Assessed Capability to ISO 9001
~
by Stockists of Assessed Capability of ISO 9001
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
50
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
900
DELETERIOUS MATERIALS
The Contractor shall:
 Not use any materials and / or procedures deleterious to health or safety in
the works.
For the purposes of this clause "Deleterious Material or Product" means “a
material or product that is generally accepted, or generally suspected in the
construction industry at the time of Tender as:
910
~
posing a threat to the health or safety of any person occupying or
working in or being near any building(s) of this project, or,
~
posing a threat to the structural stability or performance or physical
integrity of any building(s) of this project or any part or component or
system thereof, or,
~
having the effect of reducing the normal life expectancy of any
building(s) of this project or any part or component or system thereof,
or,
~
not being in accordance with any relevant British Standard, Code of
Practice, good building practice or any applicable Agreement
Certificate.”
Prohibited Materials List
The following list of materials or procedures should not be used in the installation:
~
Asbestos or asbestos-containing product, as defined in the United Kingdom‟s
„The Control of Asbestos Regulations 2006‟ or any statutory modification or
re-enactment thereof.
~
Lead where the metal or its corrosive products may be directly ingested,
inhaled or absorbed. Applications of lead such as roofing, flashings,
rainwater goods and copper alloy fittings containing lead which are
specifically required are acceptable, until equal or better alternatives are
available.
~
Lead based paints and primer.
~
Urea formaldehyde foam or materials which may release formaldehyde
beyond British Standard Limits.
~
Pitch Polymer DPC.
~
Materials which generally comprise mineral fibres, either man-made or
naturally occurring, which have a diameter of three (3) microns or less and a
length of two hundred (200) microns or less, or which contain any fibres not
sealed, encapsulated, or otherwise stabilised to ensure that fibre migration is
prevented. Test evidence must be available and produced confirming that the
materials fulfil the requirements of European Directive 97/69/EC and the
approved supply list of current HSE CHIP regulations and consequently are
not classified as a possible human carcinogen.
~
Chlorofluorocarbons or hydro chlorofluorocarbons or any goods and / or
materials containing the same (e.g. materials in which CFCs, HCFCs or HFAs
have been used as blowing agents).
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
51
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
1000
~
The use of a species of hardwood from the tropical rainforests is not permitted
unless it is obtained from sustainable resources.
~
Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), polychlorinated terphenyls (PCTs) or any
goods and /or materials containing the same.
~
Chrysotile Amosite Crocodilite.
~
Cemfil
~
Spray applied fire protection / insulation of any kind.
~
Vermiculite containing fibrous dust.
~
Polyurethane foam and polyisocyanurate foam (where these fail to meet
LPCB – LPS 1181).
~
PTFE fabrics – except where the use of PTFE is as a jointing tape in
plumbing applications and on specialist applications such as valve seats,
bearing material or sealing rings in pre-manufactured items of plant and
equipment.
~
Lindane – wood treatment / insecticidal spray.
~
Pentachlorophenol (PCP) or timber treated with Pentachlorophenol – biocide /
wood preservative.
~
Tributyltin (TBT)
~
CCA (Chromated copper arsenate) preservatives where there is likelihood of
continuous skin contact, or for any domestic / residential situations. Refer to
EC directive 2003/02/EC.
~
Materials generally accepted within the construction industry as being
deleterious in themselves, or in the particular situation or in combination with
other materials known to be used, or known to become deleterious with the
passage of time, or being damaged by or causing damage to the structure in
which they are to be incorporated or to which they are affixed, or pose a
hazard to health and safety, or pose a threat to the structural stability or
performance or the physical integrity of the Works of any part or component,
or would have the effect of significantly reducing the normal life expectancy of
the Works or part thereof.
MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
The Contractor shall:
 Use the best materials and workmanship of their respective kinds in
accordance with the Statement of Requirements. Ensure that all materials
(unless otherwise stated) conform to the statutory requirements detailed
herein. References to recognised standards of materials and workmanship,
i.e. British Regulations, Standards, Codes of Practice, BRE
Recommendations, DIN Standard, ISO Standards, etc., relevant to the
design, installation or performance of the works, represent the minimum
standard to be complied with. Construct the installation from entirely new
materials and equipment. Transport, unload, stack, store, and fix / install /
apply all materials in full accordance with manufacturer‟s instructions,
including all safety precautions and any ancillary or associated components
(e.g. warning label, electromagnetic screen, electrical isolator, fuse, pressure
relief valve, isolating valve, strainer, air vent, drain valve) that such installation
instructions require or recommend.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
52
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
 Only use alternatives to what is specified upon receipt of written instructions
from the Authority. Where materials and components are not specifically
described, use the best of their kind and, if required, submit samples or
drawings of such materials or components to the Authority for comment.
 Use competent and experienced operatives, appropriate to the work to be
carried out. Ensure that standards of workmanship are supervised by a
competent person. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring its own
inspection of the installation is carried out by a competent person prior to
offering it to the Authority for inspection.
 Make available for inspection by the Authority when required copies of orders
to suppliers.
 Immediately remove and replace all materials considered by the Authority to
be unsound, faulty or installed imperfectly or not in accordance with the
Statement of Requirements, at no additional cost.
 Include adequate provision in the design and construction for appropriate fire
barriers, building expansion joints and steelwork supports and fixings, as
required and where detailed in the Statement of Requirements and the
architectural drawings provided in the tender documents. Make allowance for
building movement in the installation of the engineering systems.
 Pack all equipment carefully for transport so that it is protected against all
climatic conditions. Take adequate precautions to prevent mechanical
damage to any equipment during transit.
 Within twenty (20) Working Days of the Commencement Date , provide to the
Authority details of the dimensions and weight of all heavy and large items to
be brought to the site and the dimensions and wheel loadings of the vehicles
to be used in their transport.
 For all the equipment supplied under this Contract level and adjust it on its
foundations prior to grouting. Provide all shimming and packing required for
adjustments. All necessary adjustment for foundation levels and all bedding
and grouting of plant on foundations and cementing into walls and floors will
be carried out by the Contractor. Ensure that such work is adequately and
properly carried out and that the above levels and adjustments made are not
thereby disturbed.
1100
DATE DEPENDENT FUNCTIONALITY
The Contractor shall:

For all items of equipment supplied under this Contract that have date logic
embedded in the control devices, date display devices or computer software
that they contain, obtain from the manufacturer of the equipment a written
statement that the equipment conforms to DISC PD 2000-1:1998, published
by the BSI, and that neither the performance nor the functionality of the
equipment will be adversely affected by dates after the year 2000.

Where the control devices, date display devices or computer software of such
equipment is required to interoperate or interact with other items of
equipment or systems (including building management systems,
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
53
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
programmable logic controllers) or computer software (including asset
registration, maintenance scheduling, electronic operation and maintenance
instruction manuals), obtain from the manufacturer of the equipment a written
statement of the range of dates (e.g. “from 1st January 1950 to 31st
December 2100 inclusive”) over which the equipment is in conformity with
DISC PD 20001:1998.
1200

For each such item of equipment submit such written manufacturer‟s
statements to the manufacturer of the equipment or system or computer
software with which it must interoperate or interact, and obtain written
confirmation therefrom, prior to placing the order for that equipment, that the
said equipment or system or computer software and the item of equipment,
have compatible date dependent functionality.

To avoid ambiguity in all communications about this clause, use the edition
current at the time, of BS EN 28601 Specification for representation of dates
and times in information interchange regarding the expression of dates,
including calendar dates, ordinal dates, week numbers and times in numeric
form, including a combination of alphabetic and graphic characters.
PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that all pressure equipment and assemblies with a maximum
allowable pressure greater than 0.5 bar comply with the European
Community (EU) Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) 97/23/EC.

Note that pressure equipment shall include vessels, piping, safety
accessories and pressure accessories. Assemblies shall mean several
pieces of pressure equipment assembled to form an integrated, functional
whole.

As a minimum, mark pressure equipment with:

~
Unique identification of the manufacturer
~
Unique identification of the model and serial number
~
The year of manufacture
~
Maximum / minimum allowable pressure limits
~
CE marking
Provide a declaration of conformity for all pressure equipment. Ensure that
equipment is:
~
Designed for adequate strength taking into account internal / external
pressure, ambient and operational temperatures, static pressure and
mass of contents in operating and test conditions, corrosion and
erosion, fatigue, etc.
~
Provided with means to ensure safe handling and operation and of
examination, draining and venting.
~
Provided with protection against exceeding the allowable limits of
pressure.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
54
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
~

Where necessary, pressure equipment must be designed and fitted
with suitable accessories to meet damage limitation requirements in
the event of external fire.
Ensure all components or sub-assemblies in their finished assembly are used
within their safe operating range and correctly installed and tested. Ensure
that adequate instructions are provided by the manufacturer for the safe
installation, testing and operation.
END OF SECTION A33
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
55
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A34 SECURITY / SAFETY / PROTECTION
CONTENTS
100
PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT
110
Delivery
120
Handling
130
Storage
140
Protection of Works
150
Identification
160
Rotating Plant
200
EXISTING SYSTEMS
300
PROTECTION OF THE EXISTING SITE
400
NOISE AND NUISANCE
100
PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT
The Authority is not obliged to accept anything other than new, totally undamaged,
correctly installed and selected equipment.
The Contractor shall properly protect the installation at all times. Where appropriate,
(e.g. for some types of electrical installation work, or for some types of materials
requiring particular environmental conditions) ensure that the installation work does
not commence until the affected rooms or areas of the building can be maintained
weather tight, without unacceptable risk of water or dust reaching the installations.
110
Delivery
The Contractor shall provide adequate and safe protection for all materials and
products during transport to site. Deliver, with open ends effectively plugged, capped
and sealed for all ducting (where so specified), piping, tubes, conduit, trunking and
associated equipment.
120
Handling
The Contractor shall offload and transport about the works, all materials and products
in the manner recommended by the manufacturers.
130
Storage
The Contractor shall:

Store all materials and products in the manner recommended by their
manufacturers.

Provide sufficient, safe and secure storage for all materials and products.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
56
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
140

Provide properly made racks with adequate supports to prevent distortion for
storage of conduits, pipes and similar materials.

Store all fittings, accessories and sundry items in clean bins or bagged and
stowed on racks, and maintained under suitable weatherproof cover. Where
not stored in dry buildings, raise all material off the ground and protect
accordingly.
Protection of Works
The Contractor shall:

Provide adequate and safe protection for all materials and products during
and after installation stage to prevent wilful, accidental or resultant damage to
the works.

Ensure all items forming part of the works, whether in storage, in the course
of installation, or installed, are protected against ingress of water, dust or
foreign bodies, formation of condensation, extremes and rapid changes of
temperature, direct sunlight, high winds, excessive humidity, building works
and operations to other items. Ensure that all protection is adequate for its
purpose, including fire resistance. Maintain, alter, adapt, replace or repair
protective measures as necessary as the works proceed. Replacement parts
or equipment or making good will not be accepted in lieu of protective
measures. Prevent the works from becoming wet or damp and dry out the
works accordingly.

Take all reasonable fire precautions in respect of stores, workshops and
other installations. Where it is necessary to use any naked flame or welding
equipment in executing the works and where combustible materials are in
use, give adequate protection to other adjacent materials and personnel.
Make suitable fire extinguishers readily available at the position where such
work is proceeding.

Protect throughout erection and after installation, vulnerable or delicate
materials or finishes, with hardboard covers or heavy duty polythene sheet.

Such items include but are not limited to:
~
Cabling
~
Cameras
~
Distribution boards
~
Equipment cabinets (And the equipment housed therein)
~
Furniture
~
Monitoring workstations

Protect the surface finish of all items from damage and paint splashes. Install
items such as grilles, diffusers, luminaires, switches, accessories, etc., as
near to completion as practicable.

Install filter media no earlier than when the plant items concerned are being
commissioned and tested
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
57
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
150

Cover all plant items with polythene sheeting (or plywood if more appropriate)
except when being worked upon.

Cap all open ends of pipes, ducts, conduits and trunking etc., except when
being worked upon.

Leave plant and equipment in a ready-to-paint condition where specified as
part of the Works, or where they are to be painted by others.

Properly clean and paint with corrosion resistant paint at works and again
immediately after installation or after the removal of temporary protection all
those parts which are liable to corrosion.

When final finishes are applied at manufacturer‟s works, ensure adequate
protection is provided up until the point of installation. Inspect on delivery and
do not accept anything that is damaged.

Replace material, plant or equipment where deterioration has occurred prior
to handover.

At Practical Completion, remove all protective measures (including removal
from site) and clean down and prepare the works for hand over.

Ensure all materials used for protection are recyclable.

Allow for inspection of finishes of work to be carried out before covering up or
over.

Do not remove protection to the work of others without an instruction and
subsequently replace protection so removed, where required.
Identification
Where appropriate, the Contractor shall ensure that materials, plant and equipment
bear the brand name, serial / batch number and any other data required to identify
their nature in relation to the works.
160
Rotating Plant
The Contractor shall:
200

Immediately prior to Practical Completion adjust, ease and lubricate moving
parts as necessary to ensure easy and efficient operation.

Ensure that, whenever, to avoid damage or deterioration, it is necessary to
operate at regular intervals motive plant items delivered and / or installed, the
necessary temporary electricity and / or fuel supplies are provided.

Ensure that rotating plant is hand-turned periodically throughout periods
when such temporary supplies are not available.
EXISTING SYSTEMS
The Contractor shall:
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
58
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
300

Not commence work that requires interruption or interference with the
operation of any existing services or buildings without prior written permission
of the Authority. Give ten (10) Working Days notice to the Authority of the
intention to proceed with such works.

Any work on existing systems that would cause disruption and loss of
services to occupants shall be agreed in advance with the Authority. Such
works may need to be undertaken out of normal working hours, however it
shall be noted that the site operates twenty four (24) hours per day, seven (7)
days per week.
PROTECTION OF THE EXISTING SITE
The Contractor shall:
400

Provide everything necessary for the protection of the site, and be
responsible for and take all reasonable steps for protecting, securing, lighting
and watching all places on or about the Works or Sites. Leave no steps,
ladders or other plant in circumstances that makes it possible for
unauthorised persons to enter the Site, or any building on the site or any
adjoining buildings.

Take all necessary measures to protect the finishes and fabrics of the
building as well as all furniture and fittings that remain in the project area.

Install temporary protection as required to prevent damage by the works to
any elements of the building fabric including any soiling of carpets,
luminaires, finishes, walls, etc, surrounding the works from whatever cause.

If protection is inadequate, improperly installed or maintained and resultant
damage occurs (or damage is caused by negligent action of site personnel),
promptly repair the damage at your own expense and, if instructed by the
Authority, by use of the appropriate specialist contractor.

Make such repairs at least sufficient to restore the damaged element to its
condition immediately prior to the damage occurring. Where resultant
damage is localised and the local repair of it would remain noticeable, then
repair the whole section of works.

Fully tape at the edges all temporary floor finishes such as “hardboard”, to
prevent tripping hazards. Erect adequate signage warning of all potential trip
hazards.

Install adequate temporary signage to warn non-contract staff, Port Operator
staff and the public of the works and of all wet surfaces arising as a result of
the works.
NOISE AND NUISANCE
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that the works are undertaken with as little noise as possible. Ensure
that no nuisance by noisy working is caused to the occupants of either the
premises in which the works are located or of adjacent buildings outside the
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
59
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
site boundary.

Take all necessary precautions to prevent nuisance from smoke, rubbish and
other causes.

Fit all compressors, percussion tools and vehicles with effective silencers of a
type recommended by the manufacturers of the equipment.

Ensure all internal combustion engines used in the execution of the works are
fitted with efficient suppressors in the ignition system in accordance with the
recommendations of British Standards so as to prevent electrical interference
to radio or television equipment in the vicinity. Prevent all temporary
electrical installations, such as motors or the like, from creating such
interference and fit with suppressor equipment in accordance with British
Standards and to the satisfaction of the Authority and the Port Operator.
END OF SECTION A34
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
60
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A37
OPERATION/ MAINTENANCE OF THE FINISHED INSTALLATIONS
CONTENTS
100
RECORD DOCUMENTS
200
CAD RECORD DRAWINGS
300
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION MANUALS
310
General
320
Manual Presentation
330
Manual Format and Contents
340
Electronic O&M Manuals
350
Standards
400
PRODUCTION OF CAD RECORD DRAWINGS AND OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUALS
500
PROVISION OF SCHEDULE OF SPARES AND SPECIAL TOOLS
600
INSTRUCTION OF EMPLOYER'S REPRESENTATIVE
700
CONTRACTOR‟S OBLIGATIONS FOLLOWING PRACTICAL COMPLETION
100
RECORD DOCUMENTS
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that the record documents within the O&M Manual make it possible to
comprehend the extent and purpose of the Works and the method of
operation thereof.

Ensure that the record documents set out the extent to which maintenance
and servicing is required and how, in detail, it should be executed.

Ensure that the record documents provide sufficient, readily accessible and
proper information to enable spares and replacements to be ordered.

Correlate record documents so that the terminology and the references used
are consistent with those used in the physical identification of the component
parts of the installations.

Issue Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals and Record Drawings
within the O&M Manual of the final "as installed" layouts in draft form for
comment prior to the testing and commissioning period, or forty (40) Working
Days prior to completion or completion of section, whichever is earlier, to
allow checking for accuracy. Comments will be provided within ten (10)
Working days of receipt of the drawings. Revise as necessary the complete
set of Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals and draft Record
Drawings to incorporate testing and commissioning data where applicable,
and hand over the final set(s) of Operating and Maintenance Instruction
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
61
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Manuals and Record Drawings
200

Issue the complete agreed package of Operating and Maintenance
Instruction Manuals and Record Drawings made up of two (2) sets of “hard
copy” white prints / bound manuals and two (2) electronic sets on CD or DVD.

Issue a further copy of the final version of the O&M Manual and Record
Drawings into the Health & Safety File (CDM).
CAD RECORD DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall:

Provide Record Drawings of the complete installation on completion or
completion of section as defined in the main contract preliminaries.

Produce all Record Drawings upon common building outlines and structural
details agreed by the Authority.

Produce all Record Drawings using AutoCAD, (latest release). Provide every
drawing file in both „drawing format‟ (.DWG) and „drawing exchange format‟
(.DXF), with files also provided in „PDF‟ (Portable Document Format).

Provide the information contained upon the final versions of Record Drawings
such that independent 'layers' are created with selected categories of
information on each layer. Agree the content of each „layer‟ with the Authority
prior to creation of the CAD drawing files.

Record Drawings should comply with the definitions in BSRIA‟s Building
Applications Guide BG 6/2009 A Design Framework for Building Services,
Appendix C.

Include the following information on the Record Drawings:
~
Location, including level if buried, of utility service connections,
including those provided by the appropriate Authority, indicating points
of origin and termination, size and material of service, emergency
shut-off isolation locations, pressure and / or other relevant
information.
~
Disposition and depth of all underground systems.
~
Schematic drawings of each system indicating principal items of plant,
equipment, zoning, means of isolation, etc. in sufficient detail to make
it possible to comprehend the system operation and the interconnections between various systems.
~
Details of the principles of application of automatic controls and
instrumentation.
~
Diagrammatic dimensioned plans and sections of each system or
service showing sizes and locations of all ancillaries, plant, equipment
controls, test points, and means of isolation etc. including any items
forming an integral part of the engineering systems provided by others
(such as plenum ceilings, builder‟s work shafts, chimneys etc.).
~
Identification of all terminals / cables etc. by size / type and duty /
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
62
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
rating as recorded from the approved commissioning results.



~
Detailed wiring drawings / diagrams / schedules for all systems,
including controls, showing origin, route, cable / conduit size, type,
number of conductors, length, termination size and identification, and
measured conductor and earth continuity resistance of each circuit.
Ensure routes indicate if cable / conduit is surface mounted,
concealed in wall chase, in floor screed, cast in-situ, above false
ceiling etc.
~
Details of co-ordination of wiring and connections with cable core
identification, notation of fire alarm, security, control and
instrumentation and similar systems provided as part of the works.
~
Details to show inter-connections between the works and equipment
or systems provided by others to which wiring and connections are
carried out as part of the works.
~
Location and identity of each room or space housing plant, machinery
or apparatus.
~
Dimensioned plans and sections of plant rooms, service subways,
trenches, ducts and other congested areas where in the opinion of the
Authority smaller scale drawings cannot provide an adequate record.
Indicate the location, identity, size and details of each piece of
apparatus.
Ensure that the Record Drawings conform to the following standards:

All hard copy Record Drawings are on paper which has been derived
from sustainable sources, , with CAD files provided on CD or DVD.
~
All titles, headings, etc. have a height not less than 5mm
~
All other lettering is upper case in a height of not less than 3mm.
Every Record Drawing shall show the following information:
~
The Authority‟s title
~
Name of Contract and, where appropriate, the zone or floor
designation
~
Description of drawing, its number and scale
~
Name and address of originator
~
Your signature that the completed Record Drawing is a true record
Note that in the event of non-compliance with this Clause, the Authority
reserves the right to have the Record Drawings prepared by others and to
deduct the cost of preparing them from monies otherwise due to the
Contractor. The sum deducted will be the actual cost and may be greater
than any sum declared by you.
300
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) MANUALS
310
General
Issue of O&M Manuals is a pre-requisite of practical completion of the Works which
will occur on a phased basis, resulting in the trigger of the Warranty period. The
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
63
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Certificate will not be issued until the Authority has been satisfied that the manuals
have been produced in accordance with this Statement of Requirements.
The Contractor shall:
320

Produce all hard copy manuals and
viewed in Microsoft® Word

For every major plant item submit to the Authority with the draft version of the
Operation and Maintenance Instruction Manual, written confirmation from
every manufacturer of a list of documents that the manufacturer considers
must be held on site for the proper operation and maintenance of the plant
supplied.
The Authority will use these written confirmations when
determining whether or not the Operating and Maintenance Instruction
Manual is complete.

The major plant to which this requirement applies includes, but is not limited
to, the following: air conditioning units, LV switchgear, lighting controllers,
communication system equipment, CCTV and security equipment, projection
equipment, fire detection and alarm equipment, earthing equipment, lightning
protection systems and automatic control.
electronic manuals so they can be
Manual Presentation
The manual shall conform to the following minimum standards:
330

Multi-ring PVC bound stiff binder able to withstand constant usage, or where
a thicker type of binder is required it shall have steel locking pins.

electronic manuals so they can be viewed in Microsoft® Word.

Print on the cover the following information: “Operating and Maintenance
Instruction Manual” (Project Name and System). Where more than one
volume is required, the cover shall also be printed with volume number.

Provide each section of the manual with a stiff full-page divider. Label the
divider as to the section of the manual. Do not obscure the labels with the
manual's content, i.e. where a drawing or other information is incorporated
using a transparent plastic pocket the label/ tab must be visible.

Typewrite all written instructions within the manual with a margin on the left
hand side.
Manual Format and Contents
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that the general contents and format of the manual are in accordance
with BS 4884 Technical manuals and BSRIA BG1/2007 Handover, O&M
Manuals and Project Feedback Electronic Forms. Ensure that the following
are included:
~
A full description of each of the systems installed, written to ensure
that the Authority‟s staff fully understand the scope and facilities
provided.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
64
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
~
A description of the mode of operation of all systems including
services capacity and restrictions.
~
Diagrammatic drawings of each system indicating principal items of
plant, equipment, valves etc.
~
A set of drawings of the installation upon which is recorded all plant
settings, water flow-rates, pump heads and noise level readings as
adjusted and measured during the testing and commissioning period.
Protection and overload relay settings shall be recorded and
calibration charts shall be incorporated.
~
Legend of all colour-coded services.
~
Schedules (system by system) of plant, equipment, valves, etc. stating
their locations, duties and performance figures. Each item must have
a unique number cross-referenced to the record and diagrammatic
drawings and schedules.
~
An asset register of all plant and equipment supplied under the
Contract, in a format agreed with the Authority.
~
The name, address and telephone number of the manufacturer of
every item of plant and equipment together with catalogue list
numbers.
~
Manufacturers‟ technical literature for all items of plant and equipment,
assembled specifically for the project, excluding irrelevant matter and
including detailed drawings, electrical circuit details and operating and
maintenance instructions.
~
A copy of all test certificates, inspection and test records,
commissioning and performance test records including, but not limited
to, electrical circuit tests, corrosion tests, type tests, start and
commissioning tests, for the installations and plant, equipment, valves,
etc., used in the installation.
~
A copy of all manufacturers‟ guarantees or warranties, together with
maintenance agreements
offered
by
subcontractors
and
manufacturers.
~
Starting up, operating and shutting down instructions for all equipment
and systems installed.
~
Control sequences for all systems installed.
~
Schedules of all fixed and variable equipment settings established
during commissioning.
~
Procedures for seasonal change-overs and / or precautions necessary
for the care of apparatus subject to seasonal disuse.
~
Detailed recommendations for the preventative maintenance
frequency and procedures which should be adopted by the employer
to ensure the most efficient operation of the systems.
~
Details of lubrication for lubricated items including schedules of
lubricant type, frequency, etc.
~
Details of regular tests to be carried out (e.g. water analysis for
pseudomonas).
~
Details of procedures to maintain plant in safe working conditions.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
65
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
340
~
Details of the disposal requirements for all items in the Works.
~
A list of normal consumable items.
~
A list of recommended spares to be kept in stock by the Authority,
being those items subject to wear or deterioration and which may
involve the Authority in extended delivery periods when replacements
are required at some future date.
~
A list of special tools needed for maintenance cross-referenced to the
particular item for which each tool is required.
~
Procedures for fault-finding in diagrammatic and tabular form to show
the action necessary to correctly identify defective pieces of
equipment and the steps to be taken to rectify faults.
~
Emergency procedures, including telephone numbers for emergency
services.
~
Documentation of the procedures for updating and / or modifying
software operating systems and control programs.
~
Instructions for the creation of control procedure routines and graphic
diagrams.
~
Details of the software revision for all programs provided.
~
Two back-up copies of all software items, as commissioned.
~
Contractual and legal information including, but not limited to: details
of local and public authority consents; details of design team,
consultants, installation contractors and associated sub-contractors;
start date for installation, date of practical completion and expiry date
for the defects liability period; details of warranties for plant and
systems including expiry dates, addresses and telephone numbers.
~
Performance guarantees. A Schedule of Energy Technology Products
that lists all items of plant, equipment and components incorporated in
the Works that are on the UK Government‟s „Energy Technology
Product List‟ for Enhanced Capital Allowances purposes under the UK
Government‟s Climate Change package of measures. A Schedule of
Water Technology Products that lists all items of plant, equipment and
components incorporated in the Works that are on the UK
Government‟s „Water Technology List‟ for Enhanced Capital
Allowances purposes, that encourages sustainable water use.
~
Health & Safety (CDM) relevant information (e.g. safety measures in
maintenance, COSHH substances, disposal instructions, risk
assessments, etc.), written schemes of examination for pressure
systems, written schemes of examination and tests for systems at risk
of causing Legionellosis.
Electronic O&M Manuals
The Contractor shall:

Provide a computer based O&M manual system, written, compiled and
completed in accordance with the requirements of this Statement of
Requirements and BSRIA document BG2/2004 Computer-based operating
and maintenance manuals – Options and procurement guidance.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
66
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
350

Forward the O&M manual supplier‟s name, address and details to the
Authority for approval prior to procurement. (A list of electronic O&M manual
providers / software producers appears within the BSRIA document.)

Make all text in English, with all terms defined when first introduced.

Ensure that the manual is produced which meets the Authority‟s expectation
and amends accordingly as required.

Ensure that the manual supplier identifies the end user‟s computer
competence, computer system compatibility, technical competence, and
intended maintenance strategy, to ensure that the manual is suitably
presented. Confirm that the manual supplier has ensured that full software
support is provided in the form of a „help desk‟.

Make the final electronic O&M manual clear to read, easy to navigate and
easy to understand by all levels of users. Ensure that the electronic manual
is capable of being printed out clearly, both in its entirety and as selected
pages from it. Ensure that the manual is capable of having pictures loaded
into it. Ensure that the manual is protected to prevent overwriting of
information and Record Drawings.
Standards
Notwithstanding the above, provide O&M manuals, system records and full
documentation in accordance with the following standards, as applicable to the
project:

For fire detection and alarm systems:
BS 5839

For telecommunications equipment and telecommunications cabling:
BS 6701

Telecommunications equipment and telecommunications
cabling. Specification for installation, operation and
maintenance
For electrical installations generally:
BS 7671

Fire detection and alarm systems for buildings
Requirements for electrical installations.
Regulations. Seventeenth edition
IEE
Wiring
For lightning protection systems:
BS EN 62305 Protection against lightning
400
PRODUCTION OF CAD RECORD DRAWINGS AND OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUALS
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that the fully word-processed document and CAD drawings are
produced, with various packages of work in an agreed common style and
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
67
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
suitably indexed for ease of use. Ensure that, prior to production of drawings
or documentation, their final required content, format and style is confirmed
and agreed..

500
The Contractor, will agree a common style with the Authority and co-ordinate
the production of "As Fitted" drawings and Operation and Maintenance
Instruction Manuals. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all
information is presented in a fully word-processed and CAD format. No
manufacturer's literature will be accepted except as a supplement to the
document; a full understanding of all items or systems must be achieved
without such literature.
PROVISION OF SCHEDULE OF SPARES AND SPECIAL TOOLS
The Contractor shall:
600

Compile and submit to the Authority twenty (20) Working Days before
completion of the works, a complete list of special tools, test equipment and
spare parts to cover twelve (12) months‟ operation of the installations.

Submit an additional list of special tools and test equipment likely to be
needed during the useful life of the installation, i.e. over and above the twelve
(12) months‟ period. This requirement is in addition to the provision of the
spares and tools detailed elsewhere in the Statement of Requirements.

Wherever spares or tools, special or otherwise, are required by other clauses
within the Statement of Requirements, provide them irrespective of the
requirement of this particular clause.

Provide a fully itemised schedule of spares for each and every system and
item of equipment installed as part of your works.
INSTRUCTION OF AUTHORITY‟S REPRESENTATIVE
The Contactor shall submit to the Authority a detailed programme for training up to
twenty (20) members of the Authority‟s staff, as per „Schedule 11 - Training
Schedule‟ of this Volume 3, in the use and correct operation of the System, being
satisfied that such staff are capable of using the System. Throughout this period of
instruction, the Contractor shall still be responsible for the correct operation and
maintenance of the installation.
Submit to the Authority a detailed programme for the training of its staff.
Issue handouts for the training sessions in the form of précised versions of the
Operating and Maintenance Instructions detailing in simple terms the functions and
method of operation of each system.
Issue a certificate of attendance to each attendee at the end of each training session.
Following practical completion and occupation, be available for a period as agreed
with the Authority to assist the Authority‟s personnel in the operation of the various
systems.
700
CONTRACTOR‟S OBLIGATIONS FOLLOWING PRACTICAL COMPLETION
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
68
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Following practical completion of the System installation and up to the end of the
warranty period, in addition to rectifying any defects that may come to light, as
described in section A20 of this Statement of Requirements, the Contractor shall
carry out the following:

Assess the need for fine tuning of the works, prepare a method statement
and programme in advance and agree with the Authority. Arrange for the
relevant parties to be retained and appointed to provide input to fine tuning
activities. Plan fine tuning activities with regard to the health and safety of
occupants and such that any disturbance to them is minimised. Attend
quarterly meetings to deal with issues arising from fine tuning of the works.
Carry out monthly visits to undertake fine tuning of the works. Record all
plant and System settings following any fine tuning activities.

Provide a mechanism by which the Authority can provide feedback on the
performance of the System both before and after fine tuning.
END OF SECTION A37
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
69
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A40
MANAGEMENT AND STAFF
CONTENTS
100
CONTRACTOR‟S STAFF
100
CONTRACTOR‟S STAFF
The Contractor shall:

Designate a senior member of staff to be its site-based representative
(Project Manager) during the Programme. Ensure that this person is an
experienced engineer-designer and is competent and duly authorised to:
~
co-ordinate the work in between its office and the site, and between
the suppliers and the Contractor, and
~
liaise with the Authority / and other parties, and
~
attend progress meetings, and
~
generally represent the Contractor on all aspects related to this
Contract and interfaces with all other parties, such as the Port
Operator.
The Contractor‟s Project Manager is responsible for, inter alia:
1
Ensuring that all installation and builders work drawings produced take proper
account of all the other works, the building structure and the architectural
finishes.
2
Checking drawings in detail to ensure that the works can be installed without
spatial conflict.
3
Ensuring that the Programme of work is planned, set out and installed in such
a way that the installation is co-ordinated with the structure and other
services.
4
Co-ordination of the Contractor‟s Sub-contractors and suppliers so that their
work is executed with due regard to each other and in such a manner that
satisfactory construction and performance of the works results.
5
Ensuring that there is adequate exchange of information with and between the
Contractor and the Port Operator concerning the exact location and size of
components, fixings, openings and the like.
6
Obtaining from each of the Sub-contractors, drawings and other information
identifying their builder‟s work requirements. Checking that these do not
conflict with those of others or with those pre-arranged in the tender
documents.
7
Being a focal point for design queries. Vetting all such queries and checking
that answers are not contained in the Tender or contract documents and
drawings. Providing the answers and returning queries in all such cases.
8
Ensuring that the necessary drawings and design information to enable the
Works to be completed correctly to meet the specified performance and
installation standard is provided
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
70
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
9
Ensuring that the Contractor provides, within the timescales specified in the
Statement of Requirements and to an agreed standard, the drawings,
calculations and other information required by the Authority.
10
Checking all drawings and other information provided before submitting them
to the Authority.
11
Ensuring that all information and details required are submitted in good time
and in accordance with the Programme.
12
Ensuring that all materials and plant supplied are appropriately delivered and
that site conditions are suitable for their storage and installation.
13
Ensuring that the Works are adequately protected.
14
Ensuring that the Works are adequately supervised.
15
Ensuring that the Project Manager plans, programmes, monitors and coordinates the work of his testing engineer.
16
In the event that any of the Contractor‟s staff on site, are, in the opinion of the
Authority, unsatisfactory, arranging the immediate removal from the site of the
said staff, provided that such opinion is not unreasonable, as detailed in
clause 36 of the „Long Form Goods and Services – Terms and Conditions of
Contract.
Throughout the duration of the works, the Contractor shall maintain an adequate
drawing office with staff, to enable the timely preparation of all drawings required for
the works.
The Contractor shall maintain on the site of the works the appropriate number of staff
with the necessary experience and expertise to conduct the Works.
END OF SECTION A40
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
71
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
A53
WORK BY STATUTORY AUTHORITIES
CONTENTS
100
WORKS BY PUBLIC BODIES/UTILITY SUPPLIERS UNDERTAKING
THEIR STATUTORY OBLIGATIONS
The Contractor shall:

Allow for co-operating with and working in conjunction with the public bodies /
utility suppliers including, but not limited to, the following:
~ Public Telecommunications Operator (PTO)
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
72
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
P10
SUNDRY INSULATION/PROOFING WORK/FIRE STOPS
CONTENTS
100
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
200
DESIGN PARAMETERS
300
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
310
General
320
Ductwork
330
Cable containment
400
CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
500
SCOPE OF WORKS
510
Responsibilities
520
Detail co-ordination
530
Permit to work
540
Warning signage
600
FIXING TO BUILDING „FABRIC‟
700
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
100
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
The Contractor shall:
200

Ensure necessary fire separation exists, in and around services crossing
between building fire zones/compartments, as required by controlling
documentation.

Provide pipe sleeves to requirements of standard specification to protect
structure and facilitate pipe movement.
DESIGN PARAMETERS
The Contractor shall:

Comply fully with the edition (including amendments) of each of the following,
current at the time of Tender.
1
2
3
Building Regulations
DW 144, DW 151, DW/TM3
All relevant British Standards
300
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
310
General
The Contractor shall provide new pipe sleeves manufactured from same material as
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
73
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
the pipe itself. Position pipe sleeves concentrically around the pipe penetration,
fixing sleeve within the fabric of the structure and ensuring the sleeve extends a
minimum of 3mm beyond finished surface of wall/floor.
320
Ductwork
Fire dampers, smoke dampers and intumescent core dampers (PVC ductwork
systems) shall be fitted by the Contractor, as detailed in Sections Y&U of this
Statement of Requirements and drawings, in all ductwork penetrating concrete,
blockwork and plasterboard fire barriers which are detailed on the relevant Architects
drawings. This also includes ceiling voids, floor voids and penetrations through
concrete floors between fire compartments.
The Contractor shall ensure that fire dampers and installation frames are built-in,
entirely in accordance with controlling documentation.
330
Cable containment
Tray, trunking, ladder or basket shall be routed through a purpose made metal
sleeve frame supplied by the Contractor, built into the fire barrier. The void between
sleeve and containment shall be packed with Rockwool and sealed with non-setting
Class O rated dense mastic or intumescent foam by the Contractor.
Metal trunking to be fitted with Rockwool „bung‟ inside to fill up void between trunking
walls and cables. Trunking to be fitted with a short section of lid through the fire
barrier, to be built in by others.
Plastic trunking or conduits to be treated as pipe work with metal sleeves.
400
CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Not applicable.
500
SCOPE OF WORKS
510
Responsibilities
The Contractor shall carry out all necessary General fire stopping
520
Detail co-ordination
The Contractor shall:
530

agree all proposed methods of fixing the system(s) to structure, roof,
cladding, chimneys, equipment, etc. with the Authority‟s Representative and
the Port Operator.

agree the colours and finishes of all exposed materials of the system(s) with
the Authority Representative
Permit to work
Prior to commencement of work and where appropriate (e.g. where an existing
system has to be disconnected temporarily for joining to a new system), the
Contractor shall arrange for the issue of a permit to work and comply with the
requirements set by the Port Operator, outlined in the following link:
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
74
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
http://www.doverport.co.uk/?page=PortAccessUseGuide.
540
Warning signage
The Contractor shall, where necessary for high level overhead work, ensure that the
safety warning signs are erected and that adequate safety space is left below the
point of work, to alert and offer protection to all personnel including site operatives.
600
FIXING TO BUILDING „FABRIC‟
The Contractor shall comply with section Y90 of this Statement of Requirements.
700
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
Fire barrier penetrations to be opened by the Contractor to demonstrate compliance
with this Statement of Requirements. Allow for making good following inspection.
END OF SECTION P10
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
75
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
P30
TRENCHES/PIPEWAYS/PITS FOR BURIED ENGINEERING SERVICES &
SUPPORTS/BASES FOR EQUIPMENT
ISSUE STATUS CONTENTS
100
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
200
DESIGN PARAMETERS
300
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
310
Routes of services below ground
320
Excavation
330
Backfilling
340
Temporary covers
350
Warning marker tapes
360
Under Ground Ducts
370
Draw chambers/pits.
380
CCTV Column Bases
390
Support Posts/Brackets etc.
400
CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
500
SCOPE OF WORKS
510
Responsibilities
520
Detail co-ordination
530
Permit to work
540
Warning signage
600
FIXING TO BUILDING „FABRIC‟
100
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
The Contractor shall provide all necessary trenches, draw chambers, camera bases,
camera supports etc. and associated builder‟s work in connection and suitable
backfilling, as required for the provision of engineering services and associated
works.
200
DESIGN PARAMETERS
The Contractor shall:

Prepare and execute builder‟s works safely with minimum risk. Works shall
not
compromise
the
security
of
the
Port
and/or
routine
operations/vehicle/pedestrian movements. All surface finishes disturbed by
trenching shall be reinstated to match the existing, or to accept the proposed
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
76
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
landscaping works, including replacement paviours, concrete and tarmac
surfaces, curb stones and the like. All turf and planting disturbed during
execution of the works shall be reinstated to match the existing. Trenching
shall be backfilled using specific material to afford maximum protection to the
underlying buried services from heavy traffic.

300
Carry out wall/foundation penetrations through existing constructions and
make good, together with coordination of new construction penetrations and
making good. Carry out new constructions for new plant and equipment as
required to accommodate the works. It is advised that the information is
produced in schematic format. Provisions of base foundations, ducts,
trenches and the like shall be tailored to suit the specific requirements of the
selected equipment providers.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Attendant builders work shall include all works necessary to complete the Electrical
and Mechanical engineering described within the Statement of Requirements and
drawings. For convenience and for the purpose of understanding drawings this
section of the Statement of Requirements has been produced. The descriptions
shown on the drawings and described in the following text sections are not intended
to be definitive. This section shall be read in conjunction with all other documents.
310
Routes of services below ground
The Contractor shall:
320

Following site survey, and consideration of existing records agree precise
locations of service runs including serving buried cable ducts. Consult all
existing record drawings held on site. Carry out site investigations using CAT
SCAN/signal generators and GPR techniques as deemed necessary to safely
determine the best final route for the new services. Consider the number and
type of service/duct contained within each trench and develop working details
that demonstrate the overall cross section of the duct and setting out
positions of the various services. It is stressed that the setting out positions
of services shall comply with depth of cover and segregation distances set
out by the various standard specifications. It is also stressed that the setting
out must be coordinated with adjacent below ground drainage routes, existing
buildings, walls and associated foundations and also any proposed new
buildings walls and foundations.

Carry out thorough surveys of existing duct networks that are to be
considered for re-use. Duct networks shall be assessed for capacity,
condition and continuity.
Excavation
The Contractor shall construct trench width with vertical sides to minimum dimension
required for service carriage. Remove mud, rock projections, boulders and the like
from the trench bottom and trim level.
330
Backfilling
Backfilling in all locations shall be carried out by the Contractor using granular subbase material to Department of Transport Specification for highway works, clause
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
77
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
803 (Type1) or other equivalent, laid and compacted in 150mm layers.
The Contractor shall ensure blinding is in place to protect buried services prior to
backfilling.
Heavy compactors shall not be used until 600mm depth of backfill is established
340
Temporary covers
The Contractor shall:
350

Provide heavy-duty steel covers over trenches as necessary to prevent traffic
damaging ducts or services after backfilling and prior to final surface reinstatement

Provide heavy-duty steel cover plates to all parts of the below ground service
installations which are vulnerable and/or susceptible to damage.
Warning marker tapes
The Contractor shall provide continuous colour coded heavy gauge polyethylene
identification tapes along the route of each buried service
360
Under Ground Ducts
The Contractor shall:
370

Install twin wall, heavy duty HDPE pipe ducts, such as Polypipe Civils
Rigiduct, to form the multi ducts for cable carriage, using approved
excavation, insertion, backfilling methods.

To achieve the required installation quality and programme it is imperative
that the Contractor carefully controls the installation of ducts to the specified
standards with particular attention to trench preparation and reinstatement
along with concrete protection where required. The alignment of ducts in all
planes along with correctly terminated and sealed duct joints shall be
carefully considered and monitored to achieve the specified alignment
progressively proven via mandrel testing.

Backfilling shall be undertaken in accordance with the relevant clause above.

Install duct connections as necessary from the main duct network to serve
columns etc.

Progressively during and after completion of the duct installation each duct
shall be internally brush cleaned/cleared and proven via the drawing through
of a 250mm long timber mandrel of a diameter no less than the duct internal
bore less ten 10%. Proving of duct section having slow radius bends shall be
via the same diameter mandrel but of a reduced length to permit its passage.
Any duct sections identified as not permitting passage of the mandrel shall be
fully replaced along with all associated builder‟s work wholly at the
Contractor‟s own expense
Draw chambers/pits.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
78
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
The Contractor shall:
380

Construct draw chambers as required by the drawings and Statement of
Requirements using brick masonry and/or concrete construction.

All draw chambers shall have surface frame and lockable covers. The
chamber frames shall in addition to being bed in mortar be bolted down to the
chamber structure.

Fully seal incoming ducts/services within the chamber walls.
CCTV Column Bases
The Contractor shall supply and install concrete bases/foundation details for the
external CCTV columns as required. The details shown are for tender purposes
only. Prior to commencement of works the Contractor shall submit details of the
proposed foundations for comment/approval taking account of column types/ground
conditions etc.
390
Support Posts/Brackets etc.
The Contractor shall:
400

Supply and install all necessary structural support posts to accept cameras
etc. to achieve the necessary camera mounting heights. Provide appropriate
protection around posts to prevent vehicle damage.

Provide fixed/swing arm brackets as required for camera support etc.

Swing arm brackets shall be provided in external areas where cameras could
be easily accessed. Brackets shall be lockable.
CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
Not applicable.
500
SCOPE OF WORKS
510
Responsibilities
All works to be carried out are the responsibility of the Contractor with the exception
of the work already undertaken by the Port Operator in relation to Phase one (1).
520
Detail co-ordination
The Contractor shall:
530

Agree all proposed methods of fixing the system(s) to structure, roof,
cladding, chimneys, equipment, etc. with the Authority and the Port Operator.

Agree the colours and finishes of all exposed materials of the system(s) with
the Authority.
Permit to work
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
79
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Prior to commencement of work and where appropriate (e.g. where an existing
system has to be disconnected temporarily for joining to a new system), the
Contractor shall arrange for the issue of a permit to work and comply with the
requirements set by the Port Operator, outlined in the following link:
http://www.doverport.co.uk/?page=PortAccessUseGuide
540
Warning signage
Where necessary for high level overhead work, the Contractor shall ensure that the
safety warning signs are erected and that adequate safety space is left below the
point of work, to alert and offer protection to all personnel including site operatives.
600
FIXING TO BUILDING „FABRIC‟
The Contractor shall comply with section Y90 of this Statement of Requirements.
END OF SECTION P30
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
80
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
V90
ELECTRICAL SERVICES SMALL SCALE
CONTENTS
100
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
200
DESIGN PARAMETERS
300
SCOPE OF WORKS
310
Detail Coordination
320
Permit to Work
330
Warning Signage
400
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS -POWER AND LIGHTING
410
General
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
LV Distribution and Wiring [V20]
Distribution Boards
Containments Systems
Trunking
Cable Basket
Conduit Systems
Cables
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
Small Power [V20]
General
Circuit Arrangements
Standard 13 amp Switched Socket Outlets Connection Units
Isolators
Isolating Switches
Connections to Equipment
Accessory Finishes
440
441
Lighting [V21]
General Lighting
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
Fire Detection and Alarm [W50]
General
Review Suite
Automatic Detection
Manual Break Glass Units
Electronic Sounders
Cables and Wiring
System Commissioning
460
461
462
463
464
470
Earthing and Bonding [W51]
General earthing and bonding
Main and Supplementary Equipotential Bonding Conductors
Equipotential Bonding of Exposed Conductive Parts
Equipotential Bonding of Extraneous Conductive Parts
Lightning Protection [W52]
500
HANDOVER
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
81
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
510
511
512
513
514
515
520
Inspection, Testing and Commissioning
General
Instrumentation
Electrical Power and Lighting Installations [V20, V21]
Fire Alarm [W50]
Certificates and Schedules
Operating and Maintenance Information
600
FIXING TO BUILDING „FABRIC‟
700
IDENTIFICATION OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES
800
SCHEDULE OF CONTRACTOR‟S SUBMISSIONS
100
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
The Contractor shall undertake the electrical design necessary and provide a
complete and functioning low voltage electrical services installation to the areas
identified, fully in accordance with the requirements of this Statement of
Requirements, commensurate with the functional requirements of the building and
appropriate to the scale thereof.
The electrical building engineering services systems covered by this V90 Statement
of Requirements include the following, and any other system or sub-system shown
on the associated drawings:
200
~
Removal, retention and/or re-use of electrical services
~
Electrical power distribution and wiring
~
Small power installation
~
Fire detection and alarm systems
~
Earthing and bonding
~
Transient Voltage surge suppression.
DESIGN PARAMETERS
The Contractor shall comply fully with the edition (including amendments) of each of
the following, current at the time of tender:
Public Utilities and Street Working Act 1950 [PUSWA]
BS 951
Electrical earthing. Clamps for earthing and bonding.
BS 1363 13
A plugs, socket-outlets and adaptors.
BS 1853
Tubular fluorescent lamps for general lighting service.
BS 3630
Methods for the sampling and analysis of zinc and zinc alloys
BS 3939
Graphical symbols for electric power, telecommunications and
electronics diagrams.
BS 4568-1
Specification for steel conduit and fittings with metric threads of ISO
form for electrical installations.
Part 1: Steel conduit, bends and couplers
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
82
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
BS 4678-1
Cable trunking.
Part 1: Steel surface trunking
BS 4678-4
Cable trunking.
Part 4: Specification for cable trunking made of insulating material
BS 4737
Intruder alarm systems
BS 5266-1
Emergency lighting.
Part 1: Code of practice for the emergency lighting of premises
BS 5378
Safety signs and colours
BS 5486-12
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies. Specification for
particular requirements of type-tested miniature circuit-breaker boards
BS 5499-5
Graphical symbols and signs. Safety signs, including fire safety signs.
Part 5: Signs with specific safety meanings
BS 5559
Specification for identification of equipment terminals and of
terminations of certain designated conductors including general rules
for an alphanumeric system.
BS 5733
Specification for general requirements for electrical accessories
BS 5839-1
Fire detection and fire alarm systems for buildings. Part 1: Code of
practice for system design, installation, commissioning and
maintenance
BS 5839-6
Fire detection and fire alarm systems for buildings. Part 6: Code of
practice for the design, installation and maintenance of fire detection
and fire alarm systems in dwellings
BS 6217
Guide for graphical symbols for use on electrical equipment.
BS 6312
Connectors for analogue telecommunication interfaces.
BS 6360
Specification for conductors in insulated cables and cords
BS 6387
Specification for performance requirements for cables required to
maintain circuit integrity under fire conditions
BS 6701
Telecommunications equipment and telecommunications cabling.
Specification for installation, operation and maintenance
BS 6724
Electric cables. Thermosetting insulated, armoured cables for voltages
of 600/1000 V and 1900/3300 V, having low emission of smoke and
corrosive gases when affected by fire
BS 6972
Specification for general requirements for luminaire supporting
couplers for domestic, light industrial and commercial use
BS 7211
Electric cables. Thermosetting insulated, non-armoured cables for
voltages up to and including 450/750 V, for electric power, lighting and
internal wiring, and having low emission of smoke and corrosive gases
when affected by fire
BS 7430
Code of practice for earthing
BS 7629
Specification for 300/500 V fire resistant electric cables having low
emission of smoke and corrosive gases when affected by fire BS 7671
Requirements for electrical installations.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
83
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
IEE Wiring Regulations
BS 8220
Guide for security of buildings against crime.
BS 8473
Intruder and hold-up alarm systems. Management of false alarms.
Code of practice
BS EN 54
Fire detection and fire alarm systems.
BS EN 1838 Lighting applications. Emergency lighting
BS EN 50131-1 Alarm systems. Intrusion and hold-up systems. Part 1: System
requirements
BS EN 50132-7 Alarm systems. CCTV surveillance systems for use in security
applications. Part 7: Application guidelines
BS EN 50136-1 Alarm systems. Alarm transmission systems and equipment.
BS EN 50136-2 Alarm systems. Alarm transmission systems and equipment.
Requirements for equipment used in systems using dedicated alarm
paths
BS EN 50172 Emergency escape lighting systems
BS EN 50173-1 Information technology. Generic cabling systems.
Part 1: General requirements and office areas
BS EN 60439-3 Specification for low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies.
Part 3: Particular requirements for low-voltage switchgear and
controlgear assemblies intended to be installed in places where
unskilled persons have access to their use. Distribution boards
BS EN 60669-1 Switches for household and similar fixed electrical installations. Part
1: General requirements
BS EN 60898 Electrical accessories. Circuit-beakers for overcurrent protection for
household and similar installations.
BS EN 60947 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear
BS EN 61008 Residual current operated circuit-breakers without integral overcurrent
protection for household and similar uses (RCCBs).
BS EN 61009 Electrical accessories. Residual current operated circuit-breakers with
integral overcurrent protection for household and similar uses
(RCBO's).
BS EN 61386-1 Conduit systems for cable management. Part 1: General
requirements
BS EN 61386-21 Conduit systems for cable management.
Part 21: Particular requirements. Rigid conduit systems
BS EN 61537 Cable management. Cable tray systems and cable ladder systems
BS EN 61558-2-6 Safety of power transformers, power supply units and similar.
Part 2-6: Particular requirements for safety isolating transformers
for general use
BS EN 62305
Protection against Lightning
ISO IEC 11801 Information technology. Generic cabling for customer premises
ASEC British Approvals Service for Cables
E1A / T1A-568 Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Wiring
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
84
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
HSE Guidance Safety signs and signals: Guidance on Regulations The Health and Safety (Safety Signs and Signals) Regulations 1996
HSE Books, 1996
ICEL 1001
Scheme of product and authenticated photometric data registration for
emergency luminaires and conversion modules
ICEL 1004
Requirements for the re-engineering of luminaires for emergency
lighting use
ICEL 1009
Emergency lighting central power supply systems standard and
registration scheme
National Security Inspectorate Codes of Practice
The Contractor shall refer to the clauses given below for each system‟s particular
design parameters (including those to be achieved at commissioning e.g.
illuminances for lighting systems).
300
SCOPE OF WORKS
The Contractor shall:
i)
Survey existing electrical services within the area designated as the proposed
Review Suite.
ii)
Strip out existing services as necessary to accommodate the additional
equipment, retaining services as necessary to ensure continued operation of the
building
iii)
Provide electrical design services for all electrical services within the Review
Suite including:
iv)

LV distribution/small power distribution as required
to serve the proposed review suite equipment

Cable containment
Take responsibility for undertaking the design and installation for;

310
Extension/modification to the existing Fire Alarm installation in order to
provide adequate automatic detection within the Review Suite.
Detail Coordination
The Contractor shall:
320

Agree with the Authority all proposed methods of fixing the system(s)
including to structure, roof, cladding and chimneys.

Agree the colours and finishes of all exposed materials of the system(s) with
the Authority and the Port Operator.
Permit to Work
Prior to commencement of work and where appropriate (e.g. where an existing
system has to be disconnected temporarily for joining to a new system), the
Contractor shall arrange for the issue of a permit to work and comply with the
requirements set by the Port Operator, outlined in the following link:
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
85
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
http://www.doverport.co.uk/?page=PortAccessUseGuide
330
Warning Signage
Where necessary for high level overhead work, the Contractor shall ensure that the
safety warning signs are erected and that adequate safety space is left below the
point of work, to alert and offer protection to all personnel including site operatives.
400
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS – POWER AND LIGHTING
410
General
NOTE: Where clause titles in this Statement of Requirements have codes (e.g.
„V12‟, „W50‟) these are the codes of the Common Arrangement of Work Sections
(CAWS) that are widely used in the UK building industry for categorising building
engineering services systems and components.
420
LV Distribution and Wiring [V20]
The Contractor shall:
421

Adapt the existing electrical distribution as required to suit the proposed
Review Suite and provide a complete system of low voltage distribution and
wiring, fully in accordance with the requirements of this Statement of
Requirements.

Provide the system concealed within ceiling voids where available, otherwise
cabling shall installed in an appropriate surface mounted network of
containment.

Provide all necessary sundry items required to form a complete and
functioning system. Include all necessary trunking, cable tray, cabling, wiring
and wiring accessories necessary to complete the electrical installation.
Distribution Boards
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that MCBs are compatible with the distribution boards and have
positive contact identification of „on‟ and „off‟. Use only those MCBs that
contain trip free mechanisms to prevent the MCB from being held on.

Use MCBs that are fit for purpose and are classified „Type B‟ or „Type C‟,
consistent with the characteristics of the circuit protected, but generally as
follows: ~ Type B - General Small and Fixed Power ~ Type C - Lighting

Provide two breaker lock-off devices for each MCB / Distribution board used.
Ensure that each has a Upon completion, install within each distribution
board, a typed encapsulated circuit chart describing each circuit way, MCB
rating, outgoing cable size and the following information, as a minimum:
~
Circuit number
~
MCB size
~
Cable size
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
86
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

~
Zs at the consumer unit
~
Isc at the consumer unit
~
Zs at the furthest point of each sub circuit
Label each distribution board with the sub-main circuit reference. Identify
every outgoing circuit reference with its phase identifier / colour and circuit
number.
422
Containments Systems
423
Trunking
Where required in accordance with the electrical design proposals any concealed
cable trunking within internal areas shall be Class 4 galvanised trunking complying
with BS7671.
The Contractor shall:
424

Use single compartment type trunking for distribution, size as applicable
(minimum of 50mm x 50mm). Conceal the trunking, wherever possible,
within the building fabric, electrical risers, ceiling voids or raised access
floors.
Ensure that the trunking is complete with turn buckle fixed,
overlapping lids.

Only use manufacturer‟s accessories to change level, direction or dimension.
Do not use site fabricated connectors, bends, tees, cross-overs, stop ends,
rising bends, couplings, junctions, reductions.

Provide all supporting steelwork and brackets necessary to support the
trunking installation. Fix the support steelwork and brackets to load bearing
walls or to the floor.

Install cable retaining straps, tinned copper and bonding straps at all joints.
Fire stop trunking internally and externally where it passes through
compartment walls, compartment floors and cavity barriers.

Check that access to trunking is maintained after all other services have been
installed.
Cable Basket
Where necessary and in accordance with the design proposals cable basket shall be
used.
The Contractor shall ensure that wire mesh cable tray (cable basket) lengths and
fittings that form the cable runway comply with BS EN 61537, are made of high
strength steel wires, hot dip galvanized to BS EN ISO 1461, and are formed into wire
mesh pattern with intersecting wires welded together. Do not use wire mesh cable
tray lengths or fittings which have been electro-galvanised (e.g. to BS EN 12329).
425
Conduit Systems
The Contractor shall:

Install conduit systems for all single core, un-armoured cables. Install
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
87
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
separate containment systems for the following wiring:
1
Lighting, power and equipment / plant circuits
2
Information technology / communications systems
3
Fire alarm systems

426
Ensure that all conduit systems are of galvanized steel, Class 4 type and
comply with BS 7671. Where possible, conceal containment within the fabric
of the building except that, in the case of risers and plant areas, fix the
containment to the surface of the building fabric.
Cables
The selection of cable type and corresponding containment method shall be
determined by the Contractor. The selection shall be one or a combination of the
following type.
~
Multi-core 600 / 1000 Volt XLPE / SWA / LSF type (to BS 6724) installed n
cable trays to BS EN 61537.
~
Single-core, LSF, 450 / 750 Volt grade (6491B) type installed in galvanised
steel conduit and trunking systems to BS 7211
~
Multi-core, XLPE / LSZH low smoke, 450 / 750 Volt grade (624B) type
installed as specified, to BS 7211 Use only cables that have copper
conductors. Fix and install all cables in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
430
Small Power [V20]
431
General
The Contractor shall:
Provide distributed power supplies at 400V three phase and neutral [TP&N]
and/ or 230V 50Hz, comprising all outlets, accessories, control and wiring as
described herein and as required by the Contractors design to form a
complete and functioning system.
Typically, this includes, but is not limited to the following:
Provide a complete 13A switched socket outlet installation throughout the
building / demise to cater for:
~
Review Suite Control Console
Install dedicated supplies to fixed items of equipment including:
~
CCTV/IT/Data Cabinet
~
Review Suite Cooling
Make final connections to equipment. Ensure that outlets are suitable for the
connected equipment and the environment in which they are installed.
432
Circuit Arrangements
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
88
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Where appropriate, the Contractor shall arrange final circuits in accordance with the
following standard arrangements, unless otherwise described or indicated on the
drawings:
Type
Protective
Device Type/
Rating (A)
Conduc‟r
size
(mm2)
Max Load(kW)
[Diverse Load(W)]
Limitations
Notes
Ring
Main
Type C MCB/
32A
2.5 / 4.0
4.5 [100 per outlet]
Conductor size in
terminals.
Do not mix computer
and general outlets.
BS 1363
outlets
Radial
BS 1363
Add actual or diverse
fixed equipment load.
Type C MCB/
20 / 16 A
4.0 / 2.5
3.0 / 2.0 [100 per
outlet]
Do not mix computer
and general outlets.
outlets
Add actual or diverse
fixed equipment load.
Radial
Type C MCB/
16A
20A
2.5 / 4.0
3.0 [200 per outlet]
MCB rating
10
7.0 [100 per outlet]
Total number of
appliances
Calculate max busbar
length with total load at
connected.
far point
BS 4343
outlets
Radial to
63A plug
Type D MCB/
45A
in bus
bar
The Contractor shall provide dedicated circuits to serve:
433
∼
CCTV Equipment cabinet
∼
Review Suite control console
∼
Review Suite cooling units.
Standard 13 amp Switched Socket Outlets and Fused Connection Units
The Contractor shall:

Fit switched socket outlets and connection units into pressed steel boxes of
sufficient depth to prevent damage to wiring tails. Fit manufactured fly lead of
1.5mm² with green / yellow LSF insulation.

Connect each socket outlet and spur unit on the ring main or radial principle.
Do not spur off ring mains.

Connect to equipment with white three core flexible cable. Use heat resisting
min 85°C rated [or higher if necessary to suit equipment] insulated
conductors and provide fixed base terminal block in outlet plate box if it is
located more than 2 m from connection unit.

For direct fixed wiring connections into equipment use heat resisting min
85°C rated [or higher if necessary to suit equipment] insulated single core low
smoke and fume [LSF] cables between switched terminals of connection unit
and equipment terminals. Do not introduce unnecessary terminal blocks.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
89
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

434
Mount the units in accordance with the schedule of mounting heights and
where shown on wall elevation drawings.
Isolators
The Contractor shall:
435

Use only surface mounted, insulated, multi-pole type isolators.

Connect each isolator to the circuits supplied from the respective panel or
distribution board. Verify that isolator mounting heights are as detailed on the
drawings.

In general use rigid steel conduit for final connections to equipment, installed
either flush, or surface, as appropriate, to a position adjacent to the
equipment terminal box, terminate in a standard conduit box with fixed
connector block. Use multi-core heat resistant cable for final connection to
equipment, terminate directly onto the terminal box of the equipment.

Supply and fit to the front cover of each isolator a melamine identification
label which clearly identifies the item of equipment served. Ensure that the
label is white with engraved lettering in black in 3.5mm high uppercase
lettering.
Isolating Switches
The Contractor shall:
436

In concealed areas, use 20A flush-mounting, double-pole switched pattern
with cable outlets where necessary and cover plates finished to match
lighting switches and socket outlets. In plant rooms and surface areas use
surface-mounting cover plates with metal clad finish.

Fit each isolating switch into a pressed steel box of sufficient depth to prevent
damage to wiring tails. Fit manufactured fly lead of 1.5mm² with green /
yellow LSF insulation. Connect each isolating switch on the ring main or
radial principle. Do not spur off ring mains.

Connect to equipment with white 3 core flexible cable. Use heat resisting min
85°C rated [or higher if necessary to suit equipment] insulated conductors
and provide fixed base terminal block in outlet plate box if it is located more
than two 2m from connection unit.

For direct fixed wiring connections into equipment use heat resisting min
85°C rated [or higher if necessary to suit equipment] insulated single core
LSF cables between switched terminals of connection unit and equipment
terminals. Do not introduce unnecessary terminal blocks.
Connections to Equipment
The Contractor shall:

Connect and functionally test all items of equipment supplied and installed.

Refer to interface schedule for responsibilities where equipment is supplied
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
90
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
and / or installed directly by the Authority or another subcontractor.

437
Liaise with other suppliers or the Contractors nominated Sub-Contractors to
ensure the equipment is fully operational and safe.
Accessory Finishes
Visible accessories within the Review Suite shall be standard white plastic.
440
Lighting [V21]
441
General Lighting
It is intended to retain the existing lighting installation within the Review Suite,
however the Contractor shall survey/assess the installation for suitability/compliance
and should the existing installation prove to be unsuitable the Contractor shall
provide a lighting design proposal for consideration by the Authority in line with the
programme.
450
Fire Detection and Alarm [W50]
451
General
The Contractor shall ensure it has the relevant experience and knowledge of the site
installed system.
452
Review Suite
The Contractor shall:
453
i)
Review existing installation.
ii)
Extend the existing installation to include call points, automatic detection,
audible/visual indication.
iii)
Install, test and commission the fire detection and alarm system.
Automatic Detection
The Contractor shall:
454

Provide automatic detectors that are analogue addressable / conventional,
optical / ionisation smoke or heat type as required by the design and dictated
by the existing system.

If optical smoke detectors and / or optical heat detectors are used within the
System, ensure that they comply with the requirements of BS EN 54.

Keep detectors free from any contamination caused by works taking place
after installation and commissioning (e.g. by bagging). Replace any
contaminated heads.
Manual Break Glass Units
The Contractor shall:

Provide manual call points as indicated by the design with breakable
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
91
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
encapsulated elements, recessed mounted in accordance with BS EN 54
(break glass type only), red in colour of ABS engineering plastic. Provide an
integral red LED which illuminates to indicate that a manual call point is
operated.

455
Position manual call points as located on the drawings and provided with free
access and test key facility. Fit fire alarm „pictograms‟, as required, adjacent
to the respective call point.
Electronic Sounders
The Contractor shall:
456

Ensure that all sounders comply with the requirements of BS EN 54-3

Provide electronic units with a sound level of 100dB(A) at 1m with DIL switch
selectable tones and volume.
Cables and Wiring
The Contractor shall:
457

Ensure that all cabling used in the installation is BASEC approved, fire rated,
and complying with BS 5839, BS 6387, BS 7629, BS 7671 and has a red LSF
outer sheath.

Provide minimum cable sizes of 1.5mm² throughout or sized to suit the
selected manufacturers wiring configuration.

Install the system wiring concealed / flush other than in plant areas. Install all
cables in a manner such that they are physically continuous throughout the
length of each circuit other than where connection is made at the terminations
of a system component. Use no other cable connections.

Where there are more than two cables in a group on a common route, fix the
cable to walls and on dedicated cable tray systems.

Provide the final connections to all the system components via suitable
conduit boxes fixed flush with the underside of the ceiling, flush in the walls
and surface in plant areas.
System Commissioning
The Contractor shall:

On completion, carry out the complete testing, commissioning and
demonstration of the system operation as detailed below:
~
Test of all detectors
~
Test of the panels and PSU's
~
Test of all visual indicators
~
Battery discharge test (i.e. 24 hour operation ½ hour alarm operation)
~
Full operational test of the system, including live testing of all
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
92
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
interfaces with all interfaced equipment fully operational, to
demonstrate compliance with this Statement of Requirements,
and all applicable British Standards.
 Fully demonstrate the complete operation of the system to the satisfaction of
the Authority.

Upon completion of the commissioning activity, hand over the system to the
Authority‟s representative.

At the time of handover, provide the following documentation:
~
Copy of detailed report.
~
Component and equipment list
~
System as-fitted drawing(s)
~
System schematic diagram(s)
~
System operating and service manuals
~
Certificate of certification.
460
Earthing and Bonding [W51]
461
General earthing and bonding
The Contractor shall:
462

Provide system earthing to ensure that all earth faults are cleared within the
appropriate time frames.

Ensure that the complete earthing system is in accordance with BS 7671 and
BS 7430.

Provide a dedicated earth cable (Cream coloured oversheath) from the main
electrical intake position to the Brochure cupboard for Functional Earth
Requirement at the IT cabinet. Terminate cable onto cabinet.
Main and Supplementary Equipotential Bonding Conductors
The Contractor shall:
463

Ensure that main and supplementary equipotential bonding conductors
comply with BS 7211.

Use Single-core, LSF, 450 / 750 Volt grade (6491B) type cable installed in
galvanised steel conduit and trunking systems.

Size cables in accordance with BS 7671.
Equipotential Bonding of Exposed Conductive Parts
The Contractor shall:

Provide main equipotential bonding of the exposed conductive parts in
accordance with BS 7671 to include but not be limited to the following:
~
All distribution equipment
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
93
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
~
464
Containment systems
Equipotential Bonding of Extraneous Conductive Parts
The Contractor shall provide main and supplementary equipotential bonding of the
extraneous conductive parts in accordance with BS 7671, to include but not be
limited to the following:
470
~
Structural steelwork.
~
Metalwork involved in partitions and ceilings.
Lightning Protection [W52]
The Contractor shall provide appropriate classification Transient voltage surge
suppression units as required by BS EN 62305.
500
HANDOVER
510
Inspection, Testing and Commissioning
511
General
The Contractor shall:
512

Carry out inspection and tests to comply with any British or European
standards as necessary on all equipment and installations.

Submit a detailed programme of testing to the Authority's representative at
least five (5) Working Days prior to the commencement of the tests on site.
Notify manufacturers or Specialists where necessary.

Arrange for the Contractors appointed Tester to carry out all required tests.
Ensure that this Tester is not the same person who installed the services,
unless agreed with the Authority prior to testing.

Supply all test instruments, ensure they are calibrated immediately prior to
commencement of testing and are operated by trained personnel. Arrange
for all calibration certificates to be available for inspection at the time of the
tests. Prior to commencement of tests check with the Authority about the
suitability of the proposed test equipment and methods of testing being
adopted.

Arrange and carry out disconnection or similar operations to satisfy the
requirements for testing and reinstate such disconnections promptly after
testing.

Carry out the test procedures in the following sub-clauses in addition to any
tests required by the particular system described in this Statement of
Requirements, as a minimum.
Instrumentation
The Contractor shall supply all test instruments for the tests required. Ensure that all
instruments are calibrated and supply the current calibration certificate for each.
Ensure that all instruments comply with BS EN 30012.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
94
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
513
Electrical Power and Lighting Installations [V20, V21]
This clause applies to the systems and equipment of the following:
~
LV distribution and wiring
~
Small power
~
Earthing and bonding
The Contractor shall:

Inspect and test the complete installation in accordance with BS 7671.

Carry out the inspection and tests in the same sequence as set out in BS
7671, and in enough time to allow any remedial work to be completed as
agreed with the Agency in line with each phase of the Programme. Ensure
that the tests also include any part of an existing installation related to the
new work.

Carry out the following BS 7671 tests before making the system live:

514
~
Visual inspection
~
Continuity of protective conductors including main and supplementary
equipotential bonding
~
Continuity of ring final circuit conductors
~
Insulation resistance
~
Site applied insulation resistance
~
Verification of protection by separation of circuits
~
Verification of protection against direct contact by barrier or an
enclosure provided during erection
~
Electrical resistance of floors and walls that provide protection against
direct contact.
~
Polarity
~
Earth electrode resistance [Test that all earthing and bonding is fully in
compliance with BS 7671 and BS 7430, and prove all protective
conductors are fully in accordance with BS 4444.]
Carry out the following BS 7671 tests after making the system live:
~
Earth fault loop impedance
~
Prospective fault current
~
Functional testing including testing of RCDs, RCBs and interlocks
Fire Alarm [W50]
The Contractor shall:

Arrange for the manufacturer or its representative to test the whole fire alarm
system in accordance with BS 5839. Include the following tests:
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
95
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

515
~
Visual inspection
~
Functional test of all devices including manual, automatic and
interface types
~
Audibility test
~
Power loss test
Ensure that the commissioning and test certificate is completed and produced
for scrutiny before any part of the project is handed over and accepted.
Certificates and Schedules
The Contractor shall:
520

Ensure that all completion certificates, test certificates, schedules and reports
required by the relevant BS or European or other Standards are retained and
made available to the Authority before hand over of the project.

Deliver to the Authority at least two (2) copies of each piece of documentation
including detailed schedules of visual inspections.
Operating and Maintenance Information
The Contractor shall provide two (2) copies of a manual containing the operating and
maintenance instructions and record drawings for the systems specified herein.
Please refer to section A37.
600
FIXING TO BUILDING „FABRIC‟
The Contractor shall:

Securely fix all engineering components to the building fabric using the
appropriate methods from the following:
~
Expanding bolts such as "Redheads" and "Rawlbolts" or similar for
heavy loads fixed to masonry or concrete
~
White metal or plastic wall plugs and screws for light loads to masonry
or concrete
~
Screws into wood for lightweight fixings
~
Clamps and adaptors onto structural steelwork, if approved by the
Authority‟s representative in writing
~
Proprietary adaptors for proprietary fixings where cast-in to the
building fabric.

Use all fixings within the loading recommendations of the fixing manufacturer.

Not use the following fixing methods:
~
Drilling structural steelwork
~
Hanging supports that have loose back plates concealed under floor
screed
~
Wooden or fibre wall plugs
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
96
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
~

700
Built-in fixings unless specifically detailed by the Authority and the Port
Operator.
Drill all holes required for fixings.
IDENTIFICATION OF ELECTRICAL SERVICES
The Contractor shall:
800

Identify each switchboard and each distribution board by an externally fitted
approved label inscribed with the circuit reference shown on the Schedules
and Drawings.

Ensure safety signs are of the types defined and in conformity with the
requirements of BS 5378.

Identify loose switchgear such as fused switches, switch fuses, distribution
boards, isolators, indicating switches, starters and control switches controlling
remote equipment by an externally fitted approved label or engraving,
indicating the equipment controlled.

Identify each junction box by an externally fitted approved label indicating the
type of service contained, such as bells, radio and fire alarm.

Clearly identify the circuit ways either by the miniature circuit breaker or fuse
bases and carriers being indelibly numbered in an approved manner or by the
label. This may be by means of a numbered plan or a printed statement to
the effect that the numbering of the ways is from left to right, or top to bottom.

Label all 'accessory boxes' internally with their circuit reference.

Provide a copy of the "Electrical Times" Shock Treatment Card at each main
switch panel position.
SCHEDULE OF CONTRACTOR‟S SUBMISSIONS
The Contractor shall:

Submit the following for the Authority‟s comment:
~

Deliverables Schedule within ten (10) Working Days
Submit O&M instructions (as per A37) for all items of equipment including:
~
Distribution boards
~
Small power equipment
~
Data cabinets
~
Fire alarm system
~
Lightning protection devices
END OF SECTION V90
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
97
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
W15 IT NETWORK
CONTENTS
1000
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
1100
Associated Work Packages / IP Partners
2000
COORDINATION RESPONSIBILITIES
2110
Contractor Responsibilities
2200
Project Management
3000
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
3100
SCOPE OF WORKS
4000
DESIGN PARAMETERS
4100
STANDARDS
5000
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
5100
OVERVIEW
5110
LAN Network Infrastructure.
6000
CONTAINMENT / TRUNKING
6100
Cable Containment
7000
STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM
7100
GENERAL
7200
7210
7220
7230
7240
7250
7260
7270
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
General Scope of Works
General Project Description
General System Architecture
Backbone and Horizontal Cabling
Equipment Cabinets
Ancillary Requirements
Testing and Commissioning
7300
Equipment Samples
8000
WAN CONNECTIVITY
8110
Internet Connectivity
9000
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
9100
OFF-SITE STAGING
9110
General
9200
SITE BASED TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
9210
9220
GENERAL
STRUCTURED CABLING TESTING
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
98
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
10000 WARRANTY AND SUPPORT SERVICES
10100 DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING
10110 Systems Manual
1000
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
The Contractor shall:

Design, supply, install, commission, implement and manage the complete IT
network.

Be responsible for providing a fully functional data system which will be used
solely for the proposed Video Surveillance system.

Ensure that the IT network is complete and fully functional to allow the Video
Surveillance systems to be commissioned in accordance with the required
phasing requirements as detailed elsewhere.
During this period the
Contractor is to ensure that the IT network is available and managed so that
the Video Surveillance system is not disrupted as a result of subsequent
works/phases and therefore delivers a complete and fully functional network
which has been fully tested and is stable to the satisfaction of the Authority
before practical completion.

Take into account that during different phases of the Contract, there will be a
number of modifications to the development. Consideration therefore needs
to be given to how the Contractor will manage these changes without
impacting on the systems that will already be in operation.

Note that in certain areas a passive IT cabling network has already been
installed for use by the Contractor for the Video Surveillance system. The
Contractor will be provided with all necessary As Fitted drawings, Test
Certificates, equipment details required to develop and complete the design
and installation to accommodate the proposed IP based video surveillance
system. These advanced works are limited to the Passenger Handling
Building (PHB) and some associated satellite areas.
The IT network shall include all necessary containment, fixings, backbone cabling,
horizontal cabling, RJ45 outlets, cabinets, patch panels, active equipment etc. to
provide a complete and operational network.
The Contractor shall note the requirement for the proposed Video Surveillance IP
network to be extended to serve the whole of the Eastern Docks and as such a fully
scalable solution shall be provided which makes due cognisance of this requirement.
For the future development/expansion of the network it will be necessary for the
Contractor to provide all fibre patching within the cabinets to accommodate the
additional cabling identified on the schematic drawing.
The Contractor is also to take into account that the proposed installation will be
phased and may impact on the proposed cable routing.
Background
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
99
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
The purpose of this Statement of Requirements is to describe the performance
requirements associated with the implementation of a new video surveillance system
at Dover Eastern Docks which will enable the Contractor to develop their IT Network
proposals.
The site is undergoing significant redevelopment as part of a Dover Harbour Board
(DHB) Traffic Management Improvement (TMI) and Assembly Park Improvement
(API) initiative.
The Authority believes this is the ideal opportunity to implement a new Video
Surveillance system whilst the site is being redeveloped.
Overriding factors for consideration are –

Develop and Enhance Border Security

Protection of staff by recording incidents of confrontation and assault.

General monitoring of Vehicle and pedestrian traffic.
All components of the system will be digital and IP-addressable, and will be
connected directly to the local area network or wide area network.
All cameras will be IP-addressable, digital, colour, video security cameras
designed for professional applications.
To supply and install an IT Network infrastructure to provide a flexible basis for the
provision of data, video and other services to users; the performance of the cabling
must provide the following:
1100
a.
be based on internationally recognised standards for design, performance
and component type and quality
b.
provide full flexibility of work-station location and support concentration of
work-station or networked services
c.
support a wide range of current and future data communications techniques
with any outlet being able to be used for any service type
d.
facilitate the rapid, cost effective relocation of users, regardless of their
communications requirements
e.
be manageable and fully documented
f.
have a minimum fifteen (15) years life, warranted by a manufacturer.
Associated Work Packages / IP Partners
The proposed IT network will be a stand-alone network dedicated for use by the
video surveillance system.
2000
COORDINATION RESPONSIBILITIES
2110
Contractor Responsibilities
The Contractor shall:

Be responsible for ensuring that each camera, monitor, workstation device as
detailed on the drawings is provided with an RJ45 outlet connected to a port
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
100
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
on a patch panel within the respective data cabinet and connection of the
system‟s hardware such as server and head-end equipment to the network
infrastructure
2200

Be responsible for installation of fibre backbone cabling interconnections
between cabinets.

Be responsible for installing the necessary containment to accommodate the
cabling requirements from the cabinets to final outlet position.

Be responsible for the management of the process to achieve the timely and
full integration of the IT data network.

Be responsible for patching and management of each of the devices to the
LAN infrastructure.

Be responsible for co-ordinating the interconnection of the Video Surveillance
system to the LAN infrastructure. The Contractor will project manage the
end-to-end connectivity of all the specialist engineering systems with the LAN
infrastructure.

Take responsibility for appointing a network manager who will chair regular IT
meetings with all the parties involved in delivering the project, to develop with
the team the technical solutions and delivery milestones/programme to
achieve the completed IT network along with the Video Surveillance system
before practical completion.

Ensure that the network has sufficient bandwidth to ensure that the Video
signal does not suffer quality degradation.

The Contractor shall ensure that all the necessary equipment i.e.,
leads/cables and network management software, firewalls, media and format
converters are in place to deliver the required output by the agreed time.

Allow for all necessary offsite management and testing to ensure proposed
systems operate correctly without conflict.
Project Management
The Contractor will provide a Project Management Methodology plan which they will
use and describe how they intend working with the Authority.
.
Please include the following:
+
Methodology to be used
+
Phased approach
+
How progress will be monitored
+
Experience in IT related projects
+
Risk mitigation
+
Method statements
+
All project process and documentation that gets created during the
Project
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
101
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
+
Explain how the IT network will be made available by required dates to
suit the proposed phasing
The Contractor shall describe in detail the following:
3000
+
Approach to maintenance
+
Hours of coverage
+
Fault-reporting arrangements
+
Guaranteed response times
+
Responsibilities and escalation procedures
+
Guaranteed fault clearance time
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
This Statement of Requirements provides a view of the current requirements and
general future expectations and the technology may be superseded by new
technology by the time of hardware procurement and installation. Therefore, the
Contractor is required to provide technology systems, which are current at the dates
indicated in the Programme. The Contractor shall take this into account when
responding to this RFP and listing its prices.
The Contractor shall:
3100

As part of the Deliverables Schedule and within ten (10) Working Days of the
Commencement Date, provide a schedule of equipment purchase dates in
line with the construction Programme and off-site staging.

State how he will account for the development of technology and how he will
ensure that no additional cost is added to the project once started.

Be responsible for having various parts of the network operational by the
required phasing dates (Milestones – as detailed in the Schedule 10 – „Test
and Implementation („Milestones‟) Schedule‟, included in this Volume 3, and
will continue to manage and maintain the system until project completion.
SCOPE OF WORKS
The following is the scope of work to be carried out by the Contractor:
-
The installation of a structured cabling system for the distribution of
data and video. The system to include backbone and horizontal
cabling, outlet sockets, patch panels, containment etc.
-
Provision of cabling frames, racks and cabinets
-
Provision of all active core and edge switching equipment
-
Suitable environmental enclosures
-
Provision of copper and fibre optic cabling outlets
-
Cable, outlet and patch panels labels
-
Local earthing and bonding to equipment
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
102
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
-
Provision of power supplies to devices, workstations, monitors etc. as
detailed on the drawings.
-
All Builderswork in connection with the proposed installation.
-
All fire stopping and making good.
-
Provision and management of the off-site staging and testing facility
-
Network design development
-
Production of detailed cost breakdown for all components
-
Maintenance and management of the network until project completion.
-
Liaison with and management of the WAN provider
-
Provision of all necessary security appliances, Firewalls etc. as agreed
with the Authority‟s IT Representative
-
Full acceptance testing of the network
-
Training of Authority personnel
-
The provision of drawings, documents and computer records
-
Testing and commissioning of the cabling system
-
Provision of manufacturer‟s warranty
-
Additional containment required to complete the installation in addition
to that shown on the containment drawings.
-
Installation of the systems to the satisfaction of the Authority
-
Full handover documentation
In addition the Contractor shall provide the following documentation specific to the
IT infrastructure:
+
Network documents for the entire installation
+
Network Topology schematics
+
IP addressing documentation
+
Network configuration
+
Building general arrangement drawings identifying equipment
locations, types, routes etc.
+
Cabinet layout drawings
+
Cable/network test certificates
4000
DESIGN PARAMETERS
4100
STANDARDS
The Contractor shall:

Provide cables supporting the latest version of the following, as a minimum:
+
ISO/IEC 11801 Information Technology – Generic cabling for
customer premises.
+
BSEN 50173 Information Technology – Generic cabling systems
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
103
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL


+
BS6701 Telecommunications equipment and telecommunications
cabling – specification for installation, operation and maintenance
+
BSEN 50174 Information Technology – Planning and Installation of
Cabling
+
EIA/TIA 568B Commercial Building Wiring Standard
Design and install the cabling system in compliance with the requirements
and recommendations of:
+
BS7671 Requirements for Electrical Installations (latest edition)
+
BS7718 Codes of practice for installation of fibre optic cabling.
+
BS EN 50346 Testing of installed cable
+
BS EN 188 000 Generic specification for optical fibres
+
BS EN 187 000 Generic specification for optical fibres
+
BS 4066 Part 3 Test on bunched wires or cables
Design and install the system in compliance with the EMC Directive.
5000
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
5100
OVERVIEW
5110
LAN Network Infrastructure
This will provide the infrastructure for the Local Area Network (LAN) and is to be
used for the distribution of video and data associated with the Video Surveillance
system only.
The structured cabling system, comprising single mode fibre and Category 6 UTP
cabling, is in the main, to be terminated to wall, ceiling void or ceiling-mounted
outlets.
The system design shall meet the following objectives:
+
Be based on switched Ethernet technology
+
Allow present and future technologies and business processes to be
supported
+
Facilitate emerging technologies and standards to be incorporated
+
Be protocol independent
+
Based on international standards and widely adopted
+
Ease of configuration and be manageable by standards compliant
systems for fault detection, diagnosis, performance monitoring and
utilisation management
+
Affordable, scalable performance without major re-designs
+
Employ Quality of Service features and provide support for multi-media
+
Secure, to ensure a high level of data integrity and confidentiality
+
Support ONVIF compliant equipment
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
104
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
.
The solution shall be described in sufficient detail to avoid any ambiguity in the
proposal.
Provide Fibre backbone cabling to support the required LAN infrastructure.
Each network Hub/Equipment cabinet shall be complete in all respects to provide a
fully operational and complete IT network.
6000
CONTAINMENT / TRUNKING
6100
Cable Containment
Cable baskets and/or security trunking for the structured cabling system will be
provided by the Contractor as shown on the layout drawings.
The Contractor shall:

Ensure routes are commensurate with the IT infrastructure equipment.

Provide a dedicated containment network for the video surveillance system.

Provide all necessary additional environmentally rated containment, cable
basket, conduits etc. not indicated on the layout drawing to complete the
structured cabling installation up to each RJ45 outlet.
In general areas with accessible/suspended ceilings the final containment section
shall be „Kopex‟ type flexible steel conduits from the primary containment to the final
outlet.
In areas where containment is exposed (i.e. vehicle inspection hall) the final
containment section shall be rigid galvanised steel conduits from the primary
containment to the final outlet.
Containment routes identified on the drawings are indicative with final routing to be
determined by the Contractor.
As a rule of thumb the Contractor shall utilise the ninety (90) metre rule ensuring
cable lengths from cabinet patch panel to RJ45 outlet do not exceed this distance.
Final containment routes shall be agreed with the Authority‟s representative prior to
installation.
Refer to drawings for extent of containment provided as part of previous works At the
Port
7000
STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM
7100
GENERAL
The structured cabling installation will comprise single mode fibre backbone cabling
and horizontal Category 6 cabling. The fibre backbone cabling will be used to link
cabinet locations.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
105
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
7200
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
7210
General Scope of Works
The Contractor shall:


Provide a manufacturer‟s, minimum fifteen (15) years warranted, structured
cabling system to include but not be limited to the following:
-
the installation of a structured cabling system for the distribution of
data and video. The system to include riser and horizontal cabling,
outlet sockets, patch panels, etc.
-
provision of equipment racks and cabinets
-
provision of copper and fibre optic cabling outlets
-
cable and outlet labels
-
local earthing and bonding to equipment cabinets
-
the provision of drawings, documents and computer records
-
testing and commissioning of the cabling system
-
provision of manufacturer‟s warranty.
Carry out the following associated works, including, but not limited to:
-
installation of cable containment system
-
installation of communications functional earthing system from
building entry to main equipment rooms and patch rooms.
-
all lighting, power, environmental services, fire alarm and detection
and security systems.
-
Fire stopping
The Wide Area Network (WAN) will be procured by the Authority based on the
required system Bandwidth.
The Contractor shall undertake detailed bandwidth assessment and issue to the
Authority such that procurement of the connection from the PTO is managed in
accordance with the Contract Programme.
The Contractor is responsible for coordination/liaison/management of the PTO for
the provision of the WAN connection.
7220
General Project Description
The main project works involves various elements of
refurbishment/demolition/redevelopment of the existing Port. The provision of the
Video Surveillance system and the associated IT network etc. will need to be phased
to suit the current development proposals. These are identified elsewhere, but are
generally as follows –
Phase 1 - Passenger Handling Building and associated satellite areas
Phase 2 - Areas not affected by the proposed DHB redevelopment
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
106
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Phase 3 - Areas whereby works can only commence once demolition is complete
Phase 4 - Dover Harbour Board API works – Final DHB scheme proposals yet to be
agreed.
7220-1 Main Network Server Room
The Main Network Server room designated PR-016 IT Server Room on the drawings
will house the network video recording equipment for the passenger handling
building.
The cabinet to be installed in this area will be used for:
a) Termination of fibre optic backbone cabling
b) Termination of Category 6 cabling
c) Accommodation of PoE Ethernet switches, routers etc.
d) Accommodation of Video Surveillance network recording equipment
e) Accommodation of Video Management System servers etc. as required.
f) Accommodation of network services e.g. main incoming connection etc
g) Accommodation of Rack mounted UPS equipment.
7220-2 Secondary Network Server Rooms
Additional server cabinets will be required in locations as identified on the drawings
to facilitate the installation of the sitewide LAN. These will house the network video
recording equipment for the locations identified.
The cabinets to be installed in these areas will be used for:
a) Termination of fibre optic backbone cabling
b) Termination of Category 6 cabling
c) Accommodation of PoE Ethernet switches, routers etc.
d) Accommodation of Video Surveillance network recording equipment
e) Accommodation of Video Management System servers etc. as required
f) Accommodation of Rack mounted UPS equipment
7220-3 Local Network Hubs
Local Network Hubs (LNHs), or satellite distribution cabinets shall be
provided in the areas as identified on the drawings:
These are typically wall mounted units housed in secure lockable enclosures.
This will be used for:
a) Termination of fibre optic backbone cabling
b) Termination of Category 6 cabling
c) Accommodation of PoE Ethernet switches, routers etc.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
107
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
d) Accommodation of Rack mounted UPS equipment
7230
General System Architecture
The structured cabling will comprise backbone and horizontal cabling infrastructure.
The horizontal and backbone cabling comprising fibre optic cabling and Category 6
UTP cabling should be installed in accordance with the structured cabling schematic
(refer to drawing numbers 1440918-HL-XX-XX-SM-E-640-5000 and 680 -5001, i.e.
drawings 16 and 17 ).
7240
Backbone and Horizontal Cabling
7240-1 Fibre Optic Cables
The Contractor shall:

Supply and install 8/12-core fibre optic cabling to link fibre patch panels
between as indicated in the structured cabling schematic.

Ensure the fibre cables are to the OS1 specification:

Each cable to be multi-core, internal/external grade, 9/125 micron, dual
window, single mode fibre cable of the following construction:

-
low smoke and fume zero halogen outer jacket in accordance with IEC
60754-1
-
tight buffered and jacketed fibre optic sub units contained within
bundles of aramid yarns for strain relief
-
each fibre optic sub-unit jacket to be distinguished by a separate
colour
-
be approved by the manufacturer for pulling through trunking or
conduit.
Ensure all fibre optic cables are sourced from a single manufacturer.
7240-2 Category 6 Cables
The Contractor shall:

Supply and install Category 6 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cables in low
smoke, zero halogen jackets.

Ensure each horizontal cable is 100 ohms, 4 pair, 24 AWG UTP with solid
conductor.

Install the cables to the requirements of BS EN 50174.

Connect all eight conductors in each cable to a single RJ45 socket at each
outlet and in a patch panel.

Ensure that the twists in each UTP pair are maintained to within 12mm of the
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
108
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
termination at each outlet or in accordance with the manufacturer‟s
requirements.

Ensure that the outer sheath of the cable is stripped back for the minimum
distance necessary to terminate the cable.

Ensure that strain relief is provided for the cable at the outlet and in the patch
panel, such that strain on the conductors is avoided.

Ensure that numbering and colour coding of wire pairs is as defined in
EIA/TIA 568B; use this standard throughout the installation.
7240-3 Ceiling – Mounted Outlets
The Contractor shall:

Provide RJ45 outlets in the ceiling voids in metal clad back boxes.

Note that each outlet is to be wired with Category 6 cabling via the ceiling
void.
7240-4 Wall-mounted Outlets
The Contractor shall provide RJ45 outlets in wall-mounted metal clad back boxes.
7240-5 Dado Trunking-mounted Outlets
The Contractor shall install the RJ45 outlets on dado trunking in office areas. It is
anticipated that within the Passenger Handling Building (Phase one (1)) dado
trunking will have been installed as part of the Dover Harbour Board Redevelopment
works
Allow for the installation of dado trunking in any remaining office areas as required.
7240-6 RJ45 Outlets
The Contractor shall:

Ensure all RJ45 outlets conform to the requirement of Category 6 as defined
by EIA/TIA.

Ensure all RJ45 outlets are fitted with spring loaded sliding shutters to prevent
the ingress of dirt and dust.
7240-7 Cable Containment
The Contractor shall:

Provide cable baskets and/or security trunking for the structured cabling
system as shown on the layout drawings.

Provide Flexible steel Conduits from the main cable basket runs, to route
cables to their termination points in back boxes in the ceiling.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
109
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Provide Rigid steel Conduits from the main cable basket runs, to route cables
to their termination points in back boxes in the wall or dado trunking

Note that within exposed areas where suspended ceilings do not exist,
containment will comprise security standard galvanised steel trunking for
primary routes with rigid steel conduits providing the route to the final
termination points.
7240-8 Cable installation
The Contractor shall:
.
7250

Ensure that broad cable ties secure all cables at intervals of not more than
600mm horizontally and not more than 300mm vertically.

Ensure that individual bundles of cable do not contain more than twenty four
(24) cables.

Provide strain relief for all cables at their termination to patch panels or
outlets, to avoid stress on individual conductors or fibre optic elements.

Take care to avoid kinking cables or bending them at sharp angles (i.e. less
than the minimum bend radius for the cable).

Install UTP cables with a minimum 200mm slack in the cabinet in the
form of a gooseneck to allow for re-termination; the slack is to be
supported in the patch panel racks
Equipment Cabinets
Cabinets shall be installed by the Contractor as indicated in the locations identified
on the drawings to accommodate the horizontal and vertical cabling terminations and
future active equipment.
The Contractor shall:

House patch panels in 19” equipment cabinets.

Provide floor mounted Server cabinets to the following minimum specification:
-
47U of usable frame height
-
Cabinets to measure 800mm wide x 800mm deep.
-
Made from steel.
-
Painted.
-
Fitted with 19” mounting frames positioned 150mm from front and
150mm from rear of cabinet.
-
Latching and lockable front and rear fully vented doors. Doors to be
steel with 50% perforations.
Provide each cabinet with a key to both the front and rear doors. All door locks
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
110
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
within a single cabinet to be lockable with a common key. This shall be a separate
lock suite to those used on any other cabinets within the server room. The minimum
requirement for the Cabinets is:
-
Mounted on a 100mm high plinth.
-
Provision for bottom and top entry of cabling with no sharp edges, around the
cable entry opening.
-
Low noise heat extraction fans in the roof (4 way)
-
A 450mm slotted cable tray to be to both sides of each cabinet.
-
Side infill strips with vertical cable management hoops/rings to be installed
down the front of each cabinet. The hoops/rings to be selected to
accommodate patch cables for all the horizontal cabling ports installed with
50% spare space for future patching.
-
Each cabinet to be fitted with 1 x 12 way multi-gang power strips. The power
strips to be unswitched and be equipped with a power on indicator lamp.
Each of the power strips is to be provided with a 32 amp single phase
commando unit plug.
–
Fitted with earth continuity kit to enable all panels, doors etc. to be earthed in
accordance with BS 7671 and BSEN 50174.
The wall mounted satellite distribution cabinets shall be provided to the following
minimum specification:
-
21U of usable frame height
-
Cabinets to measure 600mm wide x 600mm deep.
-
Made from steel.
-
Painted.
-
Fitted with 19” mounting frames positioned 150mm from front and
150mm from rear of cabinet.
-
Latching and lockable front fully vented door. Doors to be steel with
50% perforations. Each cabinet is to be provided with a key to the
front door. Door lock suite to match that of the cabinet in the main
server room.
-
Provision for bottom and top entry of cabling with no sharp edges
round the cable entry opening.
-
A 450mm slotted cable tray to be to both sides of each cabinet.
-
Side infill strips with vertical cable management hoops/rings to be
installed down the front of each cabinet. The hoops/rings to be
selected to accommodate patch cables for all the horizontal cabling
ports installed with 50% spare space for future patching.
-
Each cabinet to be fitted with 1 x 6-way multi-gang power strips. The
power strips to be unswitched and be equipped with a power on
indicator lamp. Each of the power strips is to be provided with a flex
for termination into a local unswitched fused connection unit.
-
Fitted with earth continuity kit to enable all panels, doors etc. to be
earthed in accordance with BS 7671 and BSEN 50174
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
111
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
7250-1 Cabinet Installation
The Contractor shall:

Ensure cabinets are so located as to provide the maximum clearances to the
front of the cabinets.

Connect each cabinet to a safety earth bar by a 16mm green/yellow LSF clad
earth cable.

Provide earth bonding to the cabinets in accordance with BS 7671.

Ensure that all cabinets are clinically cleaned prior to handover.
7250-2 Patch Panel Layout
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that patch panels in cabinets, include separate patch fields for the
following:
-
Category 6 horizontal cables
-
Fibre backbone cables

Provide horizontal cable management with hoops/rings, in the ratio of 1U of
cable management for each 2U of patch panel.

Ensure that all patch panels to include 25% spare capacity

Ensure that each field commences with a 1U blanking panel, labelled with the
identity of the field which follows it. The labels must have black lettering on
white background.
7250-3 Fibre Optic Patching
The Contractor shall:

Provide fibre optic patching as 1U high and 24-way patch modules.

Ensure each module includes a single row of SC connectors and are patched
to the fixed cabling.

Provide space for labels on each module above the connectors.

Ensure the connectors conform to the following specification:
-
Bulkhead connectors are to be arranged in pairs, and keyed to allow
the use of fibre optic patch cables terminated with SC connectors.
-
Bulkhead connectors are sourced from the same manufacturer who
sources the connectors and are recommended by the manufacturer for
use with the specified connector.
-
Bulkhead connectors are protected by tight fitting polymer caps to
prevent ingress of dirt and dust.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
112
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
7250-4 UTP Patching
The Contractor shall:

7260
Terminate UTP horizontal cabling on 19” rack mountable modules to the
following specification:
-
Presented as unshuttered RJ45 sockets
-
Conforms to Category 6 requirements
-
Density of 24 outlets per 1U of rack height
-
Include provision for label strips above each row of connectors
-
Equipped with cable management to facilitate cable routing to the rear
of the panel
-
A connection point for strain relief (tie wraps) for each UTP cable
-
Equipped with 1U high cable management strips fitted with rings to
provide management of patch cords on the front of the panel.
Ancillary Requirements
7260-1 Labelling
The Contractor shall:
7270

Provide labelling to identify all the components of the structured cabling
installation.

Ensure all patch panels, cabinets, outlets, cables etc are labelled.

Ensure the labelling is in accordance with the requirements of the Authority
which shall be agreed at commencement of the Contract
Testing and Commissioning
7270-1 General
The Contractor shall:
 Thoroughly test the cabling installation to confirm that the components and
installation practices meet the defined standards.
 Carry out all tests in accordance with a methodology agreed with the
Authority.
 Maintain full records of all testing carried out and the results of the tests.
7270-2 Method Statement
The Contractor shall:
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
113
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Provide a method statement to describe how the testing will be carried out
twenty (20) Working Days prior to the testing phase as per milestone 10.
Ensure that the statement includes the following, as a minimum:
-
the procedures to be employed for carrying out the tests
-
the format of test results produced by the test procedure.
-
the manufacturer, type and model of all test equipment to be used.
-
how the test results will be incorporated into the cable record/audit
software package.
7270-3 UTP Cable Tests
The Contractor shall:

Test all UTP horizontal and riser cables, following installation, for:
-
pair polarity
-
crossed pairs
-
continuity
-
short circuits
-
length
-
attenuation
-
cross talk (near and far end)
-
PS-NEXT
-
EL FEXT
-
PS-ELFEX
-
Propagation delay
-
Delay skew
The results will be checked by the Contractor against declared published results for
the types of cable usedand supporting documents/certificates shall be submitted to
the Authority.

Ensure each pair in each link is tested from both ends and the worst pair
results used as the test result.
7270-4 Fibre Optic Cable Tests
The Contractor shall:

Test all fibre optic cables in accordance with the methods and test criteria in
ISO/BSEN standards.

Test all optical fibre cabling on the reel prior to installation using an OTDR
and light meter.

Do not use cables with any identified faults; remove such cables from site.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
114
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL



Test all fibre optic cables following installations. The tests to include:
-
visual check for damage to each terminated connector
-
OTDR from both ends
-
attenuation measurement using a light source and power meter
-
front lit microscope examination at 200X, for each termination
connector.
Examine each optical element for the following:
-
random mated loss at connectors
-
sudden step in attenuation coefficient or back scatter
-
losses due to excessive bending
-
different lengths recorded at each end of an element
Record the following test results, for each end of each cable:
-
length
-
random mated loss of each mated connected pair (to a resolution of
0.02db or better).
7270-5 Test Equipment
The Contractor shall:

Provide a valid calibration certificate, which is less than six (6) months old, for
each item of test equipment which is brought to site to measure performance
data; the calibration certificate may be inspected on site.

Ensure UTP test equipment can provide accuracy for both channel and basic
link in accordance with requirements of EIA/TIA.

Ensure all fibre optic test equipment comply with BS7718.

Ensure the light source and power meter pair provide attenuation accuracy
better than 0.02db.

Provide microscope(s) for inspection of terminated fibre optic connectors,
which conform to the following:
-
magnification of 200X minimum
-
allow connection of SC/LC connectors
-
built-in front illumination
-
built-in infra-red blocking filter
7270-6 Test Failures
The Contractor shall rectify each failure identified during testing by replacing the
faulty cable or component. Do not use in-line cable joints or flexibility points outside
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
115
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
patch cabinets. Remove all damaged cables and components from site.
7270-7 Test Notification
The Contractor shall:

Inform the Authority‟s Representative in writing, at least ten (10) Working
Days before commencing any tests.

Provide a programme for testing and agree the programme with the
Authority‟s Representative.
7270-8 Witnessing
All cables and components or a random selection will be witness tested. The extent
of the witness testing will be at the discretion of the Authority‟s Representative..
7270-9 Test Personnel
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that all personnel who carry out any testing are demonstrably
qualified, either by experience or by training for the test equipment to be
employed.

Provide sample signatures for all authorised test signatories.
7270-10 Warranty
The cable installation must carry a warranty for at least fifteen (15) years from the
date of practical completion.
The warranty must cover components and system performance to the required
standard for all elements of the cabling system.
Limits to the exclusions from the warranty must be identified.
A description of the repair service including reporting methods, repair times and
escalation procedures must be included.
7300
EQUIPMENT SAMPLES
All samples as requested by the Authority are to be submitted and Approved by the
Authority prior to confirmation of orders for supply. Supply of such Approval shall not
be unreasonably held.
These shall be made available at the Authority‟s office, or at another point agreed by
the Authority.
The following samples are to be provided as a minimum:
1
RJ45 and fibre patch panel
2
RJ45 and fibre outlets and plates
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
116
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
UTP and fibre cables
3
8000
WAN CONNECTIVITY
8110
Internet Connectivity
Connectivity is required for communication to and from the Internet.
The Contractor shall:

Configure the LAN equipment to ensure correct interaction and access to the
WAN.

Configure the LAN to ensure correct connection to the Internet.
a) Firewall Protection
Protection from unauthorised or malicious attack from parties external to the centre
shall be enabled by a firewall dedicated to the purpose. These firewalls need to be
redundant in the event of a single unit failure.
The firewall shall feature:
~
Integrated 10/100 TX ports
~
Support for minimum of 50 VLANs
~
OSPF support
~
Licensed for Unlimited users
~
Application Policy Enforcement
~
Multi Media Enforcement
~
Deep Inspection Firewall Services, including: HTTP, FTP, ESMTP
~
QOS Support
b) Internet Service Provider (ISP) Provision
The requirements for the ISP are to be confirmed by the Authority‟s IT
Representative.
9000
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
9100
OFF-SITE STAGING
9110
General
Prior to installation on site, the complete system shall be assembled off-site with
software to perform all the functionality required. System configuration on-site is
expected to be minimal.
9200
SITE BASED TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
9210
GENERAL
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
117
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Following successful completion of the off-site staging and testing the network
components shall be delivered to site, installed, configured and retested in the live
environment by the Contractor and demonstrated to the Authority..
The structured cabling system shall be tested in accordance with the test procedures
defined below.
Once the network infrastructure has been tested satisfactorily, the operation of the
Video Surveillance Systems and applications that the network will support shall be
tested and commissioned by the Contractor.
9220
STRUCTURED CABLING TESTING
The Contractor shall:



Thoroughly test the cabling installation to confirm that the components and
installation practices to meet the defined standards. Each cable installed on
the project shall be tested.
Carry out all tests in accordance with a methodology to be agreed by the
Authority.
Maintain full records of all testing carried out and the results of the tests.
9220-2 Method Statement
Provide a method statement as previously identified in this section..
Ensure that the statement includes the following as a minimum:
~
Procedures to be employed for carrying out the tests.
~
Format of test results produced by the test procedure.
~
Manufacturer, type and model of all test equipment to be used.
~
How the test results will be incorporated into the cable management software
package.
9220-3 UTP Cable Tests
The Contractor shall:

Test all UTP horizontal and riser cables, following installation, for:
~
pair polarity
~
crossed pairs
~
continuity
~
short circuits
~
length
~
attenuation
~
cross talk (near and far end)
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
118
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
~
PS-NEXT
~
EL FEXT
~
PS-ELFEXT
~
Propagation delay
~
Delay skew
~
Return loss
The results will be checked against declared published results for the types
of cable used.

The Contractor is to ensure each pair in each link is tested from both ends
and the worst pair results used as the test result.
9220-4 Fibre Optic Cable Tests
The Contractor shall:

Test all fibre optic cables in accordance with the methods and test criteria in
ISO 11801.

Test all optical fibre cabling on the reel prior to installation using an OTDR
and/or light meter.

Not use cables with any identified faults; any such cables shall be removed
from site.

Test all fibre optic cables following installations. The tests to include:


~
visual check for damage to each terminated connector
~
OTDR from both ends
~
attenuation measurement using a light source and power meter
~
front lit microscope examination at 200X, for each termination
connector
Examine each optical element for the following:
~
random mated loss at connectors
~
Sudden step in attenuation coefficient or back scatter
~
losses due to excessive bending
~
different lengths recorded at each end of an element
Record the following test results, for each end of each cable:
~
length
~
random mated loss of each mated connected pair (to a resolution of
0.02db or better).
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
119
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
9220-5 Test Failures
The Contractor shall:

Rectify each failure identified during testing by replacing the faulty cable or
component.

Not use in-line cable joints or flexibility points outside patch cabinets/frames.

Remove all damaged cables and components from site.
9220-6 Test Notification
The Contractor shall:

Inform the Authority, at least ten (10) Working Days, in writing, before
commencing any tests.

Provide a programme for testing and agree the programme with the Authority.
9220-7 Witnessing
Prior to any witness testing, and not less than five (5) Working Days to the agreed
date for witness testing the installation, test results shall be forwarded by the
Contractor to the Authority for its review. All cables and components or a random
selection will be witness tested. The extent of the witness testing will be at the
discretion of the Authority.
9220-8 Test Personnel
The Contractor shall:
 Ensure that all personnel who carry out any testing are demonstrably
qualified, either by experience or by training for the test equipment to be
employed.
 Provide sample signature for all authorised test signatories.
10000 WARRANTY AND SUPPORT SERVICES
This cable installation shall carry a warranty fifteen (15) years from the date of
acceptance.
The warranty shall cover components and system performance to the required
standard for all elements of the cabling system.
Limits to the exclusions from the warranty shall be identified by the Contractor.
10100 DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING
10110 Systems Manual (refer to A37)
The Contractor shall provide a systems manual which details all the system
components: the manual will be the reference document that will be used to assist
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
120
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
with user enquiries and problem resolution and shall also be utilised by the Video
Surveillance system specialist in development of their design.
The manual should be structured as follows:
Introduction: To contain a brief history of the project, including the scope and
objectives.
Outline: A management and system outline including information flows, reporting,
enquiries etc.
Network Diagrams: Diagrams to clearly show network connectivity elements.
Test Certificates: full set of test certificates.
Layout Drawings: As fitted building layout drawings indicating all equipment
locations, containment routes etc.
Cabinet Layouts: Diagrams to be provided
Labelling schedules: All cables to be identified to facilitate development of video
surveillance system.
Equipment Schedules: full equipment schedules of equipment installed.
END OF SECTION W15
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
121
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
W42
SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
CONTENTS
100
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
200
DESIGN PARAMETERS
210
System Requirements
220
Terms and Definitions
300
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
400
SCOPE OF WORKS
410
Responsibilities
500
CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
600
SYSTEM FUNCTIONS
610
Time and Date
620
621
622
623
Software Functions
General
Graphical Site Representation
Content Analytics
630
Operator Functions
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
Display
General
Quality
Windows
Screen usage
Text
Network usage
650
651
Alarms
General
660
661
662
Recording
General
Surveillance Data Integrity
670
Retrieval and Playback
680
Export
700
EQUIPMENT
710
Containment
720
721
722
723
Cameras
General
Camera Specifications
Camera Housings
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
122
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
724
725
726
Camera Mountings
Pan/tilt Units
Camera Towers
730
731
732
Recording and Exporting Equipment
Recording Equipment
Exporting Equipment
740
741
742
743
744
Operator and Security Room Equipment
Screens
Operator Equipment
Review Suite
Uninterruptable Power Supply
750
751
752
Signal Transmission and Power Supply
General
Fibre Optic Cable
760
Illumination
770
Lightning Protection
780
Electromagnetic Compatibility and Screening
800
FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC
900
IDENTIFICATION OF SERVICES
1000 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
1010
Testing
1020
Commissioning
1100 SCHEDULE OF CONTRACTOR‟S SUBMISSIONS
1110
1120
1121
1122
Submissions
Submissions During The Contract
General
Samples
100
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
To design, provide, install, commission, and demonstrate a Video Surveillance
System (VSS) that will allow an operator or operators to effectively monitor all areas
as defined within the Part A of the Specification of Requirement, and to record video
images of the quality and format required to be used in the successful prosecution of
wrongdoers in a court of law.
A Video Surveillance System is to be installed to support the Authority‟s operations
and the wider Government requirement under counter terrorism and the prevention
and detection of crime.
Whilst live monitoring of the system may be adopted from time to time the primary
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
123
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
function of the VSS is to review and retrieve recorded images. This requirement
shall be given due consideration when selecting the proposed Video Management
System (VMS).
Images may subsequently be used to support a police investigation, legal action or
criminal prosecution. Key aims of the system are:
200

Protection of staff recording incidents of detection, confrontation or assault.

The system coverage must have no blind spots.

General monitoring of Vehicle and pedestrian traffic.

Coverage must take due account of direct and reflected sunlight.

To provide an open protocol based system for future scalability and
integration of third party products in accordance with ONVIF (Open Network
Video Interface Forum).

To develop, install and hand over fully operational systems based on the
phasing requirements identified elsewhere within these documents.

To provide a system which, unless specifically identified otherwise, utilises
static cameras such that areas are covered 100% of the time and do not rely
on user intervention.
DESIGN PARAMETERS
All design proposals detailed as part of this RFP are performance based setting a
minimum standard to which the systems must comply and it will ultimately be the
responsibility of the Contractor to undertake the detailed design of the system.
However in order to make a reasonable judgment in terms of containment, IT
infrastructure etc. a design has been developed to determine an approximate
quantity of cameras and their locations.
The installation must comply fully with the edition (including amendments) of each of
the following, current at the time of Tender:
BS 7671
Requirements
Regulations.
for
electrical
installations.
IEE
Wiring
BS 7958
Closed-circuit television (CCTV). Management and operation.
Code of practice.
BS 8418
Installation and remote monitoring of detector activated CCTV
systems Code of practice.
BS EN 50132-7
Alarm systems. CCTV surveillance systems for use in security
applications. Part 7: Application guidelines.
BS EN 60529
Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)
BS EN ISO 11064-1 Ergonomic design of control centres -Part 1: Principles for the
design of control centres.
BS EN ISO 11064-3 Ergonomic design of control centres - Part 3: Control room
layout.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
124
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
BS EN ISO 11064-4 Ergonomic design of control centres - Part 4: Layout and
dimensions of workstations.
BS EN ISO 11064-6 Ergonomic design of control centres - Part 6: Environmental
requirements for control centres.
BSIA Form No. 191
Code of Practice for the digital recording systems for the
purpose of image export to be used as evidence.
DD CLC/TS 50398
Alarm systems. Combined and integrated alarm systems.
General requirements.
NACP 20
Code of Practice for Planning, Installation and Maintenance of
Closed Circuit Television Systems
HOSDB
CCTV Operational Requirements manual 2009 No. 28/09
The Building Regulations CCTV Code of Practice published by the Information
Commissioner
Disability Discrimination Act
The Data Protection Act
The Data Protection (Processing of Sensitive Personal Data) Order
The Electromagnetic Compatibility Regulations
The Private Security Industries Act
The requirements of the Local Council
The requirements of the local Police
UK Police Requirements for Digital CCTV Systems published by the Home Office
The Operational Requirements document
ONVIF Core Specification
The Norman methodology must be used when setting the performance measures for
the areas of CCTV coverage
210
System Requirements
The Contractor is required to provide a system that delivers both live and recorded
video of such quality that, when retrieved and viewed on a standard screen, a user is
able to:

monitor the movement of a person or persons, when the figure occupies 5%
of the vertical dimension of the screen;

detect a person when the figure occupies 10% of the vertical dimension of the
screen;

observe a person when figure occupies between 25% and 30% of the vertical
dimension of the screen

recognise a known person when the figure occupies 50% of the vertical
dimension of the screen; and

identify beyond reasonable doubt an unknown person when the figure
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
125
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
occupies 100% of the vertical dimension of the screen.
Whilst the percentage requirements identified above are noted they are not entirely
relevant due to the fact that developments in camera resolution associated with
modern technology mean that the standard observation categories can be achieved
at reduced screen heights. Should this approach be adopted It is the responsibility
of the Contractor to demonstrate/prove that the recorded image quality fully complies
with the requirements of this Statement of Requirements.
The Contractor shall:
220

Provide a system of hardware and software that is easy to customise, adjust,
and control by the user without the need for specialist input.

Provide a system that efficiently utilises a data local area network and wide
area network operating on TCP/IP protocol as the medium for transmitting all
surveillance and control data between all the components of the system.
Terms and Definitions
The following terms, definitions, acronyms, and abbreviations may be used in this
Statement of Requirements.
Term
Definition
Camera image
Camera view
The image generated and transmitted by a camera.
The scene detected by the camera.
Event
Any condition designated as an event by the user. Examples are
alarm conditions, movement in a camera view, pressing an intercom
button, and manual selection by an operator.
Event screen
Frame
Frame rate
Image
Images per second
(ips)
Metadata
Resolution
Review Suite
Screen
Spot monitor
Surveillance data
A screen to display images in response to a user-defined event.
Event screens may be normally blank until an event occurs.
A single still image, which forms part of a video sequence.
The rate at which still images are captured or displayed to produce
the illusion of moving images. Measured in images per second (ips).
Any still or moving image, such as a still picture or a video sequence.
The measurement of frame rate of digital video systems.
Any data relating to still or video images, such as: -Time, Time
reference, Date, Camera identification, Camera location, Userdefined text, Alarm conditions, Event log, Audit trail
A measure of the visible quality of an image.
A room in which either live or recorded surveillance images can be
viewed, and which is intended to be used for security purposes.
The display surface of any image display device, including those of
CRT, LCD, and plasma monitors, video walls, and front and rear
projectors.
Monitor mounted on the operator's desk, and used to view images
that do not appear on the common display or personal video wall.
Any still or video images with all associated metadata.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
126
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Video Surveillance
system
All components of the surveillance system, including but not limited to
cameras, converters, audio equipment, power supplies, cables,
illumination equipment, alarm systems, network equipment,
transmission equipment, recorders, controls, and screens.
Video source
Any device that is able to generate, capture, or record an image,
such as a camera, DVD, CD, or computer hard drive.
User
The security operator, supervisor, administrator, or any other person
designated as a user by the end user of the system.
Acronym
Term
AGC
BMS
CD
CRT
DVD
DVR
EMC
GMT
GSM
HTML
IP
IT
LAN
LCD
NVR
ODBC
PAL
PC
PoE
PTZ
PVC
TCP
TFT
TVL
UDP
UHF
UPS
WAN
XML
Automatic gain control
Building management system
Compact disc
Cathode ray tube
Digital versatile disc
Digital video recorder
Electromagnetic compatibility
Greenwich mean time
Global system for mobile communication
Hypertext markup language
Internet protocol
Information technology
Local area network
Liquid crystal display
Network video recorder
Open database connectivity
Phase alternating line
Personal computer
Power over Ethernet
Pan, tilt, zoom
Polyvinyl chloride
Transmission control protocol
Thin-film transistor
Television lines
User datagram protocol
Ultra high frequency
Uninterruptible power supply
Wide area network
Extensible markup language
Abbreviation
Term
24/7
"
°C
cd/m²
kg
km/h
mm
24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year
Inch
degrees Celsius
Candela per square meter
kilogram
kilometre per hour
millimetre
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
127
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
ms
300
millisecond
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The VMS specified is an enterprise-class client/server based IP video security
solution that provides seamless management of digital video, audio and data across
an IP network.
The general properties of the System, which the Contractor‟s solution must adhere to
are as listed below:

The System shall provide multiple independently programmable recording
schedules.

The System shall allow the establishment of user groups that have access
rights to specific cameras, priority for pan/tilt/zoom control, rights for exporting
video, and access rights to system event log files. Access to live, playback,
audio, PTZ control, preset control, and auxiliary commands shall be
programmable on an individual camera basis.

The VMS shall provide a user-dependent Favourites Tree. The Favourites
tree shall allow maps, folders, and devices and complete views (image pane
patterns with camera assignments) to be configured by each user in a userdefined structure. The User's Favourites Tree shall be available irrespective
of the computer with which he/she logs on to the system.

All components of the System shall be digital and IP-addressable, and are to
be connected directly to the local area network or wide area network which
shall be solely used for the VSS.

All cameras shall be IP-addressable, digital, colour, video security cameras
designed for professional applications.

All cameras shall be selected to achieve optimum performance taken into
account weather conditions, low sun conditions (refer to sun plots), high back
lighting conditions and low light conditions.

External cameras provide surveillance of the areas defined by the OR
documentation. Indicative camera positions are identified on the tender
drawings; however it is the Contractor‟s responsibility to determine final
camera quantities and locations.

Internal cameras provide surveillance of the areas defined by the OR
documentation. Indicative camera positions are identified on the tender
drawings, however it is the Contractor‟s responsibility to determine final
camera quantities and locations.

Images are recorded on distributed rack mounted network video
recorders/storage located in various locations as identified on the drawings.
All images are recorded at 704 x 576 (4CIF) pixels for Standard Definition
cameras and 1920 x 1080P for High Definition cameras, and live images are
viewed at 640 x 480 pixels in order to conserve bandwidth. Video images are
recorded in response to movement detected by the camera, as well as
manually by an operator. Recorded images are exported complete with
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
128
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
authentication and encryption to removable recording media. All recorded
images are securely stored for a minimum of sixty (60) days, after which they
are automatically overwritten.

It is possible to view both recorded and live images on any personal
computer connected to the network, through the use of authorisation codes.
Four (4) personal computers are provided as part of this project:
-
Proposed Review Suite (1 No.)
-
Authority‟s CT Room EX-022 (Passenger Handling Building)
-
Collators Office PR-025 (Passenger Handling Building)
-
Authority‟s Office PR-034 (Passenger Handling Building)
-
All computers allow viewing of live and recorded images, as well as
system setup and authorisation management.
-
All camera images shall be recorded at 6 images per second
continuously.
-
Recording rate shall increase to 25 frames per second upon detection
of movement.
-
H.264 compression ratio shall be adopted.
-
All software resides on the personal computers, the network video
recorders, and the cameras.
-
The Review Suite shall also include a proprietary console c/w
additional control equipment, monitors etc. as identified. An outline
proposal for this facility is identified, however it is anticipated that the
Authority will wish to develop the proposals post tender to suit their
specific needs.
400
SCOPE OF WORKS
410
Responsibilities
The Contractor shall:


Provide the necessary Power Supplies, including all cables and containment
to serve:
-
each PTZ camera
-
any camera not supporting PoE
-
each network video recorder
-
each personal computer
-
each server/Rack
-
each video wall display unit
-
Review Suite Cooling Units.
For Review Suite power supplies, provide containment for all cabling to an
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
129
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
RJ45 outlet:
-
At each external camera
-
At each internal camera
-
At each network video recorder
-
At each personal computer
-
At each server

At each video wall display unit, provide a local distribution board complete
with UPS backup in the Review Suite. This will serve the equipment cabinet
and workstations.

Provide the complete IT network, including all head end and network
equipment, LAN and WAN cabling, and local RJ45 outlets.

Provide PoE network switches in the various server racks a required to serve
all PoE equipment.

Provide all standard nineteen inch (19”) equipment racks to support the
required equipment.
It is the Contractor‟s responsibility to fully familiarise themselves with the works
undertaken as part of the Dover Harbour Board (DHB) Traffic Management
Improvement (TMI) contract. This includes the installation of the necessary
containment, Cat 6/Fibre cabling etc. associated with the passive structured cabling
installation within the Passenger Handling Building.
The Contractor shall:

Be registered with the National Security Inspectorate as a NACOSS Gold
installer to design, install, test, commission and demonstrate the entire VSS.
The contractor is responsible for ensuring the VSS is installed with the
necessary expertise and capacity to provide professional and timely
maintenance and emergency repair services of the entire system during the
design life of the System.

Carefully select final camera locations, bracketry requirements to ensure
these are fully coordinated with the surrounding environment.

Transfer the licences to the Authority at the end of the defects liability period.
Make due allowance for the proposed phased handover of specific areas.

Provide a common IP-based ODBC-compliant database to allow cause-andeffect functionality between the various security systems.

Liaise with the Authority to agree on the positioning and style of all visible
hardware.

Provide a detailed breakdown/schedule of all builder‟s work requirements at
the time of Tender.

Ensure that all power supply and containment installations comply with the
requirements of the VSS, and to agree on the exact position of back boxes
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
130
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
and other outlets.
500

Ensure that all space and installation provisions for surveillance equipment in
IT racks comply with the requirements of the surveillance equipment.

Take responsibility for ensuring that the selected manufacturer‟s systems and
equipment are fully compatible with the building elements to which the
system is to be interfaced to meet the performance requirements detailed
herein.
CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall:

Provide manual and automatic control and viewing of all cameras within the
scheme as described in this Statement of Requirements.

Provide a dedicated video output for transmission to a third party remote
monitoring facility.

Ensure that the entire surveillance system is designed, installed, and
commissioned to provide the specified resolutions and frame rates at full
operating conditions.

Ensure that the minimum network bandwidth is used without any reduction in
the resolution and frame rate specified.

Provide a system to allow the user after commissioning to limit the total
Bandwidth consumed by all components of the VSS, to ensure protection of
the data communication on the network.

Provide initial Bandwidth requirements at the time of Tender including all
support calculations. This will be developed by the Contractor during the
detailed design; however the preliminary assessment is required to give the
Authority the opportunity for early engagement with the Statutory Authority to
facilitate timely procurement of the necessary connections.
600
SYSTEM FUNCTIONS
610
Time and Date
The Contractor shall:

Provide a time and date generator as an integral part of the VSS

Provide an automatic accuracy check and correction function to ensure the
time and date remains accurate at all times, and that it automatically adjusts
for official seasonal time adjustments and leap years.

Ensure that the time and date are identical on all parts of the system and on
any other interfaced system at all times.

Provide a means of easily checking and verifying the clock accuracy, suitable
for use in legal proceedings in a court of law.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
131
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
620
Software Functions
621
General
The Contractor shall:

Provide surveillance software to perform all central control functions
simultaneously, including but not limited to:
-
Live display of camera images
-
Live display of camera image sequences (cycling)
-
Instant replay of live images
-
Control of PTZ cameras
-
Retrieval of recorded images
-
Playback of recorded images
-
Use of graphical images (maps, floor plans, icons)
-
Use of procedures (Macros) Configuration of system settings.

Ensure that the software supports all camera video images at a frame rate of
twenty five (25) images per second and at the maximum camera resolution
while maintaining less than eighty percent (80%) load on the system
hardware and software.

Ensure that the software is able to support multiple screens, monitors, and
video walls.
 The software is to allow the User the ability to fully control the System using
both an analogue surveillance keyboard and joystick, and a PC-based
keyboard and mouse.

The software is to offer a plug and play type hardware discovery service with
the following functions:
-
Automatically discover devices as they are attached to the network.
-
Discover devices on different network segments. The software to
allow the user to configure the performance parameters of each
individual camera, notably separate frame rates for display, alarm, and
recording, compression rates, activity detection grids layout and
sensitivity, picture quality, and separate alarm, recording, and viewing
resolutions.

The software to include a Microsoft Windows®-based graphical user
interface.

Provide a minimum of four (4) levels of password protection to limit User
functions as required by site demands. Ensure that the System is able to
accommodate an unlimited number of Users, and that user details and
access levels are easily set and adjusted by the Authority

Ensure that the System is able to support scaling to accommodate an
unlimited number of cameras and viewing stations.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
132
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
622

Provide a System to allow any authorised user to configure System and
equipment settings and add and modify user data as described in this
Statement of Requirements. Ensure that this System is intuitive and easy to
use, and requires no special or knowledge of the file structure.

Provide the necessary application development software for future
development by third parties, to allow integration of the VSS with third party
systems.
Graphical Site Representation
The Contractor shall:
623

Provide a functionality to display user-definable and interactive graphical
representations of the site and the VSS.

Ensure the software is able to import maps from any graphical software
supporting BMP, JPEG or GIF image formats.

Ensure the software maps have the ability to contain hyperlinks to create a
hierarchy of interlinked maps. Provide a minimum of three (3) layers of detail
per map.

Provide a functionality to allow the operator to drag and drop a camera icon
from a map into an image window or screen for live viewing.

Provide a functionality to allow the operator to click on a camera icon on a
map to initiate PTZ camera preset, run a PTZ tour, or view the camera image
on a screen.

Ensure that the User is able to change the graphical data and displays, and
to define new icons and add any number of additional icons.

Whilst it is anticipated that the final mapping requirements will be developed
with the Authority during the detailed design stage the Contractor shall
provide a full description of the proposed mapping solution at the time of
Tender.
Content Analytics
The Contractor shall:


Provide all video analytic software complete with licences. Ensure that the
software is able to effectively provide the following functions:
-
Video motion detection
-
Virtual tripwire
-
Object detection
Provide a full description of the Analytical features of the proposed Video
Management System at the time of Tender.
Provide Video Motion Detection (VMD) residing in all cameras that ensures:
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
133
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
630

that the VMD detect movements of persons or vehicles in its field of view.

that each camera can be set up by the User to automatically record and
display images generated as a result of VMD triggers, and to transmit an
alarm signal via a local port and via the network.

that the User is able to set the duration of the camera reaction and the frame
rate or any display and recording.
Operator Functions
The Contractor shall:


640
Provide a System to allow any User to carry out the following activities,
subject to password-based authorisation levels:
-
Select any live camera image for display on any screen.
-
Easily retrieve any recorded surveillance data and display it on any
screen.
-
Select any surveillance data to display simultaneously on more than 1
screen, or on all screens.
-
Adjust the speed of playback of recorded video, from single still image
to at least double the full frame rate video.
-
Select forward and reverse directions of recorded video playback.
-
Select the configuration of any screen, i.e. the number of views to be
displayed and the layout.
-
Control the direction and speed of the panning, tilting, and zooming
functions of any movable camera through all ranges of speed and
motion, without any visible time delay between the operation of the
control device and the movement of the camera as viewed on the
screen.
-
Set and adjust the pre-set positions and touring characteristics of each
movable camera.
-
Adjust the bit rate of any data stream from any camera.
-
Activate an alarm condition relating to any camera.
-
Generate and edit text to be displayed with any camera view or alarm
condition.
-
Manually record any surveillance data on the primary storage media.
-
Export part or all of the recorded surveillance data to any specified
export medium.
-
Easily compile audit trails and event records and export these to any
recording media.
-
Print any report, audit trail, event record, or image.
Ensure that all of the User functions can be carried out through the use of a
standard computer keyboard and mouse, as well as through a VSS joystick.
Display
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
134
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
641
General
The Contractor shall provide a System:

for viewing any of the live or recorded surveillance data from any video
source on any screen, or on any number of screens simultaneously
and:

642
ensure that any live or recorded audio is emitted in exact synchronisation
with the relevant video images.
Quality
The Contractor shall provide a System:
643

to eliminate any reduction in on-screen resolution or frame rate

to eliminate any noticeable disturbance or artefact in the video or audio
during any part of the operation of the surveillance system, including:
-
multiple images displayed per screen,
-
a single image displayed on more than one (1) screen,
-
simultaneous recording, viewing, playback, exporting, and transmission
on the network, and switching from one (1) image to another.
Windows
The Contractor shall provide the ability for the User to select multiple display
windows of varying sizes on each screen, including as a minimum:
644

Full screen

Four (4) windows, equal sizes

Nine (9) windows, equal sizes

Sixteen (16) windows, equal sizes

Five (5) windows of equal size + one (1) larger window
Screen Usage
The Contractor shall:

Provide the following User-programmable settings for the automatic display
of live images on preselected screens:
-
Sequential switching of all or some of the camera images.
-
The trigger of an alarm condition by the camera or the surveillance
software, or by an external device.
-
Timed switching based on a twenty (24) hours per day, seven (7) days
per week programme.
 Provide a system for displaying a camera menu on the same screen as the
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
135
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
image windows. The cameras listed in the menu are to represent both live
and recorded images from the relevant camera. Ensure that the User is able
to drag and drop camera icons from a menu onto any window to start the
display of the live or recorded camera image. Provide camera setting
information linked to each camera icon.
 Provide User-definable software tables to permit the programming of screen
usage and interactions to events in all instances, including cycle and dwell
times. Ensure, however, that the use of all screens and windows, excluding
reserved screens, is available at all times, and that these may be selected by
the User when required. Provide a screen hold facility in the software which,
at the discretion of the User, will permit any configurations of screens to be
reserved for a particular use.
645
Text
The Contractor shall provide full text generation facilities to allow the User to
generate a minimum of forty (40) alphanumeric characters per text line with a
minimum of two (2) lines of text per camera. Ensure that the text is uniquely
associated with the relevant camera, and that no manipulation of the text can be
effected without the necessary authorisation code set up and provided by the
Contractor. Ensure that, once the video is recorded, the associated recorded text
information cannot be altered. The text is to identify camera number and location,
and is to be provided with colour animation to indicate alarm status. Provide a
secure audit trail of any changes to camera identification settings.
646
Network usage
The Contractor shall:
 Ensure that the System uses multicasting to transmit one (1) stream of video
from any camera or recording device, which can be viewed concurrently by an
unlimited number of authorised recipients at an unlimited number of remote
locations on the network.
 Provide access to surveillance data by remote network connected Users, by
means of software licensing and password protection.
 Provide an HTML-based graphic user interface to allow any authorised User
to access and view surveillance data locally or remotely.
650
Alarms
651
General
The Contractor shall:

Provide a system for User-definable automatic alarm management. Ensure
that the User is able to programme the system to produce any of the
following responses upon trigger of an alarm condition or event.
-
Emit an audible alarm in the Review Suite. Each type of alarm to
have a distinctive sound.
-
Display the image or images on the specified event screen or screens,
including pre and post event images.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
136
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
-
Replay a pre alarm and post alarm event loop video sequence in a
separate window simultaneously with the live alarm images.
-
Store additional alarms and sequentially display these on the event
screen or other screens.
-
Display text on the image to identify the camera and describe the
alarm condition.
-
Identify the reason for the alarm condition on screen by means of
flashing visual indication or colour change.
-
Record the video images of the event at a frame rate of twenty five
(25) images per second, including a user-definable pre event period of
no less than fifteen (15) seconds, until the alarm is recognised and the
recording is stopped by the User.
-
Send a message to a remote party.
-
Record the details of the alarm and the various responses in a secure
event log, suitable for auditing alarms and accessing associated
images.
 Configure the System to respond to all alarms generated by any one (1) or
more of the following:
-
manual input by an authorised User or Users
-
signal loss
-
camera anti-tamper software
-
video motion detection system
-
intelligent video analytic software.

Provide a system to queue multiple alarms. Ensure that the software allows
the User to prioritise alarms. Acknowledgement of an alarm event to result in
the automatic replay of the video from the next alarm source in the queue,
including pre event and post event sequences.

Provide a system to transmit notification of an alarm condition to a remote
party via electronic mail, GSM, telephone line, and the computer network.
660
Recording
661
General
The Contractor shall:
 Provide a system to record all surveillance data in digital format.
 Arrange that the recording of surveillance data from any camera starts and
stops according to user-defined parameters, including the following:
-
Manually operated recording as selected by an User.
-
Continuous recording of all camera images or any selection of camera
images – Based on six (6) images per second continually recording.
-
Time-based recording with different trigger times for each camera.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
137
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
662
-
Movement triggered recording, separately defined for each camera
Based on twenty five (25) images per second.
-
Alarm triggered recording, separately defined for each camera.

Provide a system to allow Users to start and stop recording of any image
displayed on any of the spot monitors, by pressing a button mounted on the
desk near the relevant monitor. Ensure that such images are automatically
recorded at full camera resolution and at twenty five (25) images per second.
Ensure that it is not possible to automatically overwrite or delete these
images.

Ensure that, in addition to the video images, all of the following surveillance
data are recorded as an integral part of the video:
-
the audio stream
-
the date
-
the time and time reference (e.g. GMT)
-
the camera identification.
-
the camera position.
-
internal alarm trigger details.
-
details of any external alarm input.
-
details of any alarm signal output.

Provide a menu feature to allow programmable recording modes for each
camera, including pre and post event recording, time lapse recording and
snapshot recording.

Provide a system scheduler to enable camera-recording modes to be altered
automatically based on time of day, and the day of the week or month. The
VSS shall support multi-channel simultaneous streaming.
Surveillance Data Integrity
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that no surveillance data stored on the primary recording media can
be overwritten or erased within sixty (60) days of the date of capturing the
data, and that no surveillance data recorded as a result of an alarm trigger or
manual operation can be erased or overwritten automatically or without
authorisation.

After 60 days the record rate of the archived images will automatically adjust
to remove the „P‟ frames whilst leaving the „I‟ frames at a rate of two (2)
images per second. These will be retained for a further thirty (30) days.

After a total of ninety (90) days all archived images will be automatically
deleted (with the exception of those specifically identified).

Provide a System for providing authentication, such as digital signature,
check marking, and invisible watermarking, and encryption of all recorded
surveillance data, suitable for use in legal proceedings in a court of law.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
138
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
670

Ensure that the recorded data cannot be tampered with in any way without
such tampering being obviously apparent when the images are retrieved and
viewed, or when the System is interrogated for tamper incidents. Ensure that
any manual or automatic enhancement, such as image brightening,
sharpening, or zooming does not change the original surveillance data in any
way.

Ensure that a full and secure audit trail is automatically created when any
part of recorded surveillance data is accessed, modified, or exported in any
way, or when it is wholly or partially erased.

Provide a system to ensure that no recorded surveillance data or settings of
any component of the VSS are affected by power supply interruptions or
power surges.
Retrieval and Playback
The Contractor shall:

Provide a search facility to enable an authorised User to easily find any
recorded surveillance data.

Ensure that the User may use any of the metadata recorded with the image
as search criteria to find recorded data.

Provide a System to allow an User to search for recorded data by means of
thumbnail still images of the recorded video.

Provide a System to allow a User to retrieve surveillance data based on postrecording motion search.

Ensure that a User is able to draw movement grids on a still image on screen,
and search all recordings made when movement occurred on those areas.

Ensure that the User is not required to understand the internal file structure of
the System to access recorded information.

Ensure that all recorded surveillance data retains its integrity during search
and retrieval, so that no surveillance or authentication data is corrupted and
the quality of the image or audio is not affected.

Provide a System to allow any authorised User to play back retrieved
surveillance data, and to manipulate the data in any of the following ways:
-
Vary the frame rate of the images from a stationary (single still image
or frame) to at least double the full frame rate video
-
Play forward, fast forward, reverse, and fast reverse
-
Display a single image on a screen at full resolution and without any
interlace effects
-
Display multiple, time-synchronised images on a screen or on
multiple screens at fixed aspect ratios
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
139
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
-
Display all or selected metadata Emit audio in synchronisation with
video.
 Ensure that images can be replayed from hard disks from multiple sources to
the User screen at the recorded frame rate.
 Ensure that the System is able to display freeze-frame images, extracted from
full-frame recordings at real-time recording speeds, without motion-tear
caused by interlace effects.
 In the event of a serious incident it shall be possible to remove the hard drive
which holds the recording of the associated incident and install a replacement
hard drive without adversely affecting the System operation. i.e. „hot
swappable‟ modular hard drives
680
Export
The Contractor shall:

Provide a System for selecting any video and still images based on any of the
criteria specified, and exporting the selected images to the specified media.
Ensure that all recorded images can be exported:
-
In its native format
-
Uncompressed
-
Without any conversion
-
With and without encryption
-
With authentication intact.
-
As complete single images (single frames) and as video images
-
At the full video frame rate
-
Complete with all associated audio and metadata
-
With a comprehensive audit trail
-
With the necessary system settings
-
With the necessary licence-free viewing software to enable a user to
view the images on a standard personal computer with a Microsoft
Windows operating system
-
With all necessary codecs required to replay the images on all
versions of the viewing software and operating systems.
 Ensure that upon export the original recording files can be protected from
automatic deletion if required. The speed of exporting is to be the highest
speed of which the exporting medium is capable. Ensure that the equipment
displays verification of successful export of the complete selected data.

Ensure that the exporting of data has no effect on the performance or
operation of the System, such as live viewing or recording of images.

Provide the necessary hardware and software to allow any recorded still
image to be printed in full colour at photographic quality on A4 paper.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
140
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
700
EQUIPMENT
710
Containment
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that all VSS cabling is contained in metal trunking or galvanised
metal conduit throughout its length where exposed/visible.

Ensure that all RJ45 outlets located in non-secure areas are installed in
vandal-proof, lockable, secure box, of Sarel manufacture or equal and
approved.
720
Cameras
721
General
The Contractor shall:
722

Take full responsibility for final camera locations and specifications, and for
the optimum performance of the System.

Determine final camera positions by means of field trials and site
demonstrations.
Camera Specifications
The Contractor shall

Ensure that all cameras comply with the following minimum requirements.
Take full responsibility for the final camera specifications to comply with the
stated objectives of the scheme.

All cameras are to be fitted with a standard interface to allow a local monitor
to be directly plugged in to the camera and used for set-up and adjustments.
The image displayed on such a local monitor is to be identical to the image
displayed on the main screen in the Review Suite

Provide a system to allow the User to set the maximum bandwidth used by
each camera, in order to ensure that the total allocated bandwidth on the
network is not exceeded.

Ensure that the camera is able to operate over a local area network (LAN),
wide area network (WAN), and the Internet, and that it supports remote
access for configuration, viewing, and control via a standard web browser
interface.

Whilst camera performance specification schedules have been provided it is
the responsibility of the Contractor to assess the specific camera
requirements based on the location, Statement of Requirements weather
conditions etc.

Ensure cameras are provided with the necessary technology in terms of
Wide Dynamic Range (WDR) technology, Low light sensitivity etc.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
141
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
723

All cameras shall be capable of providing colour images in low light
conditions. i.e. useable colour picture (50IRE). This is considered critical in
that there is an operational requirement for the Authority to be able to
determine vehicle/clothing colours etc. in low light conditions.

In order to maximise camera coverage provide units with „corridor format‟
image settings where the installation dictates.

Maximise the use of Power over Ethernet (PoE) cameras unless specific
restrictions prevent this (i.e. location/electrical load).
Camera Housings
The Contractor shall
724

Provide all camera housings as specified or as required due to environmental
conditions considering the location of the Port.

Provide effective tamper protection to all camera housings.

Ensure each external housing is fitted with a sun shield. The housing to be
constructed from polyester powder coated aluminium, or from polyester
powder coated sheet steel where vandal resistant housings are specified.
Flat windows are to be manufactured from glass or polycarbonate resin
thermoplastic (e.g. Lexan®).

Provide each external housing with the means of ensuring the window
remains optically clear under all weather conditions, an integral
heater/demister with thermostat, and an adjustable camera platform.

Note that dome bubbles are to be manufactured from optically pure,
distortion free, impact-resistant polycarbonate.

Note that all non-clear windows or domes are to have a light attenuation
factors of no more than one (1) f-stop.
Camera Mountings
The Contractor shall adhere to the following:

Camera mounting brackets to be of the proprietary, welded steel alloy
construction with stainless steel mounting hardware, and are to be designed
to support the camera and all associated auxiliary equipment.

Outdoor camera mountings are to be weatherproof and corrosion-resistant.
These mountings are to be able to withstand winds up to 160km/h when fully
loaded. The camera mounting is to remain stable when the outdoor camera
and support are subjected to gusty winds up to 100km/h.

Indoor camera mountings are to be corrosion-resistant. These mountings are
to be fastened to a wall, to a vertical support, or to an overhead member.
Ensure all suspended ceiling mounted cameras are adequately supported
from the soffit.

The bases of the mountings are to be adjustable 350 degrees in the
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
142
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
horizontal plane and 80 degrees in the vertical plane.
725
Pan/tilt Units
The Contractor shall:
726

Provide pan/tilt units to all movable cameras.

Remote controlled pan/tilt drive units to be engineered for smooth operation
with maximum stability and minimum gear backlash to ensure exact
positioning and picture stability.

The pan/tilt unit to be constructed using all metal gearing and hardened steel
drive shafts to ensure reliability. All bearings are to be permanently
lubricated.

Pan/tilt motors to be treated for continuous duty operation at torques
compatible with the total weight of cameras, lenses, and enclosures supplied.
All motor units are to be dustproof.

Note that control speed to be proportional with full torque at all speeds.

Ensure the pan/tilt mechanisms are weather resistant to minimum IP66 and
of the low voltage drive type.
Camera Towers
The Contractor shall:

Provide free-standing towers for selected outdoor cameras mounted at the
required height.

Note that camera towers are to be designed to support loads of at least 50 kg
and to be of rigid metal construction, weatherproof and corrosion resistant.

Note that each tower is to be able to withstand winds of up to 160km/h when
fully loaded. Ensure that there is no more than 10mm sway off centre at
camera height in gusty winds up to 100km/h.

Provide each tower with foundation studs and anchoring bolts for mounting
on concrete footings. Provide all the necessary foundation footing pads and
builder‟s work.

Note that each tower is to include facilities for maintenance on the camera,
such as integral foot supports or hinged mast mechanism with separate
winch to raise/lower.

Fit anti-climb measures to camera tower/poles where specified.

Note that tower/poles sited in vehicle areas are to be protected against
collision by suitable protective barriers.

Provide lightning protection by means of ground rods to each tower. Drive
rods to a depth of 3.6m as a minimum to achieve a resistance of no more
than 10 Ohm. Ensure the carrier pole/tower is provided with a steel tag to
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
143
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
bond the lightning tape. Measure the resistance and submit the results to the
Authority.
730
Recording and Exporting Equipment
731
Recording Equipment
The Contractor shall:

Provide Network Video Recorders/Network Attached Storage (NVRs/NAS),
complete with software, to record all surveillance data in digital format and at
the specified resolution and frame rate. Ensure that these are connected
directly to the computer network, and that no conversion between analogue
and digital formats takes place at such interfaces. Ensure that NVR/NAS can
be configured to delete unprotected recordings automatically by specifying
either the length of time that recordings should remain, or the amount of disk
space to be used.

Provide hard disk digital recording equipment with enough capacity to record
surveillance data based on the camera outputs as specified, plus twenty
percent (built-in spare capacity. Ensure that any single hard disk can be
removed and replaced while the system is in operation (i.e. hot swappable)
without any loss of recorded data or system settings.

Provide 100% recording capacity redundancy to ensure that any failure of a
single item of equipment, or any network or software failure, does not result
in all the surveillance data recorded being lost.

Note that storage capacity shall be calculated based on the recording
requirements detailed with this Statement of Requirements. The Contractor
shall consider the following: –

732
~
Port operational hours
~
Flow of vehicular traffic
~
Flow of pedestrian traffic
The Contractor shall provide full calculations supporting their proposed
storage capacity allowance at the time of Tender.
Exporting Equipment
The Contractor shall provide all hardware and software required to export (i.e. copy)
the surveillance data from the primary recording media to any of the following media:
-
CD
-
DVD
-
USB Drive
-
External hard drive, and
-
Remote network devices via the computer network.
740
User and Review Suite
741
Screens
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
144
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
The Contractor shall ensure that all screens are professional grade, full HD, full
colour devices, designed for 24/7 Review Suite operation.
Screen design life required is minimum 40,000 hours
742
User Equipment
The Contractor shall provide, as a minimum, the following equipment for the Review
Suite:
743
-
Proprietary Control console/media workstation
-
Adjustable monitor mounts
-
5 x 21” LCD TFT high resolution colour monitors
-
One (1) standard computer keyboard
-
One (1) standard computer mouse
-
One (1) contact-less joystick
-
One (1) CD/DVD writer slot
Review Suite
The Contractor shall:

provide an ergonomically designed modular control console.

Provide one (1) User‟s chair in the Review Suite.

The chair shall incorporate the following:
-
Adjustable height
-
Adjustable headrest/seat/backrest
-
Adjustable seat tilt
-
Lumbar adjustment
-
Anti kickback safety feature
 Note that it shall be possible to make all adjustments from the seated position.
 Ensure that the furniture is purpose-built and professionally designed and
constructed, with the emphasis on clear desk principles, to accommodate all
cabling, equipment, ventilation ducts and openings, and secure storage for
material. All furniture is to be ergonomically designed to ensure maximum
occupant productivity during prolonged operating periods. All User equipment
is to be in easy reach of a seated User.
 Submit detailed Working Drawings to the Authority before placing an order for
the furniture or equipment in line with the Programme
 Provide, integral with the furniture, suitable forced and natural ventilation to
allow adequate dissipation of heat from the equipment.
744
Uninterruptable Power Supply
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
145
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
The Contractor shall provide Rack mounted Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS)
unit(s) to all control, viewing, and recording equipment.
The units shall provide twenty (20) minutes autonomy at full load.
750
Signal Transmission and Power Supply
751
General
The Contractor shall:
752

Comply with Section Y60 of this Statement of Requirements.

Ensure that in worst case conditions the voltage drop in any cable does not
impair the operation of any device connected to the cable.

Any cables which are used underground are to be suitable for that purpose
and to have adequate protection from mechanical damage. These cables are
to be resistant to dampness, chemical reactions, corrosion and rodents.

Note that cables that pass through holes are to be protected by the use of
tubes or grommets as appropriate.

Note that environmental conditions such as dampness, heat, corrosion,
mechanical damage and chemical damage are to be taken into account in
determining the degree of protection required for cable runs and
terminations.

Note that sufficient access to equipment is to be provided to enable the
necessary service and maintenance activities to be carried out.

Select, locate and arrange control and signal systems and equipment so that
they are segregated from, and sufficiently clear of power equipment.
Fibre Optic Cable
The Contractor shall:
760

Ensure manufacturers‟ recommendations for minimum bend radius of fibre
optic cables are strictly observed.

Ensure that the correct video or fibre optic connectors or junction boxes are
always used to joint and terminate all fibre optic cables. Install equipment to
the manufacturers‟ recommendations and in accordance with best working
practice.
Illumination
The Contractor shall take into account existing illumination levels, as shown in
Volume 6, prior to final selection of cameras.
770
Lightning Protection
The Contractor shall provide in-line protectors or barriers to protect against lightning
strikes on all power and communication circuits from external equipment.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
146
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
780
Electromagnetic Compatibility and Screening
The Contractor shall ensure that all components of the VSS comply with the EMC
Directive and all associated EMC regulations.
800
FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC
The Contractor shall comply with Section Y90 of this Statement of Requirements.
900
IDENTIFICATION OF SERVICES
The Contractor shall:

Comply with Section Y82 of this Statement of Requirements.

Label cabling clearly and unobtrusively at the distribution and control panels
to facilitate future maintenance and servicing. A cross-reference chart
showing the relationship between cables and devices is to be held by the
Contractor and is to form part of the Record Drawings.

Ensure that no visible branding, contact or maintenance information, or other
text or graphics is applied to any camera, bracket, illuminator, or other visible
part of the installation, except the standard branding and technical
information included during manufacture.

Install signage throughout the site in accordance with statutory and
regulatory requirements, and the requirements of the local Police.
1000
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
1010
Testing
The Contractor shall:
1020

Submit a detailed method statement of all testing procedures twenty (20)
Working Days prior to the testing phase as per Milestone 10 within „Schedule
10 – Implementation Plan („Milestones‟) Schedule‟, to the Authority before
testing commences, and describe the apparatus to be used in the tests.

On completion, undertake full performance tests on the entire System as
detailed in the testing procedure. Ensure that the entire System satisfies all
test criteria, and in particular ensure the System conforms to NACP 20
requirements.

Supply all test equipment required.

Submit full test results to the Authority.
Commissioning
The Contractor shall
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
147
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Demonstrate all functions to the Authority after testing has been successfully
carried out, including but not limited to the following:
-
All wiring is correctly terminated and labelled.
-
Camera and lens fitted correctly for each position to achieve the
desired field of view.
-
Effective operation of all cameras in different light levels.
-
Correct setting of all pan and tilt limits and associated automatic
control.
-
Correct supply voltage at all parts of the system.
-
Effective operation of supplementary lighting.
-
Operation of recording systems under alarm and steady-state
conditions.
-
Recording and display of the system under all alarm conditions.
-
Search and retrieval of all types of recorded surveillance data.
-
Operation of all software functions.
-
Effective operation of video analysis software.
-
Walk tests with any volumetric device operated cameras.
-
The system continues to work when the main power supply is
disconnected.

Allow within the Contract to change the lens where the field of view is not
achieved.

Capture and record images of the specified targets, and of the NORMAN test
described below, on the System, under both normal lighting conditions and
under lowest light conditions.

Export these images to a DVD.

Demonstrate to the Authority that the content of the DVD can be viewed in full
resolution and at full frame rate on a standard personal computer operating
on a Microsoft Windows operating system, without the need for special
software.

Demonstrate to the Authority that, when the content of the DVD is viewed
through a standard, non-networked personal computer, the images are of
such quality that a viewer is able to:
-
monitor the movement of a person or persons, when the figure
occupies 5% of the vertical dimension of the screen;
-
detect a person when the figure occupies 10% of the vertical
dimension of the screen;
-
Observe a person when figure occupies between 25% and 30% of the
vertical dimension of the screen
-
Recognise a known person when the figure occupies 50% of the
vertical dimension of the screen; and
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
148
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
-
Identify beyond reasonable doubt an unknown person when the figure
100% of the vertical dimension of the screen.

Demonstrate the compliance of the VSS to the above requirements by
performing a series of tests using a standard NORMAN target to simulate a
“person” as referred to above.

Demonstrate all functions of the VSS to the Authority.

Allow for returning to site one (1) month after practical completion of each
phase to prove the recording archive capacity. Allow for returning to site six
(6) months after practical completion of each phase to review/re-adjust each
(i.e. field of view/image quality etc.)

Ensure all control arrangements, settings and sequences on completion of
commissioning and demonstration are recorded and added to the Record
Drawings and included within the O&M manuals.
1100
SCHEDULE OF CONTRACTOR‟S SUBMISSIONS
1110
Submissions
Submit as part of the Deliverables Schedule, technical information about the
following, with sufficient detail to enable physical dimensions, aesthetics,
performance, compliance, and proposed layouts to be appreciated:
-
Cameras
-
Camera enclosures and mounting brackets
-
Camera towers
-
Central hardware
-
Recording hardware and software
-
VMS
-
System configuration
-
System controls
-
System software
-
System operation
-
Graphics display
-
Full schematic details of the proposed system architecture
-
Initial Bandwidth Calculation Recording capacity details and calculation.
Submit details of manufacturers‟ warranties on all equipment.
Submit a schedule of the maximum estimated bit rate and hard disk requirements for
each camera, incorporating all possible video and data streams transmitted from the
camera.
Submit a Compliance Certificate listing all items proposed that do not comply fully
with this Statement of Requirements, as well as justification for each incidence of
non-compliance.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
149
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
1120
Submissions During the Contract
During the term of the Contract the Contractor shall:

Submit for the Engineer‟s comment in accordance with section A37 of this
Statement of Requirements:
-
Detailed test certificates for each type of camera confirming actual
light sensitivity and resolution.
-
Full working drawings of all cable and containment routes coordinated with all the other trade packages.
-
Fully detailed drawings indicating the exact locations of all cameras
and central equipment.
-
Details of the fields of view of each camera.
-
Full working drawings of all security room and operator furniture.
-
Sample formats for user generated graphics allowing sufficient time to
make all required changes.
-
Method statements for the installation of all hardware, equipment,
containment, cabling, testing, and commissioning.
-
Full and concise documentation on how to put the system into
operation.
-
Detailed record drawings indicating the final system as installed.
-
Operating and maintenance
manuals.
-
Explicit manufacturer‟s warrantees for all equipment.
-
All software development kits.
The Deliverable Schedule include detail of expected delivery dates of all of the
above items.
1122
Samples
All samples, as requested by the Authority are to be submitted and approved prior to
confirmation of orders for supply.
Deliver samples to the Authority offices or such other location as may be identified
from time to time.
Provide as a minimum samples of all types of cameras, housings, and brackets
proposed for use in this Programme.
END OF SECTION W42
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
150
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
W51
EARTHING AND BONDING
CONTENTS
100
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
200
DESIGN PARAMETERS
300
SCOPE OF WORKS
310
General
320
Detail co-ordination
330
Initial soil tests
400
EARTHING REQUIREMENTS
410
411
412
413
Equipment Earthing
Circuit protective conductors
External socket outlets and equipment
Information technology circuits
500
BONDING REQUIREMENTS
510
Bonding extraneous conductive parts
520
Bonding exposed conductive parts
530
Other bonding requirements
600
INSTALLATION
610
General
620
Fixing to building „fabric‟
630
Identification of electrical services
700
TESTING, COMMISSIONING AND HANDOVER
710
Testing and commissioning
800
CONTRACTOR‟SSUBMISSIONS
810
Handover documentation
100
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
To provide an earthing system for the transfer of electrical current to earth so that in
the event of an earth fault, all earth fault currents are safely conducted to earth
without danger to personnel or damage to equipment.
To provide an earthing system of sufficiently low impedance to facilitate operation of
the electrical system protective devices such that all earth faults are cleared within
the time scales specified in BS 7671.
To provide main and supplementary bonding in accordance with BS 7671, to create
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
151
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
an equipotential zone of protection within all areas supplied by the associated
electrical system, to ensure that all exposed conductive parts are at the same
electrical potential as earth, and that the Authority‟s personnel, or any other
organisations‟ personnel, or the general public are not exposed to unsafe potentials
under steady state or fault conditions.
To provide a reference point for the LV electrical system by providing a connection
from the star-point of each transformer to earth.
To ensure that the consumer earthing requirements of the distribution network
operator (DNO) supplying the building(s)/site are fully complied with.
200
DESIGN PARAMETERS
The Contractor shall comply fully with the edition (including amendments) of each of
the following, current at the time of tender:
The Electrical Supply Authority Requirements
The Electricity Safety, Quality and Continuity Regulations 2002
The Electricity Supply Regulations
The Electricity at Work Regulations 1989
BS 951
Electrical earthing. Clamps for earthing and bonding.
Specification
BS 4444
Guide to electrical earth monitoring and protective conductor
proving
BS 6387
Specification for performance requirements for cables required
to maintain circuit integrity under fire conditions
BS 6701
Telecommunications equipment and telecommunications
cabling.
Specification for installation, operation and maintenance
BS 7430
Code of Practice for earthing
BS 7671
Requirements for electrical installations. IEE Wiring
Regulations
BS 1377-9
Methods of test for soils for civil engineering purposes Part 9:
In-situ tests (Partially superseded but remains current)
BS EN 13599
Copper and copper alloys. Copper plate, sheet and strip for
electrical purposes
BS EN 13601
Copper and copper alloys. Copper rod, bar and wire for
general electrical purposes
BS EN 50164-2
Lightning protection components (LPC) Part 2: Requirements
for conductors and earth electrodes
BS EN 50310
Application of equipotential bonding and earthing in buildings
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
152
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
with information technology equipment
BS EN 61557-4
Electrical safety in low voltage distribution systems up to 1000
V a.c. and 1500 V d.c. Equipment for testing, measuring or
monitoring of protective measures Part 4: Resistance of earth
connection and equipotential bonding
BS EN 62305
Protection against lightning
ENA ER G12/3
Requirements for the application of protective multiple earthing
to low voltage networks
ENA ER G59/1
Recommendations for the connection of embedded generating
plant to the Public Electricity Supplier‟s distribution systems
ENA ER G83/1
Recommendations for the connection of small-scale
embedded generators [up to 16A per phase] in parallel with
public LV distribution networks
ENA ER P20/1
Earthing policy in relation to the customers installations
ENA ER P23/1
Consumer‟s earth fault protection for compliance with IEE
Wiring Regulations for Electrical Installations
ENA ETR113
Notes of guidance for the protection of embedded generating
plant up to 5MW for operation in parallel with Public Electricity
Supplier‟s Distribution Systems
ENA TS 41-24
Guidelines for the Design, Installation, Testing and
Maintenance of Main Earthing Systems in Substations
ENA TS 43-94
Earth rods and their connectors
DoH HTM 06-01
Electrical services supply and distribution
300
SCOPE OF WORKS
310
General
The Contractor shall:
320

Take responsibility for the electrical continuity of all trunking, tray, basket,
cable containment,. and for testing and demonstrating such continuity prior to
connection to the earthing system.

Take responsibility for liaison with all other parties engaged in such works
and for the provision, installation and connection of all main earth
connections to metallic services containment.

Take responsibility, for electrical continuity of pipework (including pumps etc.)
and ductwork (including AHUs, FCUs, etc) and provision of earth connection
points on each for the connection of earth bonds.
Detail Co-ordination
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
153
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
The Contractor shall:
330

Carry out a careful co-ordination exercise of the mechanical systems installed
under the engineering works package, together with metal work provided
under other works packages such as ceilings, architectural metalwork, and
floors, to ensure that a consistent earthing installation results.

Liaise with all third party Contractors and Systems specialists, to provide a
comprehensive and consistent earthing installation throughout the building(s).

Agree all proposed methods of fixing the system(s) to structure, roof,
cladding, chimneys, equipment, etc. with the Authority and the Port Operator

Agree the colours and finishes of all exposed materials of the system(s) with
the Authority and the Port Operator
Initial soil tests
The Contractor shall carry out soil tests in accordance with BS 7430 and BS 1377 to
establish soil electrical resistivity prior to commencement of the works. It shall report
the results to the Authority
400
EARTHING REQUIREMENTS
410
Equipment Earthing
411
Circuit protective conductors
The Contractor shall:

Provide circuit protective conductors as follows:
~
separate copper circuit protective conductors with yellow/green
insulation
~
armouring and/or metal sheaths of armoured cable
~
armouring and/or metal sheaths of armoured cable with auxiliary
separate copper circuit protective conductors with yellow/green
insulation
~
an integral protective conductor of any multi-core cable.

Ensure that the size of the protective conductor is in accordance with BS
7671 and is as indicated on the drawings. Verify that no protective conductor
is smaller than the minimum size of 1.5mm.

Terminate bolted connections with compression type lugs formed by an
automatic purpose made machine.

Bond the metal sheaths and/or armouring of paper and PVC insulated cables
to the metal parts of the equipment to which they are connected, utilising a
proprietary brass earthing tag and brass nut and bolt.

When flexible conduit is used, ensure that the protective conductor at the
equipment end is made-off to the equipment earth terminal. Install the
protective conductor within the conduit and suitably sized for the circuit(s)
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
154
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
passing through.
412
External socket outlets and equipment
The Contractor shall:
413

Note that the term "external socket outlet and equipment" applies to any
socket outlet or equipment which itself is located outside the equipotential
bonding zone of the main electrical installation or provided for the specific
purpose of enabling mobile or portable equipment to be used outside this
zone.

Protect all external socket outlets with a Residual Current Device (RCD)
having an operating current not greater than 30mA.
Information technology circuits
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that the installation is undertaken in accordance with BS EN 50310.

Ensure that the potential rise in Information Technology circuits due to power
system earth faults is limited in accordance with BS 6701.
500
BONDING EQUIREMENTS
510
Bonding extraneous conductive parts
For the purposes of this clause a building is defined as a separate structure.
Structures linked by a corridor, subway or bridge are considered to be separate
structures.
The Contractor shall:

Bond extraneous conductive parts to earth in accordance with BS 7671 and
BS 7430.

Ensure all building incoming main metallic services and building structure are
securely connected to the main earth bar. Ensure that the following services
are bonded:
~
exposed metallic parts of building structure
~
metallic cable sheaths of all cables
~
lightning protection systems.
 Bond all simultaneously accessible conductive parts to the protective
conductor system using supplementary equipotential bonds.

Agree on site with the Authority and the Port Operator the final positions for
equipotential bonding of piped services prior to commencement of the
installation within ten (10) Working Days

Ensure electrical continuity of metallic floor tile systems using supplementary
bonding.

Bond the raised floor system in each area of the building to the respective
small power distribution board with a 6.0mm² LSF earthing cable,
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
155
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
mechanically protected as necessary.
520

Ensure that all exposed or extraneous conductive parts having a resistance
to earth of less than 1 MΩ are bonded to the electrical services earth.

Prove each circuit protective conductor prior to making any supplementary
bonding connection.

Bond final connections of all extraneous metalwork by means of a bolted type
lug connection in a suitable position to be agreed with the engineer. Use only
bronze nuts and washers when fixing earth tape.

No main or supplementary bonding cables to be less than 6mm²/copper LSFcovered, green/yellow.

Connect all the protective conductors for bonding to the earthing system at
the nearest convenient earthing terminal provided in an outlet box or equal.
Conductors are to be installed within ducts etc., and where necessary within
conduits to outlet boxes.
Bonding exposed conductive parts
The Contractor shall:
530

Carry out the equipotential bonding of the extraneous metalwork in the
building in accordance with BS 7671.

Ensure the exposed metallic parts of the building structure are securely
connected to the LV earth system.

Provide all conduit and trunking distribution services with equipotential and
supplementary bonding systems throughout the installation, to ensure in
conjunction with the separate CPC requirements that maximum earth
continuity is provided for all such services.

Provide primary cable ladder and tray distribution systems with earth straps at
each joint position and connect at source to the main earthing reference.

Bond each distribution board and switch panel, in addition to the CPC
reference provided by the supply cable armouring, by a separate LSF cable
to the cable containment system.
Other bonding requirements
The Contractor shall:

Ensure any exposed or extraneous metalwork, other than any live part,
forming part of the electrical installation is at earth potential.

Ensure that metallic structures forming part of sub-stations e.g. fencing, are
bonded to earth.

Ensure all LV socket outlets have a green/yellow PVC insulated 2.5mm²
stranded copper conductor as a 'fly lead', connected between earth terminals
secured to both socket assembly and socket box.

Provide each lighting switch grid with an earth terminal and a green/ yellow
PVC insulated1.5 mm² stranded copper conductor as a 'fly lead', connected
between earth terminal and grid assembly.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
156
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Provide green/yellow PVC insulate fly leads (6.0mm² minimum) for all hinged
panels of switches, switchgear, control cubicles, distribution boards, etc.,
Route/protect the 'fly leads' to obviate damage to the cables when panels are
opened and closed.

Provide protective conductors for the full length of all bus bar trunking
systems. Ensure sizes are in accordance with BS 7671. Fix tinned copper
tape externally to the side of the busbar trunking system using brass bolts
and double (locking) nuts. Ensure that the maximum fixing centres are
900mm and each section of rising busbar trunking is securely bonded to the
tape.
600
INSTALLATION
610
General
The Contractor shall:
 Carry out the Installation in accordance with BS 7671 and BS 7430.
 Make joints in earthing conductors by any of the following methods:
620
~
tin jointed area of conductor, install minimum of four (4) rivets, then
sweat joint solid. Wrap joint in Denso tape below ground
~
proprietary crimps, by purpose made automatic machine, ensuring
that a crimp, once started cannot be released until full pressure, and
crimp depth has been achieved. Wrap joint in Denso tape below
ground
~
proprietary fusion welding system. Installed strictly in accordance with
manufacturer‟s instructions. Wrap joints in Denso tape below ground

Ensure that where holes are drilled in the copper tape for connection to items
of plant the effective cross-sectional area of the connection is not less than
that required to comply with BS 7671. Tin the connected surface area.

Use clamps to BS 951 for bonding of pipes.

Provide all earthing cables with suitable mechanical protection, labelled and
clearly identified throughout the installation on the cable tray, ladder, trunking
and conduit distribution facilities.

Undertake all earthing and bonding in an inconspicuous and approved
manner wherever possible. All cabling routes shall be agreed with the
Authority prior to commencement of the Installation.
Fixing to building „fabric‟
The Contractor shall comply with section Y90 of this Statement of Requirements.
630
Identification of electrical services
The Contractor shall comply with section Y82 of this Statement of Requirements.
700
TESTING, COMMISSIONING AND HANDOVER
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
157
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
710
Testing and commissioning
The Contractor shall comply with section Y81 of this Statement of Requirements.
800
CONTRACTOR‟S SUBMISSIONS
The Contractor shall submit instructions within the O&M Manual for all items of
equipment
810
Handover documentation
The Contractor shall:
 Fully record all tests, and submit all test results in writing to the Authority.
 Note the results to be included as part of the O&M Manuals .
 Complete the respective distribution board schedules with measured test
values for each site location.
 Provide specific information as follows:
~
fault levels at all main, sub-main and distribution boards
~
final earth loop impedance values at equipment locations for all
circuits
~
test information and records at installation completion. These are
required for future use by the Authority‟s electrical maintenance
engineers in meeting their obligations on maintenance and periodic
testing as required by BS 7671.
END OF SECTION W51
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
158
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
W53
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY AND SCREENING (EMC)
CONTENTS
100
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
200
DESIGN PARAMETERS
300
GENERAL
400
SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
500
SYSTEM INSTALLATION
100
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES – THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE AND
ADHERE TO:
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) means the ability of electrical or electronic
equipment to function satisfactorily in its electromagnetic environment without
introducing intolerable electromagnetic disturbances to anything in that environment.
Provide and install the complete electrical installation to comply with the
Electromagnetic Compatibility Regulations, together with associated acts and
statutory instruments.
The electromagnetic disturbance generated by the selected systems and equipment
are not to exceed a level allowing other systems and equipment to operate as
intended.
The systems and equipment selected shall have adequate levels of immunity to
electromagnetic disturbance to enable them to operate as intended.
Select, locate and arrange control and signal systems and equipment so that they
are segregated from, and sufficiently clear of, power equipment for no adverse
influences to arise.
Provide suitable metallic screening to protect susceptible parts of the facility,
systems and equipment from influences which could cause disruption to operations.
200
DESIGN PARAMETERS
The Contractor shall comply fully with the edition (including amendments) of each of
the following, current at the time of Tender:
300
-
The Electromagnetic Compatibility Regulations BS 7671
Requirements for electrical installations.
-
IEE Wiring Regulations
-
BS EN 61000 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Generic
standards
GENERAL
The Contractor shall:

Note that all systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers‟
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
159
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
recommendations.

Provide screening for individual items of equipment where either the
sensitivity of the equipment or its location dictates that screening protection is
required.

Give careful attention to the locations selected for initial and future power,
data and control equipment and distribution routes, to ensure that data
systems are not adversely affected by electromagnetic interference from
power systems. Specifically, use the following design criteria as a minimum:

400
1
use galvanised steel conduit and trunking for all systems.
2
fix power cables to separate cable trays from data systems. Avoid
runs of power and data cabling in close proximity are to be avoided
wherever possible. Where unavoidable, a minimum spacing of
300mm is to be provided, or such other spacing as may be determined
from authoritative guidance as adequate to avoid interference.
Wherever possible cross power and data at right angles.
3
screen data cabling where appropriate.
Give particular attention to overcoming the adverse effects which could be
caused by transient conditions in the power system, e.g. motor starting,
switching, generator start-up and running and step load changes. Select the
power system distribution routes to ensure that such transient conditions are
minimised as far as possible.
SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
The Contractor shall:
500

Ensure all items of electrical equipment installed comply with the
Electromagnetic Compatibility Regulations and standards as listed elsewhere
in this document and shall carry the „CE‟ mark.

Provide separate cable containment systems for controls and other signal
cabling as described elsewhere in this document.
SYSTEM INSTALLATION
The Contractor shall:

Adopt good installation practices so that disturbance coupled into Systems
will not exceed the VSS immunity thresholds.
END OF SECTION W53
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
160
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Y60
CONDUIT AND CABLE TRUNKING
CONTENTS
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
200
METALLIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
210
Circuit protective conductors (CPCs)
220
Protection against corrosion
230
Metallic conduit
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
Fittings for metallic conduit
Saddles
Conduit boxes
Adaptable boxes
Bushes
Couplings
Earthing terminals
Serrated washers
250
251
252
253
Metallic conduit and fittings – installation
General
Concealed installation
Surface mounted installation
260
Metallic flexible conduit
300
NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
310
Non-metallic conduit
320
Fittings for non-metallic conduit
330
331
332
333
340
Non-metallic conduit and fittings – installation
General
Concealed installation
Surface mounted installation
Non-metallic flexible conduit
400
METALLIC CABLE TRUNKING
410
General
500
510
NON-METALLIC CABLE TRUNKING
General
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
The Contractor shall:

Comply fully with the edition (including amendments) of each of the following,
current at the time of tender.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
161
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Where a standard referred to in this section conflicts with a standard referred
to in an associated „Engineering System‟ section (e.g. W15, W42 etc) of this
Statement of Requirements, the standard referred to in the Engineering
System section prevails.
BS 4568
Specification for steel conduit and fittings with metric
threads of ISO forms for electrical installations
BS 4678
Cable trunking
BS 4678-2
Part 2: Steel underfloor (duct) trunking
BS 7671
Requirements for electrical installations. IEE Wiring
Regulations
BS EN 1366
Fire resistance tests for service installations BS EN
10143 Continuously hot-dip coated steel sheet and
strip. Tolerances on dimensions and shape
BS EN 50085
Cable trunking systems and cable ducting systems for
electrical installations
BS EN 50086
Specification for conduit systems for cable
management
BS EN 60423
Conduit systems for cable management. Outside
diameters of conduits for electrical installations and
threads for conduits and fittings
BS EN 60529
Specification for degrees of protection provided by
enclosures (IP code)
BS EN 61386
Conduit systems for cable management
200
METALLIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
210
Circuit protective conductors (CPCs)
The Contractor shall:
220

Not use conduit or trunking as a CPC medium. Install CPCs and ensure that
they are of the same grade and temperature rating as the live conductors of
that part of the circuit. Use green and yellow coloured insulation for CPCs as
required by BS 7671.

Ensure that each circuit has its own CPC emanating from the distribution
position and installed in the same trunking/conduit as the live conductors of
that circuit.

Ensure that every CPC is sized in accordance with BS 7671.

Identify the CPC clearly on all equipment by a cable marker at the earthing
terminal. Fix a label adjacent to the earthing terminal of every equipment
box, appliance box and the like, stating „PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR – DO
NOT DISCONNECT‟
Protection against corrosion
The Contractor shall:
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
162
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Ensure that all metallic conduit systems comply with BS 4568, BS EN 60423
and BS EN 61386 and are of the heavy gauge welded seam and screwed
pattern. Ensure that all metallic conduit systems are mechanically and
electrically continuous throughout.

Ensure that all metallic conduits and fittings have the following classes of
protective finish:
Class 2 -
Medium protection both inside and outside, stoved enamel or
having air-drying paint.
Use for general installation work in locations where Class 4
protection is not required.
Class 4 –
Heavy protection both inside and outside, hot-dip zinc coating
or sherardised:
Use in the following areas unless stated otherwise in the
system section(s) of this Statement of Requirements: kitchens; plant rooms; tank rooms; ducts buried in ground;
external and internal areas subject to dampness.

230
Ensure that the protective coating on fittings (including saddles, conduit
boxes, adaptable boxes) is the same class as that on the conduits to which
they are joined.
Metallic conduit
The Contractor shall:
240

Not use conduit less than 20mm nominal diameter.

Ensure that all conduits and fittings are free from defects and rust on delivery
to site. Store in covered racking properly protected from damage and
weather.

Replace conduits where the protective coating is damaged, or where the
protective coating becomes damaged after installation. The Authority, at its
discretion, may allow such conduits to remain. If permitted, make good the
rust patches by cleaning down to bright metal, priming and repainting to
match the existing, to the satisfaction of the Authority.
Fittings for metallic conduit
The Contractor shall ensure all fittings are malleable iron conforming to BS 4568, BS
EN 50086, BS EN 60423 and BS EN 61386.
241
Saddles
The Contractor shall:

Use spacer bar type saddles with 3mm clearance between the conduit and
fixing surface on all Class 2 installations.

Use distance spacing type saddles with 12mm clearance between the conduit
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
163
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
and fixing surface and brass fixing screws on all Class 4 installations.
242
Conduit boxes
The Contractor shall:
243

Use conduit boxes complying with clause 220 on all Class 2 installations.
Use hot dipped galvanised finish conduit boxes on all Class 4 installations
conduit systems.

Use circular malleable iron draw-in boxes at all lighting points, angle boxes,
tee boxes, and all junctions having up to 4 conduits. For all other cases use
adaptable boxes of the appropriate protective finish.

Except where covered with a directly mounted accessory or fitting, fit every
conduit box with a heavy steel cover secured with brass screws. Ensure all
such covers are oversized where used as flush inspection points and have
break joint rings at luminaire and ceiling switch positions. Use standard or
deep pattern conduit boxes having spout entry, except where they are loop-in
boxes.

Ensure that all loop-in boxes are of the non-screwed entry type.

Where the installation is mounted outside a building, or in situations of
continual dampness, use hot dipped galvanised finish conduit boxes having
external fixing lugs, malleable iron covers, machined mating surfaces and,
where necessary, appropriate neoprene gaskets.
Adaptable boxes
The Contractor shall:

Use adaptable boxes complying with BS EN 61386 and made of malleable
iron or heavy duty steel with welded joints and tapped lugs to receive the
cover screws.

Where Class 4 installations are in exterior locations or in areas of continual
dampness, use adaptable boxes having external lugs and a waterproofing
seal between the box and the cover; where they are in other areas, use
adaptable boxes that do not have external lugs.

Where provided as junction boxes for accommodating permissible cable
joints, use adaptable boxes of adequate size to receive a fixed porcelain or
heat resisting terminal block capable of withstanding the same temperature
range as the cable insulation.

Securely fix each such terminal block to its associated adaptable box, using
sealing washers in exterior locations or in areas of continual dampness.

Allow for cable sweeps and neat connections.

Where necessary, use adaptable boxes having earthed
barriers to segregate services.

Provide overlap lids on flush installations.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
164
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
244
Bushes
The Contractor shall use only brass, male type, long threaded bushes where loop-in
and non-screwed entries are provided. Do not use lock nuts and ring bushes.
245
Couplings
The Contractor shall ensure that all couplings are to BS EN 61386 with protection
against corrosion, where applicable.
246
Earthing terminals
The Contractor shall provide earthing terminals securely fixed to the box on all
equipment boxes, conduit accessories, adaptable boxes to which cables or flexible
conduits are fitted, and to boxes upon which accessories or items of equipment are
mounted.
247
Serrated washers
The Contractor shall use spring metal, female type serrated washers.
250
251
Metallic conduit and fittings – installation
General
The Contractor shall:

Carry out all metallic conduit work, whether surface or concealed, in
accordance with sound practice and in a workmanlike manner using skilled
operatives.

Ensure that all conduit systems are of the surface fixed or the concealed type
as appropriate and as detailed in the System section(s) of this Statement of
Requirements.

Size all metallic conduits to comply with BS 7671.

Take care with the appearance of the installations. Install all accessories,
adaptable boxes, draw-in boxes, etc, "square".

Install inspection boxes in accessible positions having due regard to switch
and socket positions and all aesthetic requirements.

Cut all conduit threads "square" and to the correct length and properly butt.
Clean existing threads using appropriate running dies before installation. Do
not leave threads exposed except on running couplings. Ream all ends
smooth.

Clean off all lubricants and swarf.

Where conduits are connected to trunking, metallic boxes, panels,
switchgear, or any item not having a tapped entry (or a tapped entry of 6mm
or less), make the connections by long threaded male brass bushes with a
coupling and serrated spring washer after removing the paint with a purpose
made tool.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
165
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Tighten bushes with a tool specifically designed for that purpose - do not use
pliers or toothed wrenches.

Use locknuts with running couplings on Class 2 installations.

Form all easy sweep bends on a proprietary bending machine. Do not use
'site' manufactured components including bends, elbows, tees or U-bends.
Make the radii of „pulled‟ bends in accordance with the relevant British
Standard.

Space conduits at least 150mm from other services, (including gas, water
and steam services) and where this minimum spacing cannot be achieved,
cross bond at least once per room.

Allow for sufficient draw-in boxes to permit ease of wiring/rewiring and comply
with this table:
No of right-angled
bends
Maximum distance between draw-in
boxes
Nil
10m
1
10m
2
6m

For the purpose of this Statement of Requirements, a double-set constitutes
the equivalent of one (1) right-angled bend.

Do not use more than two (2) right-angled bends, or a 10m length of conduit
between draw-in boxes.

Support each bend, set, adaptable box, conduit box, etc, by a conduit fixing
equally spaced on each side at 150mm maximum.

Secure saddles and boxes by screws of minimum size 30mm x 8mm.

Use approved masonry fixing devices. Do not use wood or fibre plugs. Make
holes neatly in masonry with a masonry drill of the correct size for the fixing
device being used.

Drill and tap holes in metalwork suitable for 6mm diameter metal thread
screws.

Where the items to be fixed have countersunk holes, use countersunk
screws; use roundhead screws in all other cases.

Ensure that each accessory box is securely fixed using a minimum of two (2)
fixings.

Use shot-fired fixings only with the prior Approval of the Authority.

Unless otherwise defined in the system section(s) of this Statement of
Requirements or on the drawings, avoid the drilling of structural steelwork for
fixings; use only proprietary fixings such as 'clamps', 'rod clips', etc.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
166
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
252

Provide each lighting point, socket outlet, equipment point, etc, with a suitable
box securely fixed to the building fabric, which is able to support the weight of
the fittings, etc. It is permissible to use the box that houses the accessory or
equipment only if it is metal with conduit entry.

Use graphite paste for lubrication.

Take special care to prevent dirt and moisture entering conduit systems. Do
not leave ends of conduits open during building operations; effectively plug
open ends and coat with petroleum jelly. Use only shaped plugs or screwed
caps.

Similarly protect conduit entries to all boxes by shaped plugs. Immediately
after installation make good all damage to the finish of conduits and boxes.
Remove all rust, brush to bright metal, prime and paint to match the adjoining
finish. Similarly treat all exposed threads (only permissible at running joints)
and all bush and coupling joints. For Class 4 installations effect the foregoing
by using 2 coats of zinc enriched paint.

In areas where there is risk of condensation, fill all boxes with a moisture
repelling compound.

Adequately drain, clear and swab all conduit work before wiring is carried out.

Do not draw in cables until the associated section of the conduit installation is
complete.

Ensure that the entire conduit system is electrically continuous throughout,
forming a fully bonded system, the whole system being effectively earthed.
Carry out earth continuity tests before any conduits are concealed.
Concealed installation
The Contractor shall:

Where galvanised conduits are buried in concrete or in floor screed ensure
that „post-galvanised‟ (i.e. hot dipped after forming) conduits are used. Also
ensure that all exposed threads of conduit joints are completely coated with
zinc rich paint prior to concreting or screeding. Do not bury pre-galvanised
conduits in concrete or floor screed.

In floor screeds and in roof screeds bury conduit with at least 25mm depth of
cover over its entire length. Plan and install routes so that the crossing of
conduits is avoided. Ensure conduits laid parallel are at least 150 mm apart.
Where conduits are to be concealed in concrete fix them securely to the steel
reinforcement and fix conduit boxes to the shuttering.

Where concealed in plastered walls, ensure that all conduits have 12mm
minimum cover along their whole length and are routed vertically not
horizontally.

Fix conduits using crampets, saddles or propriety fixings, at sufficient
intervals to prevent displacement and in accordance with BS 7671.

Where conduits are laid fixed across construction movement joints, use
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
167
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
expansion couplings with suitable earth bonding conductors that ensure
equipotential bonding.
253

Where conduits are installed above suspended ceilings,
building fabric at distances to comply with BS7671, using
strapping suspensions or circular steel suspension sets
patent suspension clips. Do not use suspensions that
movement of conduit.

Fix all ceiling mounted lighting points or pull-cord operated switches
independent of the support structure of false ceilings.

Where conduit is concealed above plastered or rigidly constructed false
ceilings, make ceiling mounted conduit boxes flush with the finished ceiling
surface using extension rings where necessary.

Where conduit is concealed in demountable or „plasterboard and studding‟
type partitions, make wall mounted conduit boxes flush with the finished
partition surface using extension rings where necessary.

On boxes of all types (including adaptable, conduit, draw-in), install an
overlapping cover flush with the finished wall or ceiling surface.

Where partitions and walls are of such a construction that it is not possible to
make a normal conduit entry to the flush accessory box, terminate the conduit
in a box deep into the wall and use an extension box to achieve a flush finish.

Where necessary, include break joint rings at all luminaire or ceiling switch
points.

Where surface mounting equipment is mounted on a concealed conduit
installation, drill, bush and mount the equipment over a recessed adaptable
box so as to conceal the flush installation.
fix them to the
saddles or steel
with saddles or
permit sideways
Surface mounted installation
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that all conduits are installed neatly on the surface to which they are
fixed and routed horizontally, vertically, or parallel with the features of the
building. Lay all double sets parallel.

Where two (2) or more conduits are installed parallel to each other, increase
and decrease bending radii to ensure a continuous parallel installation.

Wherever possible, locate conduits in unimportant areas.
surface conduit turns through a wall install a back outlet box.

Support conduits by spacer bar saddles fixed at regular intervals not
exceeding those set out in BS 7671.

Use fixing screws of 30mm x No.8 size; for Class 2 installations and for Class
4 installations use sherardised or brass screws.

Do not use running couplers with locknuts for Class 4 installations; use only
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
168
Wherever a
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
manufactured conduit unions.
260

Where conduits are specified for installation in the ground, use those having
Class 4 protective finish and „half-lap‟ wrap them in mastic damp-proof bond
tape. Extend such wrapping at least 300mm beyond the ground emergence
point.

Arrange conduits so as to minimise the collection of water from condensation
or other sources. Where necessary drill drain holes (3mm diameter) at all low
points and at any other points required by the Authority.

In multiple conduit systems, do not cross conduits.
Metallic flexible conduit
The Contractor shall:

Ensure metallic flexible conduit complies with BS EN 61386 and is of helical
coiled steel with a waterproof sheath overall. Use such conduit generally for
final connections to equipment in the following locations:
∼
all equipment subject to vibration, including all electric motors
∼
all equipment subject to adjustment or that can be withdrawn for
maintenance
∼
motorised valves, thermostats, controls and control sensors that are
fitted to ducts, pipes, storage tanks, oil burners or other equipment

Except where agreed otherwise with the Authority, make all flexible conduits
of a length between 300mm and 1000mm.

Terminate every metallic flexible conduit using a factory made coupling that
ensures a waterproof and damp-proof connection.

Where metallic flexible conduit joins rigid conduit, terminate the rigid conduit
with an appropriate box to receive the flexible conduit.
300
NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
310
Non-metallic conduit
The Contractor shall:
320

Ensure that all such conduit complies with BS EN 61386, is rigid, heavy
gauge, high impact, non-flame propagating PVC, free from imperfections,
smooth inside and outside, and of 20mm. minimum diameter.

Ensure that all such conduits are of the same colour throughout the entire
installation.
Fittings for non-metallic conduit
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that all fittings are of the same specification and colour as the conduit
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
169
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
to which they are attached and comply with BS EN 61386.

Ensure that standard boxes are circular pattern with push fit spouts to BS EN
61386 and with a PVC lid held in place with brass or nylon screws.

Where boxes are used at outlet points for luminaires and ceiling mounted
switches, ensure that they are heat resistant, have factory fitted brass earth
terminals, and are reinforced with tapped metal inserts for screws used to
secure the cover or the fitting.

Ensure that adaptable boxes are of the same British Standard specification
as the conduit and have PVC lids fixed by brass or nylon screws. Do not use
adaptable boxes smaller than 75mm x 50mm or larger than 300mm x
300mm. Where cable joints are permitted or specified, ensure that such
boxes are of adequate size to contain the terminal block with sufficient space
for making neat connections.

Fix the terminal block to the adaptable box using brass or nylon screws.

Use spacer bar type saddles with 3 mm clearance between the conduit and
fixing surface; fix such saddles with brass screws.

Fix concealed PVC conduits using saddles of the single hole, half clip, type.
330
Non-metallic conduit and fittings – installation
331
General
The Contractor shall:

Carry out all non-metallic conduit work, whether surface or concealed, in
accordance with sound practice and in a workmanlike manner using
operatives skilled in this type of work.

Ensure that all conduit systems are of the surface fixed or the concealed type
as appropriate and as detailed in the System section(s) of this Statement of
Requirements.

Size all non-metallic conduits to comply with BS 7671.

Take care with the appearance of the installations. Install all accessories,
adaptable boxes, draw-in boxes, etc, "square".

Install inspection boxes in accessible positions giving due regard to switch
and socket positions and all aesthetic requirements.

Use proprietary PVC adhesive for jointing conduit to couplers, adaptable
boxes, etc. Use "fixed" type for rigid connection and "flexible" type for
expansion joints. Insert square-cut conduits to the full depth of the spout.

Where conduits terminate in trunking, accessories, or any item not having a
smooth bored spout, make the connections using female plain-to-threaded
adaptors, secured by a male bush.

Where conduits terminate at tapped conduit entry boxes, use male plain to
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
170
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
threaded adaptors.

With the exception of solid normal bends, make all bends on site by using the
appropriate bending springs. Make the radius of such bends not less than
2.5 times the diameter of the conduit. Make bends only where the ambient
temperature is above + 10°C. Do not use elbows or tees.

Position expansion joints at maximum intervals of 6m with a joint made using
flexible type adhesive at the spout end of each coupler.

Ensure that conduits are spaced as far as practicable from gas, water, steam
and other services, paying due regard to the temperature limitations of nonmetallic conduits.

Do not use non-metallic conduits in situations where ambient temperatures
are likely to be lower than -5 °C or higher than 60 °C. If temperatures are
likely to be lower than -5 °C but not lower than -25 °C, then use PVC conduit
of appropriate temperature rating, as described in BS EN 61386.

Allow for sufficient draw-in boxes to permit ease of wiring/ rewiring, minimise
the use of draw wires, and comply with this table:
No of right-angled
bends
Maximum distance between draw-in
boxes
Nil
10m
1
10m
2
6m

For the purpose of this Statement of Requirements, a double set constitutes
the equivalent of one (1) right-angled bend.

Do not use more than two (2) right-angled bends, or a 10m length of conduit
between draw-in boxes.

Support each bend, set, adaptable box, conduit box, etc, by a conduit fixing
equally spaced on each side at 150mm maximum.

Secure saddles and boxes by screws of a minimum size of 30mm x 8mm.

Use approved masonry fixing devices. Do not use wood or fibre plugs. Make
holes neatly in masonry using a masonry drill of the correct size for the
device being used.

Drill and tap holes in metalwork suitable for 6mm diameter metal thread
screws.

Where the items to be fixed have countersunk holes, use countersunk
screws; use roundhead screws in all other cases.

Ensure that each accessory box is securely fixed using a minimum of two (2)
fixings.

Use two (2) fixings with large washers for conduit boxes supporting
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
171
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
luminaires or ceiling mounted pull switches.
332

Use shot-fired fixings only with the prior Approval of the Authority.

Unless otherwise defined in the system section(s) of this Statement of
Requirements or on the drawings, avoid the drilling of structural steelwork for
fixings; use only proprietary fixings such as 'clamps', 'rod clips', etc.

Provide each lighting point, socket outlet, equipment point, etc, with a suitable
box securely fixed to the building fabric, which is able to support the weight of
the fittings, etc. It is permissible to use the box that houses the accessory or
equipment only if it is metal conduit entry.

Take special care to prevent dirt and moisture entering conduit systems. Use
only shaped plugs or screwed caps.

Similarly protect conduit entries to all boxes by shaped plugs.

In areas where there is risk of condensation, fill all boxes with a moisture
repelling compound.

Adequately drain, clear and swab all conduit work before wiring is carried out.
Do not draw in cables until the associated section of conduit installation is
complete.

Install separate protective conductors with green and yellow coloured
insulation for all circuits and building engineering services systems. Ensure
that the rating of protective conductors is in accordance with BS 7671.
Concealed installation
The Contractor shall:

Where concealed, ensure that conduit work complies with clause 220 of this
Section and the remainder of this clause.

In floor screeds and in roof screeds bury conduit with at least 25mm depth of
cover over its entire length. Plan and install routes so that the crossing of
conduits is avoided. Ensure conduits laid parallel are at least 150mm apart.
Where conduits are to be concealed in concrete fix them securely to the steel
reinforcement and fix conduit boxes to the shuttering.

Do not bury non-metallic conduits in floor screed where electromagnetic
screening is required.

Where concealed in plastered walls, ensure that all conduits have 12mm
minimum cover along their whole length and are routed vertically not
horizontally.

Ensure conduits laid in in-situ concrete are securely fixed to the
reinforcement steelwork. Fix conduit boxes to the shuttering.

Make fixings by means of single hole plastic half-clips. Place these at
intervals to comply with BS 7671 and at all changes of direction, to prevent
displacement.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
172
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
333

Where conduits are installed above suspended ceilings, fix them to the
building fabric at distances to comply with BS 7671, using saddles or steel
strapping suspensions or circular steel suspension sets with saddles or
patent suspension clips. Do not use suspensions that permit sideways
movement of conduit.

Where conduit is concealed above plastered or rigidly constructed false
ceilings, make ceiling mounted conduit boxes flush with the finished ceiling
surface using extension rings where necessary.

Where conduit is concealed in demountable or „plasterboard and studding‟
type partitions make wall mounted conduit boxes flush with the finished
partition surface using extension rings where necessary.

On boxes of all types (including adaptable, conduit, draw-in), install an
overlapping cover flush with the finished wall or ceiling surface.

Where partitions and walls are of such a construction that it is not possible to
make a normal entry to the flush accessory box, terminate the conduit in a
box deep into the wall and use an extension box to achieve a flush finish.

Where necessary, include break joint rings at all luminaire or ceiling switch
points.

Where surface mounting equipment is mounted on a concealed conduit
installation, drill, bush and mount the equipment over a recessed adaptable
box so as to conceal the flush installation.
Surface mounted installation
The Contractor shall:
340

Where surface mounted, ensure that conduit work complies with clause 220
and the remainder of this clause.

Ensure that all conduits are installed neatly on the surface to which they are
fixed and routed horizontally, vertically, or parallel with the features of the
building. Lay all double sets parallel.

Where 2 or more conduits are installed parallel to each other, increase and
decrease bending radii to ensure a continuous parallel installation.

Wherever possible, locate conduits in unimportant areas. Wherever a surface
conduit turns through a wall install a back outlet box.

Support conduits by spacer bar saddles fixed at regular intervals not
exceeding those set out in BS 7671.

In multiple conduit systems, do not cross conduits.
Non-metallic flexible conduit
The Contractor shall:

Use non-metallic flexible conduits of the heavy duty reinforced pattern, and of
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
173
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
the same manufacturer, colour and composition as the associated rigid PVC
conduit installation.

Use only weatherproof flexible conduit in external or continually damp
locations.

Ensure that all non-metallic flexible conduits comply with BS EN 61386. Use
such conduits generally for final connections to equipment in the following
locations:
∼
all equipment subject to vibration, including all electric motors
∼
all equipment subject to adjustment or that can be
withdrawn for maintenance
∼
thermostats, control sensors, etc not forming part of a
piped or ducted system

Do not use non-metallic flexible conduit for final connections to heat
producing equipment.

Except where agreed otherwise with the Authority, make all flexible conduits
of a length between 300mm and 1000mm.
 Terminate every non-metallic flexible conduit using the coupling connection
produced by, or recommended by, the flexible conduit manufacturer.

Where non-metallic flexible conduit joins rigid conduit, terminate the rigid
conduit with an appropriate box to receive the flexible conduit.
400
METALLIC CABLE TRUNKING
410
General
The Contractor shall:

Manufacture all metal cable trunking from sheet steel in accordance with BS
4678 or BS EN 50085 as appropriate.

Supply the trunking in standard lengths, free from all sharp edges and
projections and with each length having a coupling sleeve.

To protect against corrosion use stove enamelled or "Zintec" inside and
outside in areas having Class 2 conduit installations, and a minimum
designation of G275 (to BS EN 10143) of hot dipped zinc coating in areas
having Class 4 conduit installations.

Install trunking routes neatly whether on a surface, or suspended or
supported on brackets, and truly vertical, horizontal, or parallel with the
features of the building.

Size all such trunking in accordance with BS 7671.

In trunking of 100mm size or larger, install additional spring straps to
separate cables. Do not „bunch‟ cables in the bottom of trunking.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
174
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Ensure trunking routes are mechanically and electrically continuous
throughout their length. Fit brass continuity links to all trunking joints exterior
to the trunking, use brass bolts and shake-proof washers.

Use multi-compartment trunking where segregation of cables is required.

Not pass conduit through one (1) compartment in order to reach another
compartment. Where an exposed conduit connects to a multi-compartment
trunking, mount a conduit box on the outside of the trunking and connect the
conduit to it. In concealed conduit systems terminate the recessed conduit
boxes immediately behind the appropriate compartment, and feed cables
through a bushed hole. Where a concealed conduit connects to a multicompartment trunking, position a recessed conduit box immediately behind
the appropriate compartment of the trunking and form a bushed hole in the
trunking for the passage of cables.

In situations where tees and junctions are to be installed use multicompartment fittings of such depth as to ensure suitable passover
connections.

Install all embedded-in-floor and all flush-in-floor trunking systems complete
with segregated compartments, fixed straight and level and in accordance
with the trunking manufacturer's installation instructions and with the
following:
∼
Install appropriate floor service outlet boxes, junction boxes, change of
direction boxes and vertical intersection boxes, to form a complete
installation.
∼
Install all floor boxes of the fully adjustable pattern each fitted with the
required segregated compartments and with appropriate lids.
∼
Install power, data and telephone outlets as required.
∼
Where trunking is concealed in floor screeds use a type that complies
with BS 4678-2. Ensure that no void occurs below trunking lengths
and that the routes/boxes are correctly packed. Take precautions to
prevent the ingress of screed or debris into the trunking system.
∼
Ensure that all floor trunking level alignment is correct and that the
desired level is maintained throughout any associated screed laying
process.
∼
Ensure that all underfloor trunking systems are fully re-wireable to all
final service cutlets. Where wireways only are required, install drawin wires to suit the particular system(s).

Install heat barriers in vertical routes of trunking of 5m or more, and internal
fire barriers where passing through floors or fire compartment walls.

Install insulated pin racks for supporting cables in vertical routes of trunking of
3m or more, and at maximum centres of 2m.

Fit removable cable restraining straps into trunking at maximum intervals of
600mm where trunking covers are fixed on the bottom or side of trunking.

Install drip proof, close fitting trunking covers along the complete trunking
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
175
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
length. Ensure trunking covers are of the same material and protective finish
as the trunking.

Do not use self-tapping screws or fixed bridge pieces to hold the cover in
position.

Fix trunking securely to the building at intervals not exceeding that set out in
BS 7671.

Use the trunking manufacturer's standard fittings only. Obtain the Authority‟s
prior written agreement to any proposal to use non standard fittings.

Ensure all fittings are of the same material and protective finish as the
trunking.

Make connections to distribution boards, equipment, panels etc, by using
manufactured flanges giving the full trunking capacity, making due allowance
for the future installation of cables from spare ways. Fit appropriate gaskets
between the flange and board etc to maintain IP rating.

Make each connection between trunking and equipment by means of a brass
male bush, a coupling and an internally serrated washer, or a standard
flanged coupling.

Where trunking is cut to receive flanges, etc, protect the cut edges of the
trunking with a suitable material to prevent damage to the installed cables.

Ensure that the cover is removable over the whole length of the trunking.
Where trunking passes through building fabric (including walls and ceilings,
etc), provide a short length of fixed cover to form a sleeve extending 25mm
beyond each face of the building fabric.

Where flush trunking is used, install flush-type covers and ensure that all
finished edges of the trunking are flush with the adjoining surfaces of the
fabric of the building.

Do not allow suspensions or fixings to intrude into the internal space of any
trunking. Use roundhead screws for joining to suspensions or fixings.
Remove all burrs from the head of all such screws.

Wherever trunking crosses a construction movement joint, fit a sliding
coupling complete with a flexible protective conductor that ensures
equipotential bonding.

Do not use trunking in exterior locations.

Prior to installing cables in trunking remove all debris and take precautions to
prevent further ingress of debris.
500
NON-METALLIC CABLE TRUNKING
510
General
The Contractor shall:
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
176
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Ensure that all non-metallic cable trunking complies with BS 4678 and BS EN
50085, is of heavy gauge high impact resistance, non-flame propagating
extruded PVC compound, is smooth inside and outside, and is fitted with dripproof lids along the complete trunking length.

Install trunking routes neatly whether on a surface, or suspended or
supported on brackets, and truly vertical, horizontal, or parallel with the
features of the building.

Size all such trunking in accordance with BS 7671.

In trunking of 100mm size or larger, install additional spring straps to
separate cables. Do not „bunch‟ cables in the bottom of trunking.

Use multi-compartment trunking where segregation of cables is required.

Do not pass conduit through one compartment in order to reach another
compartment. Where an exposed conduit connects to a multi-compartment
trunking, mount a conduit box on the outside of the trunking and connect the
conduit to it. In concealed conduit systems terminate the recessed conduit
boxes immediately behind the appropriate compartment, and feed cables
through a bushed hole. Where a concealed conduit connects to a multicompartment trunking, position a recessed conduit box immediately behind
the appropriate compartment of the trunking and form a bushed hole in the
trunking for the passage of cables.

In situations where tees and junctions are to be installed, use multicompartment fittings of such depth as to ensure suitable passover
connections.

Do not use non-metallic trunking for vertical routes of 5m or more where heat
barriers are required use appropriate metallic trunking.

Do not install non-metallic trunking passing through floors or passing through
fire compartment walls. In such locations use metal trunking of the correct
classification; each with a short length of cover to form a sleeve.

Install insulated pin racks for supporting cables in vertical routes of trunking of
3m or more, and at maximum centres of 2m.

Fit removable cable restraining straps into trunking at maximum intervals of
600 mm where trunking covers are fixed on the bottom or side of trunking.

Fix trunking securely to the building at intervals not exceeding that set out in
BS 7671.

Ensure that the cover of non-metallic trunking is removable throughout.

For all changes of direction, terminations and tees, use the trunking
manufacturer's fittings, suitably „gusseted‟ where necessary, for the largest
cables. Do not use site fabricated fittings unless the situations encountered
make the use of manufactured fittings impracticable. Submit sample sitefabricated trunking and obtain the Authority‟s prior written agreement, to any
proposal to use fittings not manufactured by the trunking manufacturer.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
177
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Make connections to distribution boards, equipment, panels etc, by using
manufactured flanges giving the full trunking capacity, making due allowance
for the future installation of cables from spare ways. Cement each such
flange to its associated trunking. Fit appropriate gaskets between the flange
and board, etc to maintain IP rating.

Make due allowance for expansion to all fixings and connections as
recommended by the trunking manufacturer.

Do not allow suspensions or fixings to intrude into the internal space of any
trunking. Use roundhead screws for joining to suspensions or fixings.
Remove all burrs from the head of all such screws.

Wherever trunking crosses a construction movement joint, fit a sliding
coupling or other approved method of flexible coupling.

Prior to installing cables in trunking remove all debris and take precautions to
prevent further ingress of debris.
END OF SECTION Y60
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
178
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Y61 HV/ LV CABLES AND WIRING
CONTENTS
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
200
GENERAL ITEMS
210
Cables
220
Installation
230
Cable ties
240
Cable cleats
250
Cable glands
300
LV CABLES IN CONDUIT AND TRUNKING
310
Cables
320
Installation
330
Circuit protective conductors (CPCs)
400
INSULATED AND SHEATHED CABLES
410
Cables
420
421
422
Installation
General installation requirements
Installation requirements for surface installations
423
Installation requirements for concealed installations
500
FIRE-RESISTING CABLES OF VOICE ALARM AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
510
Cables and cable systems
520
Installation
600
FIRE-RESISTING CABLES FOR GENERAL APPLICATIONS
610
Cables and cable systems
620
Installation
700
MINERAL INSULATED, COPPER COVERED (MICC) CABLES
710
Cables
720
Terminations
730
Boxes
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
179
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
740
Installation
800
ARMOURED CABLES – LOW VOLTAGE
810
Cables
820
Terminations, straight joints, tees and branches
830
Installation of armoured, PVC or XLPE insulated cables
900
INSTALLATION OF CABLES UNDERGROUND
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
The Contractor shall:
 Comply fully with the edition (including amendments) current at the time of
tender, of all relevant British and other standards including, but not limited to,
those referred to in the text of this section.
 Where a standard referred to in this section conflicts with a standard referred
to in an associated „engineering system‟ section (e.g. S10, T31, V21, etc.) of
this Statement of Requirements, the standard referred to in the engineering
system section prevails.
BS 2562
reactors
Specification for cable boxes for transformers and
BS 5467
Electric cables. Thermosetting insulated, armoured
cables for voltages of 600/1000 V and 1900/3300 V
BS 5839-1
Fire detection and fire alarm systems for buildings Part
1: Code of practice for system design, installation,
commissioning and maintenance
BS 6004
Electric cables. PVC insulated, non-armoured cables
for voltages up to and including 450/750 V, for electric
power, lighting and internal wiring
BS 6007
Electric cables. Single core unsheathed heat resisting
cables for voltages up to and including 400/700 V, for
internal wiring
BS 6121
Mechanical cable glands Part 1: Armoured glands.
Requirements and test methods Part 5: Code of
practice for selection, installation and inspection of
cable glands and armour glands
BS 6346
Electric cables. PVC insulated, armoured cables for
voltages of 600/1000 V and 1900/3300 V
BS 6622
Electric cables. Armoured cables with thermosetting
insulation for rated voltages from 3.8/6.6 kV to 19/33
kV. Requirements and test methods
BS 6387
Specification for performance requirements for cables
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
180
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
required to
conditions
maintain
circuit
integrity
under
fire
BS 6724
Electric cables. Thermosetting, armoured cables for
voltages of 600/1000 V and 1900/3300 V, having low
emission of smoke and corrosive gases when affected
by fire
BS 7211
Electric cables. Thermosetting insulated, non-armoured
cables for voltages up to and including 450/750 V, for
electric power, lighting and internal wiring, and having
low emission of smoke and corrosive gases when
affected by fire
BS 7540
Electric cables. Guide to use for cables with a rated
voltage not exceeding 450/750 V
BS 7835
Electric cables. Armoured cables with thermosetting
insulation for rated voltages from 3.8/6.6 kV to 19/33 kV
having low emission of smoke and corrosive gases
when affected by fire. Requirements and test methods
BS 7846
Electric cables. 600/1000 V armoured fire resistant
cables having a thermosetting insulation and low
emission of smoke and corrosive gases when affected
by fire
BS 7889
Electric cables. Thermosetting insulated, unarmoured
cables for a voltage of 600/1000 V
BS 8434
Methods of test for assessment of the fire integrity of
electric cables
Part 1: Test for unprotected small cables for use in
emergency circuits. BS EN 50200 with addition of water
spray
Part 2: Test for unprotected small cables for use in
emergency circuits. BS EN 50200 with 930°C flame
and with water spray
BS EN 50086-2-4 Specification for conduit systems for cable
management Part 2: Particular requirements. Section
2.4: Conduit systems buried underground
BS EN 50146
Cable ties for electrical installations
BS EN 50262
Cable glands for electrical installations
BS EN 50266
Common test methods for cables under fire conditions.
Test for vertical flame spread of vertically-mounted
bunched wires or cables
BS EN 50267
Common test methods for cables under fire conditions.
Tests on gases evolved during combustion of materials
from cables
BS EN 50368
Cable cleats for electrical installations
BS EN 50393
Test methods and requirements for accessories for use
on power cables of rated voltage 0,6/1,0 (1,2) kV
BS EN 50200
Method of test for resistance to fire of unprotected
small cables for use in emergency circuits
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
181
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
BS EN 60332
Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under fire
conditions
BS EN 60684
Flexible insulating sleeving
BS EN 60702-2
Mineral insulated cables and their terminations with a
rated voltage not exceeding 750 V
BS EN 61034
Measurement of smoke density of cables burning under
defined conditions
BS EN 61386
Conduit systems for cable management
BS EN 61442
Test methods for accessories for power cables with
rated voltages from 6 kV (Um = 7,2 kV) up to 36 kV
(Um = 42 kV)
BS EN 61535
Installation couplers intended for permanent connection
in fixed installations
ENA TS 09-12
Impregnated paper insulated corrugated aluminium
sheathed 6350/11000 volt cable
200
GENERAL ITEMS
210
Cables
The Contractor shall:
220

Use only cables that have received product certification from the British
Approvals Service for Cables (BASEC) or equivalent third party certification.

Ensure that the neutral conductor of a 4-wire 3-phase final or distribution
circuit is not of smaller cross-sectional area than that of the phase conductor.

In the case of recessed tungsten and fluorescent luminaires or heat
producing or emitting equipment that have final connections using flexible
cables, make the final connections using heat-resisting flexible cables.
Where heat producing/emitting equipment is directly wired, fit heat-resisting
sleeving, of temperature rating not less than 185ºC, over conductors within
electrical equipment.

Not use any current carrying conductor less than 1.5mm other than for ELV
control and signalling applications where conductors must be no smaller than
0.75mm.
Installation
The Contractor shall:

Not use thermoplastic insulated (PVC) cables if the expected ambient
temperature exceeds 50ºC. Not use thermosetting insulated (XLPE) cables if
the expected ambient temperature exceeds 70ºC. In applications where the
ambient temperature exceeds these limits, install heat-resisting cables back
to the first switch or distribution board or a termination box that is not in an
area with elevated temperature.

Where it is permissible for cables to traverse channel-ways or similar on
continuously mounted fluorescent luminaires, ensure that the cable rating is
appropriate for the temperature inside the channel or duct by applying the
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
182
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
appropriate de-rating factor. Do not use thermoplastic insulated (PVC)
cables if the expected temperature exceeds 50ºC. Do not use thermosetting
insulated (XLPE) cables if the expected temperature exceeds 70ºC.

Not use thermoplastic insulated (PVC) cables for final connections to any
appliances containing a heating element or any appliance emitting heat.
Wherever a final connection is within flexible conduit, make it using heatresisting cables. Install such cables from the rigid-conduit end of the flexible
conduit.

Ensure cables are not in direct contact with any form of polystyrene used in
the building.

Ensure that all cables are installed and dressed to give a neat and
workmanlike installation.

Wherever cores less than 4mm are terminated in tunnel and similar
terminations, double them back on themselves. Whenever preparing a cable
for connection by stripping insulation from it, ensure that the stripping tool
does not damage the conductor. Strip back only so much of the cable that
none of its conductor beyond its termination is exposed, and that the
termination compresses only its conductor and not its insulation. Do not use
soldered connections or lugs.

Terminate all conductors requiring bolted connections with compression lugs
using an automatic compression crimp tool that releases only after obtaining
the correct crimp depth. Ensure that the cable, the compression lug, the die
used and the crimping tool are all compatible. For small compression lugs,
use an appropriate hand-crimping tool to BS EN 50109. Test every crimped
termination and every mechanical termination for mechanical soundness
immediately after making.

Make all bolted terminations using suitable bolts, nuts and shake-proof
washers; tighten connections to the torque recommended by the equipment
manufacturer.

Ensure that all cable joints and connections are electrically and mechanically
sound.

For low voltage cables identify conductors using colours and cable markers
as given in BS 7671.

Identify all cables using a proprietary alphanumeric marker system similar to
„Critchley‟ manufacture or an approved equivalent. Provide cable references
at both ends of the cable and at every fourth floor within the riser and include
in the Tender for up to 14 alphanumeric. When cable markers with a limited
fire hazard (LFH) rating are required, provide zero halogen markers made
from self-extinguishing material.

Arrange cable routes so that cables, hangers, cleats, and the like, do not
come into contact with, or in close proximity to, pipe services.

Where cables rise from below the floor, protect them by metal conduit or
capping to a height of 300 mm above the floor surface. Increase the height of
such protection to 2m where the cables are prone to mechanical damage.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
183
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

230
Ensure that all installation work results in a workmanlike installation
consistent with recognised „good practice‟ in the industry.
Cable ties
The Contractor shall:

Where cables use cable ties complying with BS EN 50146, use the following
minimum classification of such cable ties:
o 6.1 according to material: -may be metallic, non-metallic or composite
o 6.2 according to minimum loop tensile strength: -sufficient to support the
mass of the cables and any loads that may be imposed during the
installation or any subsequent alteration of the installation and not less
than 18N.
o 6.3 according to temperature: -maximum temperature not less than 85°C;
minimum temperature not higher than -5°C for indoor application and not
higher than -15°C for outdoor application
o 6.4 according to the flame application time: -not less than 30 seconds
o 6.5 according to environmental influence: -for outdoor application,
declared by the manufacturer as resistant to UV and, for any metallic
component, resistant to atmospheric corrosion.
 Use ties that, when affected by fire, emit levels of smoke and corrosive gases
no greater than the cable that they support.
 Where a cable is fire resisting, select its fixings to maintain the overall fire
performance of the cable installation.
240
Cable cleats
The Contractor shall select cleats of duty to suit the application with the following
minimum BS EN 50368 classifications:

6.1 according to material: 6.1.1 Metallic, 6.1.2 Non-metallic or 6.1.3 Composite
are acceptable

6.2 according to resistance to impact: - not less than 6.2.3 Medium for indoor
applications; not less than 6.2.4 Heavy for external applications

6.3 according to temperature for permanent application: -A. maximum
temperature not less than 85°C. B. minimum temperature not higher than -5°C for
indoor application and not higher than -15°C for outdoor application

6.4 according to flame application time: -for non fire resisting applications 60s; for
fire resisting applications ensure cleats meet the requirements for fire resistance of
the cable system

6.5 resistant to electromechanical forces: -Where single core cables are installed,
cleats and intermediate restraints complying with 6.3.2.2 capable of withstanding
two (2) short-circuits without any adjustment of the cleats and/or intermediate
restraints between short-circuits
The Contractor shall:

Avoid excess pressure of cleats and other fixings on cables to prevent
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
184
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
deformation of the plastic sheathing.

250
Where a cable is fire resisting, select its fixings to maintain the overall fire
performance of the cable installation.
Cable glands
The Contractor shall:

Select cable glands intended for the type of cable with which they are used.
Select cable glands complying with the following standards:
~
for cable glands, and glands for non-armoured cable: -BS EN
50262. Ensure that the classification of the gland as detailed
in 6 Classification is compatible with the cable, the installation,
and the intended purpose
~
for armoured cable: -BS 6121-1 with the gland selection
compliant with BS 6121-5. Ensure that the protective
connection to earth for the gland is certified to a current at
least equal to the maximum expected for the installation
~
for mineral insulated cables: -BS EN 60702-2
~
for high voltage cables: -a cable entry as described in BS 2562
fitted with a preparatory gland arrangement that provides the
performance of a cable gland detailed in BS EN 50262, but not
necessarily including the threaded entry. Ensure that the
protective connection to earth for the gland is certified to a
current at least equal to the maximum expected for the
installation.

Fit cable glands with shrouds. Ensure that glands for flexible cables include
an effective cable guard.

Use cable glands, shrouds and all associated components that, when
affected by fire, emit levels of smoke and corrosive gases no greater than the
associated cable.

Where a cable is fire resisting, select the gland to maintain the overall fire
performance of the cable installation.
300
LV CABLES IN CONDUIT AND TRUNKING
310
Cables
The Contractor shall:

Select cable for this method of installation that meets the requirements of the
relevant Standard referred to in clause Y61.100 or in the relevant System
section of this Statement of Requirements. This clause applies primarily to
the following:
~
thermosetting insulated non-sheathed single core cable to BS
7211, Table 3. harmonised code H07Z-R, CMA code 6491B
(Low smoke and fume cable)
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
185
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

~
PVC insulated non-sheathed single core cable to BS 6004,
Table 4. harmonised code H07V-R, CMA code 6491X
~
heat resisting rubber insulated non-sheathed single core cable
to BS 6007, Table 4, harmonised code H07G-R
~
heat resisting silicone rubber insulated non-sheathed single
core cable to BS 6007, Table 8, harmonised code H05SJ-K
It also applies to insulated and sheathed single core cables or insulated and
sheathed multi-core cables with or without a circuit protective conductor
described below when installed in conduit or trunking:
~
thermosetting insulated sheathed single core or multicore cable to BS
7211, Table 5 CMA code 6181B, Table 6 or Table 7 CMA code
624#B. Use Class 2 multi-stranded conductors 2 for cables of four
(4.0) mm and above. Use Class 1 single-stranded conductors for
cables below four (4.0) mm (Low smoke and fume cable)
~
PVC insulated and sheathed single core or multicore cable to BS
6004, Table 7 or 9 CMA code 619#Y or Table 8 or 9 CMA code
624#Y. Use Class 2 multi-stranded conductors for cables of four (4.0)
mm2 and above. Use Class 1 single-stranded conductors for cables
below 4.0 mm
~
thermosetting insulated PVC sheathed single core cable to BS 7889,
Table 3, harmonised code H07Z-R, CMA code 6491XY.
[In the descriptions above # denotes number of cores.]

This clause also applies to cables of other types where installed in trunking or
conduit for support or mechanical protection.

Use only cables that, when affected by fire, emit low levels of smoke and
corrosive gases unless specified otherwise in the relevant System section of
this Statement of Requirements or on the drawings.

Ensure that all cables are new, with each coil having its manufacturer's seal
intact giving the size, classification and the like.

Ensure that the sizes of all cables including circuit protective conductors
(CPCs) are in accordance with BS 7671. Design the cable sizing with a
grouping correction factor for the actual circuits within the same containment,
plus a further factor for not less than 25% additional future circuits.

Where an installation includes an extension or alteration to a pre-existing
installation, do not add cables where their installation would result in the
grouping correction factor for the total number of circuits reducing the current
carrying capacity of the cables below that required by BS 7671.

Where cables are routed outside of their associated trunking for making the
final connection to an energy meter, use sheathed and insulated single
cables. Ensure that such cables where outside the trunking, are as short as
practical and meet the metering requirements of the supply company. This
method of connection is generally applicable only for directly metered
supplies of 100A or less.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
186
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
320
Installation
The Contractor shall:

Install all cables in compliance with BS 7540.

Install cables only of the same voltage band within the same conduit and
trunking system. Do not install cables forming part of a fire alarm and
detection system in the same cable containment as other circuits. Provide a
dedicated cable containment system exclusive to the wiring system serving a
Group 2 medical location (as defined in chapter 10 of „Guidance Note 7
[Special Locations] to BS 7671‟, published by the IET) where electrical
equipment is supplied through a safety-isolating transformer.

Ensure the electromagnetic compatibility of equipment connected with wiring
routed within the same conduits and trunking.

Not install cables when the temperature is below the minimum installation
and handling temperature given in BS 7540. If the cables have been
exposed to such temperature allow a warming up time before the cables are
used.

Ensure that all conduit and trunking is de-burred and free from sharp edges,
water, chemicals, building debris, dust and other contaminants before cables
are installed, and throughout the period of the installation contract.

In instances of close ceiling-mounted tungsten luminaires, install heatresisting cables from the luminaire to the respective lighting switch.

Carry out all wiring of multi-point circuits in a „loop-in' system, and do not use
joints or connections, other than those required for the connection of
switches, fuses, socket outlets, motors and the like. Do not make cable joints
within trunking.

Not allow cables to exceed the capacity of the conduit and/or trunking as
defined in the „Selection and Erection of Equipment‟ Guidance Note 1
published by the IET.

In the event of any insulation being damaged, e.g. while cables are being
drawn or laid in, remove and replace the whole of the cable length. Damage
includes any instance of bending to a radius less than the normal use
minimum bending radius given in BS 7540.

Do not bend cables during installation to a smaller radius than the normal use
minimum bending radius specified in BS 7540. Take into account that the
minimum bending radius allowed for installation work, is within a limited range
of ambient temperatures.

Ensure that the sheathing and insulating materials of cables are not damaged
while drawing cables into conduit. "Comb" cables as drawing-in proceeds.

Not draw cables into conduit occupied by cables. If conduits, occupied by
cables, have to be used for additional circuits or alterations, then isolate,
identify, label, disconnect and withdraw all wiring from the conduit. Replace
the wiring by drawing it back into the conduit with the new wiring.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
187
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
330

Not draw cables into trunking but lay them in, irrespective of whether the
trunking is installed „lidup‟, „lid-down‟, or „lid-on-side‟. "Comb" cables as
laying-in proceeds and lay the neutral and circuit protective conductor of each
circuit with each phase cable of that circuit. Where trunking is installed liddown, support the cables with proprietary cable retainers at intervals not
exceeding 1.0m. Ensure that cables are not trapped between the trunking
body and it‟s lid or fastening.

Where cables of several circuits occupy the same trunking, bind the cables of
each individual circuit together at intervals not exceeding 2m, by labelling ties
or other similar means. Ensure that the ties permanently and clearly show
the circuit reference number.

Leave sufficient slack in the cables at conduit and trunking expansion joints.

Where cables are left unattended before installing them in conduits or
trunking, temporarily form them into coils, bind them and securely support the
resulting coils at high level.
Circuit protective conductors (CPCs)
The Contractor shall:

Not use conduit or trunking as a CPC medium. Install CPCs and ensure that
they are of the same grade and temperature rating as the live conductors of
that part of the circuit. Use green and yellow coloured insulation for CPCs as
required by BS 7671.

Ensure that each circuit has its own CPC emanating from the distribution
position and installed in the same trunking/ conduit as the live conductors of
that circuit.

Ensure that every CPC is sized in accordance with BS 7671.

Identify the CPC on all equipment clearly, by a cable marker at the earthing
terminal. Fix a label adjacent to the earthing terminal of every equipment
box, appliance box and the like, stating: „PROTECTIVE CONDUCTOR - DO
NOT DISCONNECT‟
400
INSULATED AND SHEATHED CABLES
410
Cables
The Contractor shall:

Select cable for this method of installation that meets the requirements of the
relevant Standard referred to in clause Y61.100 or in the relevant „system‟
Section of this Statement of Requirements. This clause applies primarily to
the following:
~
thermosetting insulated sheathed single core or multicore cable to
BS 7211, Table 5 CMA code 6181B, Table 6 or Table 7 CMA code
624#B (Low smoke and fume cable)
~
PVC insulated and sheathed single core or multicore cable to BS
6004, Table 7 or 9 CMA code 619#Y or Table 8 or 9 CMA code
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
188
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
624#Y
~
thermosetting insulated PVC sheathed single core cable to BS 7889,
Table 3, harmonised code H07Z-R, CMA code 6491XY
[In the descriptions above # denotes number of cores.]

Use Class 2 multi-stranded conductors for cables of 4.0mm and above. Use
Class 1 single-stranded conductors for cables below 4.0mm.

Ensure that the cross-sectional area of the integral circuit protective
conductor complies with BS 7671.

Identify conductors using colours as given in BS 7671. Fit coloured sleeves
over bare copper CPCs, where stripping-back the sheath has exposed them.
Fit coloured sleeves to BS EN 60684 where the standard colour of the phase
or neutral conductor is at variance with the identification colour given in BS
7671 (for example: when the blue conductor in a 2 core cable is used as a
switchwire).
420
Installation
421
General installation requirements
The Contractor shall:

Not install cables when the temperature is below the minimum installation
and handling temperature given in BS 7540. If the cables have been exposed
to such temperature allow a warming up time before the cables are used.

In the event of any cable being damaged remove and replace the whole of
the cable length. Damage includes any instance of bending to a radius less
than the normal use minimum bending radius given in BS 7540.

Not bend cables during installation to a smaller radius than the normal use
minimum bending radius specified in BS 7540. Take into account that the
minimum bending radius allowed for installation work, is within a limited range
of ambient temperatures.

Ensure compliance with the requirements of BS 7540 in respect of instances
where the sheath temperature may exceed 50ºC by ensuring that:
~ either the cable is located so that persons or animals will not touch
it, or
~ the cable is de-rated to prevent its temperature from rising above
50ºC.

Not bury these cables underground. Only install these cables in external
locations if contained within conduits or trunking.

Not install these cables in Hazardous Areas.

Install and fix all cables as required by BS 7540 using single pin or saddle
clips. Use clips that emit levels of smoke and corrosive gases when affected
by fire no greater than the cable that they support. Where cables are
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
189
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
supported on cable tray, or suspended from catenaries, or supported in other
similar ways, fixing of the cables using cable ties is acceptable. Where
cables are fixed using cable ties ensure that the rating of the cables is not
affected beyond that allowed for by the grouping factors applied.
422

Provide accessory boxes for all terminations and accessories.

Where cables enter boxes ensure that all cable sheaths pass fully into the
box via a rubber insert bush and web. In areas where Class 4 conduit or
trunking is installed (e.g. in kitchens, plantrooms and areas subject to
dampness), use packed glands with neoprene washers in lieu of the rubber
insert bushes. Within every box ensure that the CPC has sleeving coloured
green/ yellow in accordance with BS 7671, where connecting to the earthing
terminal. Install a separate green/ yellow sleeved CPC from the earthing
terminal of the box to the earthing terminal of the accessory or appliance.

Wire lighting circuits on the „3-plate-rose‟ system and wire socket outlets on
the „ring-final-circuit‟ system unless otherwise specified.

Not use these cables for final connections to any heat emitting appliance nor
to any appliance containing any heating element.

Fit heat-resisting sleeving of temperature rating not less than 185ºC, over
conductors within electrical equipment, including tungsten luminaires where
the temperature at the termination may exceed the temperature rating of the
cable.
Installation requirements for surface installations
The Contractor shall:
423

Comply fully with clause Y61.421 of this Statement of Requirements.

Install cables as inconspicuously as possible, taking advantage of the
features of the building by fixing in corners, along skirting boards, mouldings
and the like, and around fitments and the like.

Where cables are installed in roof spaces or lofts, clip them to the side of
joists and rafters. Where traversing between adjacent joists or rafters, supply
and fix a „binder-joist‟ or suitable batten and clip the cable to its side.
Installation requirements for concealed installations
The Contractor shall:

Comply fully with clause Y61.421 of this Statement of Requirements.

Protect cables by means of galvanised metal capping where concealed in
solid masonry walls.

Where cables are routed in hollow partitions ensure they are mechanically
protected by virtue of their position or otherwise by metallic conduit. Ensure
that cables installed in hollow partitions are arranged in such a way that they
are effectively supported.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
190
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
720

Where cables are concealed within solid walls or partitions, route them
vertically in the zone directly above or below the electrical accessory they
serve. Do not install horizontal cabling to or from accessories.

Where cables are routed through joists, drill through the neutral axis of each
joist perpendicular to its surface, ensuring that there is at least 50mm of joist
above and below the hole. Do not notch joists.

Terminate all lighting points in a ceiling rose box mounted flush to the ceiling.
Ensure that every such box is of heavy-gauge, self-extinguishing PVC to the
relevant British Standard, reinforced with tapped metal inserts.

Do not lay cables directly on suspended ceilings. Where groups of cables are
routed above suspended ceilings, clip them directly to the soffit or secure
them to cable trays (or similar containment). Where single cables are routed
above suspended ceilings, secure them to a catenary wire or route them
through a length of rigid suspended conduit bushed at both ends. This also
applies to sheathed multi-core flexible cables connecting electrical equipment
fixed in the ceiling void (e.g. fan-coil units) or recessed into the suspended
ceiling (e.g. luminaires).

Where sheathed multi-core flexible cables are used to make final connections
to electrical equipment and luminaires, ensure that cord-grips are used at
both ends to secure the sheath of the cable in order to prevent strain on the
conductors.
Terminations
The Contractor shall:

Ensure the equipment for terminating Mineral Insulated Copper Clad (MICC)
cables complies fully with BS EN 60702 and is of the same manufacture as
the cable.

Ensure seals comply with the following:
~
installations up to 105ºC - cold „screw-on‟ pot type, sealed with
plastic compound or alternatively, shrink-on type sealed by the
application of heat installations between 105ºC and 185ºC - cold
„screw-on‟ pot type sealed with suitable plastic compound and
bonded glass-fibre caps or, alternatively, shrink-on type sealed by
the application of heat

Within twenty (24) hours after sealing both ends of each MICC cable make a
500V dc (Megger) insulation resistance test of each seal to prove an infinity
reading.

Ensure that all terminations on surface installations have brass compression
glands conforming to British Standards and are fitted with shrouds. In areas
where installations are concealed within the fabric of walls and the like, use
proprietary MICC clamps to the conduits and adaptable boxes.

Use proprietary male/female cable gland arrangements where cables are
terminated in plain hole boxes.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
191
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
730

Where glands are omitted or, where the termination is made into a nonmetallic enclosure, provide patent CPC tails with the protective conductor
brazed to each pot by the manufacturer and suitably sleeved.

Insulate cable tails with sleeving to suit the prevailing temperature conditions.
Ensure that sleeving for tungsten luminaires is of the medium temperature
range for use up to 185ºC.

Ensure that phase and neutral conductors have markers on the sleeving
colour-coded in accordance with BS 7671. Ensure that CPC tails have
green/yellow striped sleeving. Ensure that all such sleeving is anchored and
sealed to the pot.

Where MICC cables are used in hazardous areas (i.e. where gases, vapours
or dust present a risk of explosion), terminate them with glands and seals that
have been certified for use in the hazardous area. Ensure that the type of
termination used is compatible with the electrical installation in the hazardous
area (e.g. flameproof, intrinsically safe). Ensure that the certification meets
the current standards (e.g. ATEX) and include a copy of the certification in
the O&M instruction manuals.

Ensure the environmental conditions when making terminations are such that
the work can be carried out without detriment to the completed termination.
Boxes
The Contractor shall:
740

Ensure that all boxes used for terminating or jointing MICC cables are conduit
boxes of Class 4 protective finish to BS EN 61386. Install boxes of the
'terminal', 'through', 'tee', or 'crossing' circular patterns for all lighting points.
Ensure steel boxes have lugs suitably tapped to receive brass cover fixing
screws (not self-tapping). Fit a heavy steel cover to each box, unless an
accessory or fitting is mounted.

Where boxes are in exterior locations or in areas of continual dampness, use
conduit boxes or adaptable boxes having external lugs and a waterproofing
seal between the box and the cover; where they are in other areas, use
adaptable boxes that do not have external lugs.

Ensure that all conduit boxes and adaptable boxes have terminal blocks
supplied and fixed where used as junction boxes with permissible cable
joints. Ensure terminal blocks have brass connectors shrouded in porcelain
or heat-resisting material capable of withstanding, without deterioration, the
same temperatures as the pots, insulation and sleeving. Ensure the box is of
a size to allow for the terminal block and to facilitate neat connections.

Ensure all conduits, accessories, or adaptable boxes, to which flexible
cables, or flexible conduits are fitted, or upon which accessories or equipment
are mounted, have earthing terminals that are securely fixed to the box.
Installation
The Contractor shall:

Install all MICC cables in compliance with BS 7540. Ensure that MICC cables
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
192
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
are installed only by electricians who have received a course of instruction on
the handling, jointing and termination of MICC cables.

Also ensure that the any appointed Sub-Contractors are fully instructed in the
use of the specialist tools recommended by the manufacturer of the cable
that is used in the installation.

Where cables are buried underground comply with clause Y61.900 of this
Statement of Requirements.

Secure cables by means copper saddles with a halogen free covering,
meeting the same performance requirements as the cable outer covering,
using 30mm x 4.0mm diameter. roundhead brass fixing screws. Use multiple
saddles where several cables are installed together. Where cables are
specified with no outer covering use copper saddles with no covering.

Ensure the maximum spacing of fixings complies with the recommendations
of the manufacturer and in any case do not exceed:
Overall Diameter of the
MICC Cable
Below 9mm
Maximum Horizontal
Spacing
600mm
Maximum Vertical
Spacing
800mm
9mm thro 15mm
900mm
1200mm
Over 15mm
1500mm
2000mm

Where MICC cables are concealed in masonry walls ensure they are securely
fixed in position before the wall is plastered or rendered. Where cables are
routed in hollow partitions ensure they are mechanically protected by virtue of
their position or otherwise by metallic conduit. Ensure that cables installed in
hollow partitions are installed in such a way that they are effectively
supported.

Route MICC cables vertically only when they are concealed within a wall and
are directly above or below the zone of the electrical accessory they serve.

Where surface-mounted equipment is installed on a concealed MICC
installation, ensure that the cables terminate in a flush mounted box, and that
the back of the equipment is drilled and bushed for back entry. Then install
the equipment over to conceal the box.

For surface installations ensure cables are installed neatly on the surface and
routes are truly horizontal, vertical or parallel with the features of the building.

Ensure that the routes of cables laid in floor screeds are planned to avoid
areas where there is a possibility of floor fixings. Avoid centres and edges of
doorways to allow for fixing closure bolts and the like.

Ensure that cable crossings in floor screeds are kept to a minimum and
maintain a screed cover of 25mm above cables.

Ensure that MICC cables fixed to galvanised cable tray have an outer
covering. Fix saddles using brass roundhead screws, washers and nuts.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
193
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Make connections to items of equipment subject to vibration, adjustment or
withdrawal, by terminating the cables in an appropriate adaptable box, sited
adjacent to the item being connected. Enclose the final connection from the
box in metallic flexible conduit or install a 360º loop not less than 150mm
diameter immediately adjacent to the cable entry to the equipment. Allow a
clear space of not less than 10mm at the point where the cable crosses itself.

Ensure all cables are installed, straightened and suitably dressed with rollers
and the like, to give a neat and workmanlike installation. Ensure that there is
no damage to the cable sheath or outer covering.

At termination positions, arrange cable conductors to minimise crossing.

Fit surge suppressors to all cable ends connected to motors with star
connection up to and including 2kW size.

Segregate MICC cables used for a fire alarm installation, from all other cable
categories, by providing separate containment.
800
ARMOURED CABLES – LOW VOLTAGE
810
Cables
The Contractor shall:

Use cables having Class 2 stranded copper conductors, unless specified
otherwise in the relevant „system‟ Section of this Statement of Requirements
or on the drawings.

Note the abbreviation “XLPE/SWA/LSF” indicates: XLPE compound
insulation; polymeric material bedding single steel wire armouring; black low
smoke and fume sheath overall; 600/1000V grade in accordance with BS
6724.

Note the abbreviation “XLPE/AWA/LSF” indicates: XLPE compound
insulation; polymeric material bedding single aluminium wire armouring; black
low smoke and fume sheath overall; 600/1000V grade in accordance with BS
6724.

Note the abbreviation “XLPE/SWA/LSF/FR/F#” where # is either 1, 2 or 3,
indicates: XLPE compound insulation; polymeric material bedding single steel
wire armouring; black low smoke and fume sheath overall; 600/1000 V grade
fire resisting cable in accordance with BS 7846. F# indicates the category of
fire resistance as given in BS 7846 and in the absence of the inclusion of this
designation use F3 cable.

Note the abbreviation “PVC/SWA/PVC” indicates: PVC compound insulation;
polymeric material bedding; single steel wire armouring; black PVC-sheathed
overall; 600/1000V grade in accordance with BS 6346.

Note the abbreviation “PVC/AWA/PVC” indicates: PVC compound insulation;
polymeric material bedding; single aluminium wire armouring; black PVCsheathed overall; 600/1000V grade in accordance with BS 6346.

Note the abbreviation “XLPE/SWA/PVC” indicates: XLPE compound
insulation; polymeric material bedding; single steel wire armouring; black
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
194
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
PVC-sheathed overall; 600/1000V grade in accordance with BS 5467.
820

Note the abbreviation “XLPE/AWA/PVC” indicates: XLPE compound
insulation; polymeric material bedding; single aluminium wire armouring;
black PVC-sheathed overall; 600/1000V grade in accordance with BS 5467.

Use only cables that, when affected by fire, emit low levels of smoke and
corrosive gases unless specified otherwise in the relevant „system‟ section of
this Statement of Requirements or on the drawings.

Where cable sizes are not detailed then size these in accordance with BS
7671.

Ensure that all cables are of the same manufacture and delivered to site in
continuous lengths complete with end caps.

At the manufacturer‟s works subject all cables to the routine tests detailed in
the relevant British Standards. Submit duplicate copies of test certificates to
the engineer.

On every single-core cable operating on ac systems ensure that its armouring
is non-magnetic (i.e. is not steel).
Terminations, straight joints, tees and branches
The Contractor shall:

Make all cable joints using a proprietary cast resin kit system, cold shrink
system or heat shrink joint system supplied by one (1) manufacturer and
install strictly in accordance with its instructions. Install mechanical protection
for the cable joint [in the case of a cast resin joint kit the encapsulation is
considered to provide this.] For shrink joints use a further encapsulation
when buried or if on cable tray or similar arrangement cover the joint with a
metal tray or equivalent.

Make connections at joints using connectors designed for LV applications
that are correctly sized for the type and size of conductors. Connections may
utilise either compression tooling or be of the shear bolt type. For
compression connectors use a compression tool that does not release until
the correct compression has been achieved and ensure compatibility
between the tool, die and connector. Ensure that the resistance of the jointed
conductors is no greater than that of the equivalent length of a conductor
without a joint and that the insulation resistance between cores, and between
cores and earth, is no less than that of the original cable.

At joints utilise solder-less earthing connections comprising a constant force
spring and earthing connection for the armour connections. Ensure that the
conductivity and fault current capability of the earth connection across the
joint is at least equal to that of the cable without the joint.

Fit cable glands complying with BS 6121-1 at all terminations. Select glands
in accordance with BS 6121 -5 and use brass compression glands for steel
wire armoured cables and use aluminium alloy glands suitable for accepting
an insulated insert for single-core aluminium armoured cables. Use nonferrous gland plates for single-core cables. Ensure that all glands have cone
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
195
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
grip armour clamps with suitable provision for cross-joint bonding.
830

Where armoured cables are used in hazardous areas (i.e. where gases,
vapours or dust present a risk of explosion), terminate them with glands and
seals that have been certified for use in the hazardous area. Ensure that the
type of termination used is compatible with the electrical installation in the
hazardous area (e.g. flameproof, intrinsically safe). Ensure that the
certification meets the current standards (e.g. ATEX) and include a copy of
the certification in the O&M instruction manuals.

Ensure the environmental conditions when jointing or terminating cables are
such that the work can be carried out without detriment to the completed joint
or termination.
Installation of armoured, PVC or XLPE insulated cables
The Contractor shall:

Where cables are buried underground, comply with clause Y61.900 of this
Statement of Requirements.

Do not install cables when the temperature is below the higher of:
~
the minimum installation and handling temperature recommended in
the installation recommendations appendix of the appropriate cable
standard or,
~
the minimum installation and handling temperature given by the
cable manufacturer

Allow a warming up time before the cables are used if the cables have been
exposed to such temperatures.

Not bend cables to a radius smaller than the larger of:
~
the minimum installation radius specified in the installation
recommendations appendix of the appropriate cable standard.
~
the minimum installation radius recommendations of the
manufacturer. Where cables need to be pulled by winches or use
similar mechanical aids, use them fully in accordance with the cable
manufacturer‟s instructions. Record the pulling tension and do not
exceed the allowable maximum for the method by which the winch is
attached to the cable.

Ensure cables, wherever installed including those fixed on walls or installed in
accessible ducts, are fixed at intervals to prevent sag, in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Ensure bends are fully supported.

Fix cables, including those in building engineering services ducts, using cable
cleats complying with clause Y61.240 of this Statement of Requirements and
galvanised bolts where:
~
the cable is rated as in free air (Reference method C (20) of BS
7671)
~
the cable is rated as on trays with the cables in a group spaced
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
196
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
(Reference method E or F (31) of BS 7671)
~
the cable is rated as in trenches (Reference method B (54 or 56) of
BS 7671).

Note that the rating of cables is based on cables in a group being spaced,
unless otherwise specifically indicated.

Fix cleats so that the maximum spacing between supports does not exceed
the lower spacing of those recommended by the manufacturer of the cable
and the cleat. Ensure that the cleat and fixing selection takes into account
the full details of the installation including the static load of the cable and any
load imposed by, but not limited to, wind, icing and the load for wind including
icing.

When the selection takes into account the full details of the installation
including the static load of the cable and any load imposed as described
above, the fixing may use plastic covered, galvanised, perforated steel strip
and galvanised bolts where:
~
the cable is rated as open and clipped direct with the cables in a
group touching (Reference method C (20) of BS 7671)
~
the cable is rated as on trays with the cables in a group touching
(Reference method E or F (31) of BS 7671)

Ensure the material used for cleats, any covering on a metal cleat and the
plastic covering of any strip fixing has properties in a fire condition at least
equal to that of the cable.

Where the cable is fire resisting select the fixing so that the overall fire
performance of the cable installation is maintained.

Avoid excess pressure of cleats and other fixings on cables to prevent
deformation of the plastic sheathing. Provide suitable supporting steelwork
and/ or galvanised cable tray where cables cross open spaces. Protect such
steelwork by a rust-inhibiting paint.

Unless specified otherwise in the relevant „system‟ section of this Statement
of Requirements or on the drawings, arrange the installation of single core
cables neatly in close trefoil using cable cleats and intermediate restraints
complying with clause Y61.240 of this Statement of Requirements.

Install fixings at intervals compliant with the cleating system certification for a
maximum fault current at least equal to that of the installation. Install the
neutral conductor adjacent to the group fixed in a similar manner. When
approaching terminations, ensure the cores remain in close trefoil for as long
a distance as possible, keeping the splayed length to the minimum that
practical considerations will permit, having regard to minimum bending radii.
Where single core cables are installed with more than one (1) cable per
phase cleat the cables in three (3) phase groups with the neutral alongside
each group using cleats as described above.

Where single core cables are specifically detailed to have a flat spaced
installation, arrange them neatly at the required spacing fixed to a non
magnetic cleating system otherwise as described above for cables in trefoil.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
197
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Install fixings at intervals compliant with the cleating system certification for a
maximum fault current at least equal to that of the installation. Install the
neutral conductor adjacent to the group fixed in a similar manner. Where
single core cables are installed with more than 1 cable per phase cleat the
cables in 3 phase groups with the neutral alongside each group using cleats
as described above.
900

Fix cables laid in racks, hangers or on steelwork at intervals to prevent sag, in
accordance with BS 7671.

Ensure the armouring is independently bonded to the switchgear and at
termination points, using the “banjo” of the gland and single green/ yellow
cable. Ensure the armouring is bonded for continuity at all points. Use
copper conductors of the correct size in accordance with BS 7671.

Where cables pass through walls and floors fit them with permanently fixed
oversized sleeves each packed with fire resisting infill. Ensure where cables
rise or fall on walls they are protected to a height of 2m with a sheet steel
guard where prone to mechanical damage.

Ensure all cables are installed, straightened and dressed to give a neat and
workmanlike installation.

Where armoured cables are installed or terminated into electrical equipment
in hazardous areas ensure that a sealed gland with ATEX certification is used
of the correct size and type for the cable and the equipment into which it is
installed. Ensure that the gland is correctly rated for the gas group of the
particular gas or vapour. Where solvent vapours are present ensure that the
sheath of the cable and the gland material will not be degraded.
INSTALLATION OF CABLES UNDERGROUND
The Contractor shall:

For each respective cable type, comply with the general requirements
(including but not limited to installation temperatures, pulling tension, bending
radius, etc.) specified in the relevant clauses of this Section of the Statement
of Requirements.

Install underground cables in accordance with NJUG publication “Guidelines
on the Positioning and Colour Coding of Utilities' Apparatus”.

Where appropriate install underground cables in accordance with chapter 11
of Guidance Note 7 to BS 7671, Special Locations, published by the IET.

Install only MICC and armoured cable types (HV and LV) underground. Bury
LV cables to a minimum depth of 600mm to the top of the cable in unmade
ground and of 800mm in made-up ground, i.e. roadways, and the like. For
HV cables increase these depths respectively to 800mm and 1000mm.

Where it is not possible to comply with the depths specified above install
additional protection for the cable so that the overall protection is equivalent
to being buried at the normal depth. Additional protection may comprise the
installation of overlapping stainless steel plates of 8mm minimum thickness
permanently marked to indicate cables are buried below the plate.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
198
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Rest cables on a 50mm deep bed of sifted sand and riddled earth, then cover
with a further depth of 50mm of the same material. The rating of cables is
based on the thermal resistivity of the surrounding ground being 1.2 K.m.W.
Ensure that the selected sand and backfill material are such that the design
thermal resistively of the ground in which the cable is buried is not exceeded.
Use only excavated material for backfill in areas that will remain unmade
ground, for example grass verges; in other areas use crushed stone fill that
will ensure the bearing capacity of the final surface is achieved.

Install two (2) layers of permanently coloured yellow PVC marker tape
150mm wide along the entire length of the cable. Place the lower layer
50mm above the cable and the higher layer 300mm above. Mark the tape
"ELECTRIC CABLE BELOW - CAUTION" in black lettering printed
continuously along its length. For HV cables, substitute the lower layer of
tape with cable tiles having the words “HV ELECTRICAL CABLE BELOW –
CAUTION” cast in them.

Ensure that backfill does not contain stone, brick, or any sharp material and is
fully consolidated by means of a rammer to the 300mm level before the
second tape is laid. Only then carry out the final backfill to ground level and
suitably consolidate.

Ensure that cables are protected by circular conduits complying with BS EN
50086-2-4 encased in concrete under roadways and at all other areas of
vehicular traffic.

Where single core cables are laid direct in the ground to form a three (3)
phase circuit, lay them in touching trefoil unless specifically detailed
otherwise in the relevant „System‟ Section of this Statement of Requirements
or on the drawings. Bind the trefoil group together using heavy-duty cable
ties at intervals of 1metre install the neutral conductor adjacent to the group.
Do not energise cables until the cables are buried, as the support in the event
of a fault condition is by means of the surrounding ground. Where single core
cables are installed with more than one (1) cable per phase install the cables
in three (3) phase groups with the neutral alongside each group as described
above. If the cables are to be energised prior to being buried use cleats and
intermediate restraints as detailed in clause Y61.240 of this Statement of
Requirements, to secure the cables.

Ensure cable conduits for cables underground are circular non-metallic and
comply with BS EN 50086-2-4. Use conduit system type 450 or 750,
resistance to impact normal. Do not use conduits smaller than nominal size
50mm (37mm internal diameter.) Elect a non threaded entry system (socket
and spigot type). For conduits installed straight between points select a rigid
system; for conduits that require deviation from a straight route, select pliable
conduits.

For cables installed in conduits seal around the cables at all ends of conduits
(including where they enter a building), by a waterproof and gas-proof seal of
self-extinguishing plastic foam of a type approved by the Energy Networks
Association. Fit suitable end caps to all unused spare conduits.

Ensure cables installed direct in ground have a minimum spacing of 300mm
from HV/ EHV cables, of 600mm from communication cables, alarm cables
and gas services, and of 800mm from heating services.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
199
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Install cable route markers where cables are laid in grass verges, paved
areas and the like. Space the cable route markers at 45m intervals on
straight routes. Also place markers over all tee joints, at changes of direction,
where cables cross roads, and at building entries. Ensure that all markers
are of a proprietary type, 200mm square 50mm deep, concrete with plastic
inserts indicating the depth and voltage of the cable(s), and are laid level with
the finished surface.

Produce accurate plans with dimensions so that the location of any cable can
be determined with a maximum uncertainty of 100mm from local fixed
features. Where multiple cables follow a route record the relative positions of
the cables and indicate the locations of any cables that cross and the
relationship with key features of any other buried service.
END OF SECTION Y61 CONTENTS
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
200
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Y71
LV SWITCHGEAR AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
CONTENTS
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
200
PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS
210
211
212
Switchgear
Switchgear: 500V
Switchgear: 250V
220
Consumer units
230
Residual current-operated circuit breakers (RCCBs)
240
241
242
Distribution boards
HRC distribution boards
Miniature circuit breaker (MCB) distribution boards
250
251
252
Switchboards
Cubicle type switchboards
Unit type switchboards
300
SWITCHGEAR AND LV PANELS -GENERAL
310
Drawings
320
Terminations and switchboard connections
330
Safety and maintenance
340
Identification and notices
350
Phase colouring
360
Current transformers
370
Instruments and metering
380
Testing
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
The Contractor shall:

Comply fully with the edition (including amendments) of each of the following,
current at the time of tender.

Where a Standard referred to in this section conflicts with a Standard referred
to in an associated „Engineering System‟ section (e.g. W15, W42, etc.) of this
Statement of Requirements, the Standard referred to in the Engineering
System section prevails.
BS 88
Low-voltage fuses
BS 33-3
Low-voltage fuses Part 3: Supplementary requirements
for fuses for use by unskilled persons (fuses mainly for
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
201
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
household or similar appliances.
Examples of standardized systems of fuses A to F
BS 842
Specification for a.c. voltage-operated earth-leakage
circuit breakers
BS 1361
Specification for cartridge fuses for a.c. circuits in
domestic and similar Premises
BS 2754
Memorandum. - Construction of electrical equipment
for protection against electric shock
BS 3036
Specification. Semi-enclosed electric fuses. (ratings up
to 100 amperes and 2400 volts to earth)
BS 4293
breakers
Specification for residual current-operated circuit-
BS 5424
Control gear for voltages up to and including 1000 V
a.c. and 1200 V d.c.
BS 5472
Specification for low voltage switchgear and control
gear for industrial use Terminal marking and distinctive
number. General rules
BS 5685
Electricity meters
BS 6272
Specification for low voltage switchgear and
controlgear for industrial use Terminal marking.
Terminals for external associated electronic circuit
components and contacts
BS 6423
Code of practice for maintenance of electrical
switchgear and control gear or voltages up to and
including 1 kV
BS 7288
Specification for socket outlets incorporating residual
current devices (S.R.C.D.s)
BS 7671
Requirements for Electrical Installations. IEE Wiring
Regulations
BS EN 13601
Copper and copper alloys. Copper rod, bar and wire for
general electrical purposes
BS EN 13602
Copper and copper alloys. Drawn, round copper wire
for the manufacture of electrical conductors
BS EN 60044
Instrument transformers
BS EN 60076
Power transformers
BS EN 60079
Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres
BS EN 60255
Measuring relays and protection equipment
BS EN 60269-1
Low-voltage fuses Part 1: General requirements
BS EN 60439
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies
BS EN 60529
Specification for degrees of protection provided by
enclosures (IP Code)
BS EN 60871
Shunt capacitors for a.c. power systems having a rated
voltage above 1000 V
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
202
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
BS EN 60898
Specification for circuit-breakers for overcurrent
protection for household and similar installations
BS EN 60947
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear
BS EN 60947-3
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 3:
Switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors and
fuse-combination units
BS EN 61008-1
Electrical accessories. Residual current operated
circuit-breakers without integral overcurrent protection
for household and similar uses (RCCB‟s) Part 1:
General rules
BS EN 62053
Electricity metering equipment (a.c.). Particular
requirements
BS EN 62053-11
Electricity metering equipment (a.c.). Particular
requirements Part 11: Electromechanical meters for
active energy (classes 0.5, 1 and 2).
200
PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS
210
Switchgear
211
Switchgear: 500V
This clause covers circuit breakers (CBs), switches, disconnectors, switchdisconnectors and fuse combination units.
The Contractor shall:

Supply, deliver, offload, erect, connect, test and commission complete all
loose switchgear, manufactured panels and 'on-site' constructed panels in the
locations defined on the drawings or in the relevant System sections of this
Statement of Requirements.

Ensure that all switchgear complies with BS EN 60947 and BS EN 60947-3.

Ensure that all short circuit ratings, current ratings, number of poles and
fusing arrangements are as indicated on the drawings or in the relevant
System sections of this Statement of Requirements.

Contain the neutral connection/link of each circuit breaker, switch,
disconnector, switch-disconnector and fuse combination unit within its
respective enclosure/moulding.

Ensure that all multi-pole isolators comply with BS EN 60947-3 and are of
Utilisation Category AC23A.

Ensure that all fuses comply with BS EN 60269-1 are of high breaking
capacity and, unless stated otherwise in the relevant System Sections of this
Statement of Requirements, afford Class „gG‟ protection. Ensure that they
are of the make and ratings indicated on the drawings or in the relevant
System Sections of this Statement of Requirements. Fit fuse carriers rated at
200A and over, with wedge or bolted contacts. Provide spare fuses of the
number and sizes indicated in the relevant System sections of this Statement
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
203
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
of Requirements.
212

Ensure that all isolators and fuse-switches, are suitable for padlocking in the
OFF position. Where isolators and fuse-switches are used for fire alarm,
intruder alarm, UPS supplies, etc., ensure that they are also suitable for
padlocking in the ON position.

Ensure that all protective devices are of the same manufacture for that
particular type.
Switchgear: 250V
The Contractor shall:
220

Make all switchgear 500V rating, except that where, in single phase
installations, there is no other phase within 2.0m in the same room, when
250V switchgear is permitted.

Where 250V switchgear is thus permissible consumer units may be installed
but not where they would form part of a switchpanel that has more than one
(1) phase. In such cases use 500V distribution boards.
Consumer units
The Contractor shall:
230

Use only consumer units that are 250V rating and conform to BS EN 609473.

Ensure that outgoing circuit protection is afforded by BS 1361 cartridge fuse
links appropriate to the circuit rating, unless miniature circuit breaker (MCB)
units are indicated on the drawings or in the relevant System sections of this
Statement of Requirements. Ensure that all consumer units are complete
with a suitably sized integral double pole isolator and with multi-connection
earth and neutral terminal bars having a separate connection for each
conductor. Carry out neutral and earthing connections to the terminal bars so
that the respective circuit neutral and earth cables follow the same pattern
and direction as those of the phase conductors.
Residual current-operated circuit breakers (RCCBs)
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that all RCCB units comply fully with BS EN 61008-1 and are of the
sensitivities, load ratings and pole configurations indicated on the drawings or
in the relevant System sections of this Statement of Requirements. Unless
otherwise specified use RCCBs having a sensitivity of 30mA.

Adhere to the selected RCCB manufacturer's installation requirements.
Ensure that the respective breaker trips lie within the time limits
recommended for the category of breaker.
240
Distribution boards
241
HRC distribution boards
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
204
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
The Contractor shall:
242

Ensure that all Distribution Boards (DB(s)) have a minimum rating of 400V
with the number of ways and fuse ratings as indicated on the drawings or in
the relevant System sections of this Statement of Requirements. Ensure they
are of the same finish and manufacture as the main switchgear/panels
selected for the works and conform to BS EN 60947-3.

Supply all DBs complete with cartridge type fuses complying with BS EN
60269-1. Ensure that every DB is complete with multi connection earth and
neutral terminal bars having a separate connection for each conductor.

Ensure that within TP&N distribution boards the earth and neutral terminal
bars have sufficient terminations for the maximum number of single phase
circuits that the board can accommodate.

Ensure that adequate provision is made within every DB to receive the
specified cabling and that it is physically sized to suit the proposed installation
location.

Ensure that insulated barriers and phase segregation barriers are properly
fitted in every DB to prevent accidental contact.

Ensure that all cable entries into every DB are made to uphold the ingress
protection rating of the associated DB which must be a minimum of IP31 to
BS EN 60529.

Mount DBs so that they are readily accessible and fixed firmly to masonry by
plated anchors each having a loose bolt and washer or by other approved
fixing, or by nuts, bolts and washers to a painted mild steel framework.
Miniature circuit breaker (MCB) distribution boards
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that all MCB distribution boards are similar to HRC fuse distribution
boards and comply with BS EN 60947-3. Supply them complete with MCBs
of the sizes indicated on the drawings or in the relevant System Sections of
this Statement of Requirements.

Securely clamp every MCB to its busbars, or properly install the plug-in type.

Use combined MCB/RCCB units where indicated on the drawings, and
ensure compliance with clause Y71.230 of this Statement of Requirements..

Ensure that where the selected manufacturer‟s RCCB unit(s) takes up more
than one (1) way on a board, a larger board is provided so as not to
compromise the number of spare ways required on the drawings or in the
relevant System sections of this Statement of Requirements.

Ensure that within TP&N distribution boards the earth and neutral terminal
bars have sufficient terminations for the maximum number of single phase
circuits that the board can accommodate.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
205
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
250
Switchboards
251
Cubicle type switchboards
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that all cubicle type switchboards (cubical panels) are manufactured
in accordance with BS EN 60439 and accommodate the switchgear and are
of the form indicated on the drawings or in the relevant System sections of
this Statement of Requirements.

Ensure that all cubical panels are manufactured with a minimum thickness of
sixteen (16) gauge zintex-coated braced sheet steel finished with epoxybased paint on all surfaces and support frames.

Ensure that all cubical panels are protected to a minimum of IP31 to BS EN
60529.

Ensure that all cubical panels are fully fault-rated to a minimum level of 50kA
for one (1) second duration.

Ensure that all cubicle panels are of the front access type unless otherwise
indicated on the drawings or in the relevant System sections of this
Statement of Requirements.

Ensure that all cubicle panels are complete with a 100mm high metal plinth.

Ensure that all cubical panels are readily extendible and install spare cubical
panels as indicated on the drawings or in the relevant System sections of this
Statement of Requirements to accommodate the metering equipment etc. for
the electricity companies.

Provide cubical panel sections with removable eye bolts in each corner for
lifting purposes.

Ensure that all connections between busbars and associated switchgear are
adequately rated for load and fault currents.

Within each cubicle panel, enclose its busbars in an earthed metal chamber.
Ensure that a removable metal cover provides an earthed barrier between the
User and the live connections.

Ensure that all penetrations of live busbars into outgoing circuit
compartments or cable chambers are fully shrouded. Ensure all busbars
have a minimum current rating of that of the switchgear controlling the
incoming supply to the cubical panel.

Throughout the full length of each panel install a suitably sized earth bar.
Provide bonding connections to each item of switchgear, and cable plates.

Where a cubicle panel is delivered to site in sectionalised form ensure that
the manufacturer or his agent reassembles, retests, and certifies it on site.

To control all outgoing circuits use fuse switches, Moulded Case Circuit
Breakers (MCCBs) or Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs) as indicated on the
drawings or in the relevant System sections of this Statement of
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
206
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Requirements. To permit the renewal of fuses, ensure that their fuse carrier
assemblies are fully isolated when the associated fuse switch is in the OFF
position. Ensure that all fuse switches have double break, silver or electrotinned contacts, safety interlocks, and ON/OFF indication.
252

Ensure that all ACBs are of the withdrawable pattern each complete with
control/ switching devices, interlocks, locks, etc., and safety shutters which
completely shroud the main fixed isolating contacts automatically when the
breaker section is withdrawn.

Ensure that all operating handles for switchgear are of the rotary, toggle or
retractable types and are manufactured such that the cover cannot be
removed while the switch is in the ON position.

Fuse switch units fitted with solid copper links appropriately rated may be
used as isolators for circuits up to 1600A provided they are suitable for the
fault duty.

Provide labels to all switchgear, cable chamber covers and busbar covers
with the appropriate designations or warning notices as necessary. Issue
label schedules to the Authority for agreement of designation.
Unit type switchboards
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that all unit type switchboards consist of switchgear units and
fusegear in accordance with this section Y71, together with all matching cable
boxes, terminations, conduits and wiring interconnections, as indicated on the
drawings or in the relevant System sections of this Statement of
Requirements.

For each unit type switchboard, mount all switchgear and fusegear on a
painted mild steel angleframe within the dimensions of the space shown on
the drawings.

Where unit type switchboards are sited over formed floor trenches supply and
fix all necessary support steelwork to span the trenches.

Make all required floor/wall fixings by using plated anchors each having a
loose bolt and washer.

Ensure that each busbar chamber spans the whole length of the associated
switchboard and is readily extendible. Ensure that all copper busbars are of
the minimum rating of the main incoming switch, suitably colour coded both
on the bars and on the chamber cover.

Ensure that all connections between busbars and their respective switchgear
and distribution gear are by copper bars, copper rods or copper cables,
suitably fixed with clamps and bolts.

Mount suitable cable trunking and matching steel cabinet on the frame to
accommodate metering, Current Transformers (CTs) and other equipment of
the local electricity companies where required.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
207
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Incorporate instrumentation in accordance with clause Y71.370 and the
relevant System sections of this Statement of Requirements, and as indicated
on the drawings.

Ensure that each unit type switchboard is complete with protective
conductors bonding all components fully in accordance with BS 7671.
Provide a main earth terminal.

Not carry out through wiring.
300
SWITCHGEAR AND LV PANELS GENERAL
310
Drawings
Before manufacture commences, the Contractor shall submit to the Authority for
comment drawings showing the proposed switchboards, including dimensions,
construction details, layout, internal connections and identification markings.
320
Terminations and switchboard connections
The Contractor shall:

Provide the selected manufacturers of LV panels with details of all cable
sizes, cable types, switchgear and panel locations, during the RFP , so that if
necessary, panels, switch unit sizes, terminations, etc. are properly adjusted
to suit the particular project requirements.

Provide all switchgear with suitable means of accepting the types and sizes
of connected cables.

Provide connection rail enclosures and cable gland plates for cubicle boards.

Terminate wiring on readily accessible fully shrouded terminal rails adjacent
to the instruments.

Ensure that terminal markings and conductor identification fully comply with
clause Y82.313 of this Statement of Requirements and BS 5472.

Ensure that terminations of voltages in close proximity are segregated by
insulated barrier plates.

Ensure terminal rails are of the appropriate current rating, of sufficient size to
suit the cable conductors being installed, are fitted with purpose-made
supports are of robust construction, and further comply with the following:
~
the voltage rating is 500V
~
DIN rail mounted
~
the terminal fixing to rails has spring loaded fronts, i.e. retention is
not dependent only on the terminal mouldings
~
terminals are locked to the terminal rail
~
clamping screws are captive of high tensile steel and operate against
a plate to prevent damage to the conductor. Do not use pinch
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
208
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
screws or push-on terminals
330
~
insulation materials are carbon-free non-hygroscopic and suitable for
continuous operation at temperatures of -5C to 130C
~
contain safety features to eliminate accidental contact by any
operator

Do not route outgoing cables through the busbar chamber.

Ensure that suitable cable gland plates are fitted to receive the respective
cables where vertical cable chambers form part of the panel construction.

Wire to terminal rails all relays, multiple contactors, instruments and other
components accommodated within panel compartments.
Safety and maintenance
The Contractor shall:
340

Ensure that all remote switch devices used for local isolation have facilities
for padlocking the device in the ON or OFF position as appropriate. Ensure
that all switches conform to tables I & II of the relevant British Standards.

Ensure that all switchgear specified with Castell interlocks are sequenced
correctly and that the correct number of keys is supplied to the Authority and
included in the O & M Manual
Identification and notices
The Contractor shall:
350

Ensure that all identifications and notices comply with clause Y82.330 of this
Statement of Requirements and BS7671.

Fix identification and warning labels of minimum size 75mm X 25mm to each
item of equipment.

Fix all labels with plated screws.

Ensure that all identification labels are white with in-filled black letters 6mm
high. Ensure that warning labels are white with in-filled red letters 20mm
minimum high. Ensure that the basic circuit chart for distribution boards is in
accordance with BS 7671.
Phase colouring
The Contractor shall clearly mark all switchgear and distribution boards on the
external vertical face by discs showing the phase. Mark busbars with a coloured tape
band.
360
Current transformers
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that each CT complies with BS EN 60044-1 and, unless otherwise
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
209
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
indicated on the drawings or in the relevant System sections of this
Statement of Requirements, has a 5 amp secondary. Ensure that the rated
VA output is suitable for the type and magnitude of the connected burden.

Ensure that all CTs for metering and control purposes are of accuracy Class
3 minimum.

Ensure that the accuracy limit factor for 5P and 10P protective CTs is
appropriate for the protection scheme and greater than the highest available
setting of any instantaneous element. Ensure the 'knee' point voltage of Class
PX CTs is sufficient for correct operation of the protection scheme and can
maintain stability for 'through fault' conditions.

Use CTs of the 'bar' primary type unless otherwise approved by the engineer.
Match sets of CTs.

Terminate all connections from secondary windings at terminals integral with
or adjacent to the CTs. Lace secondary windings and arrange to prevent
contact with the 'main' circuit. Earth one (1) terminal of the CT secondary
circuit.

Not insert isolating contacts in circuits between CTs and protective devices.

Ensure that the removal of the protection relay from its case will 'short circuit'
the connected CT.

Provide all protection relays with facilities for testing:
~
~

370
prepared method - direct secondary injection at the relay
alternative method - a CT with a test winding, and terminals brought
out to convenient locations.
Arrange every such test winding so that injection of 10 Amp represents
the full load current in the main circuit.
Instruments and metering
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that all indicating instruments are of an approved manufacture and
size to conform with BS EN 60051-1. Ensure that the markings on the dials
include the scale divisions, the instrument transformer ratio, and British
Standard grading.

Ensure all instruments are:
~
flush mounted
~
back connected
~
provided with means for zero adjustment
~
minimum dial width 72mm
~
metric fixings
~
minimal terminal size of M4
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
210
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
380

Ensure that all ammeters are of the moving iron type, quadrant scale,
accuracy class 1.5. Ensure that the minimum reading is less than 10% of the
full load. Connect ammeters in the black phase unless a selector switch is
specified.

Ensure that selector switches for ammeters are of the 5-position type
including the OFF position to give the values in each phase and in the neutral
conductor.

Scale voltmeters so that the normal reading, which is marked with a red line,
appears on 2/3 full scale deflection. Provide a selector switch below each
voltmeter.

Provide HRC fuses to each voltmeter. Provide double insulated cables
between the busbars and the meter fuses. Provide single insulated cables
between the meter fuses and the meter. Submit drawings of the location and
general arrangement of meters to the engineer for comment before
manufacture commences.

Fit all incoming supply compartments with voltmeters and ammeters.

Fit all outgoing circuits with ammeters and selector switches as detailed on
the drawings.

Ensure that kWh/MD meters comply with BS EN 62053-11.
Testing
The Contractor shall:

Provide type test certificates, for the class of switchgear to be supplied.

Ensure type testing is in accordance with BS EN 60439.
END OF SECTION Y71
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
211
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Y74 ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
CONTENTS
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
200
LIGHTING SWITCHES
300
SOCKET OUTLETS
400
FUSED CONNECTION UNITS
500
LAMPHOLDERS
600
CEILING ROSES
700
LAMPS
800
FLEXIBLE CABLES
900
CONTROL SWITCHES
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
The Contractor shall:

Comply fully with the edition (including amendments) of each of the following,
current at the time of tender.

Where a Standard referred to in this section conflicts with a Standard referred
to in an associated Engineering System section (e.g. , W15, W42 etc.) of this
Statement of Requirements, the Standard referred to in the engineering
system section prevails.
BS 88-3
Low-voltage fuses
Part 3: Supplementary requirements for fuses for use by
unskilled persons (fuses mainly for household or similar
applications). Examples of standardized systems of fuses A to
F
BS 196
Specification for protected-type non-reversible plugs, socketoutlets, cable-couplers and appliance-couplers with earthing
contacts for single phase a.c. circuits up to 250 volts
BS 546
Specification. 2-pole and earthing-pin plugs, socket-outlets and
socket-outlet adaptors
BS 646
Specification. Cartridge fuse-links (rated up to 5 amperes) for
a.c. ad d.c. service
BS 1361
Specification for cartridge fuses for a.c. circuits in domestic
and similar premises
BS 1362
Specification for general purpose fuse links for domestic and
similar purposes (primarily for use in plugs)
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
212
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
BS 1363 13 A plugs, socket-outlets, adaptors and connection units
BS 2950
Specification. Cartridge fuse-links for telecommunication and
light electrical apparatus
BS 4177
Specification for cooker control units
BS 4573
Specification for 2-pin reversible plugs and shaver socketoutlets
BS 4662
Boxes for flush mounting of electrical accessories.
Requirements and test methods and dimensions
BS 5733
Specification for general requirements for electrical
accessories
BS 6396
Electrical systems in office furniture and educational furniture.
Specification
BS 6500
Electric cables. Flexible cords rated up to 300/350 V, for use
with appliances and equipment intended for domestic, office
and similar environments
BS 6991
Specification for 6/10 A 2 -pole weather-resistant couplers for
household, commercial and light industrial equipment
BS 7071
Specification for portable residual current devices
BS 7288
Specification for socket outlets incorporating residual current
devices (S.R.C.D.s)
BS 7671
Requirements for Electrical Installations. IEE Wiring
Regulations
BS EN 55014-1 Electromagnetic compatibility. Requirements for household
appliances, electric tools and similar apparatus, Part 1:
Emission. Product family standard
BS EN 55015 Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance
characteristics of electrical lighting and similar equipment
BS EN 60309-2 Plugs, socket-outlets and couplers for industrial purposes
Part 2: Dimensional interchangeability requirements for pin
and contact-tube accessories
BS EN 60320
Appliance couplers for household and similar general
purposes
BS EN 60529
Specification for degrees of protection provided by
enclosures (IP code)
BS EN 60669-1, BS 3676-1 Switches for household and similar fixedelectrical installations Part 1: General requirements
BS EN 60670-22 Boxes and enclosures for electrical accessories for
household and similar fixed electrical installations Part
22: Particular requirements for connecting boxes and
enclosures
BS EN 60730-2 Specification for automatic electrical controls for household
and similar use Part 2: Particular requirements
BS EN 60947 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear
BS EN 61058 Switches for appliances
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
213
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
BS EN 61558 Safety of power transformers, power supply units and similar
devices
200
LIGHTING SWITCHES
The Contractor shall:
300

Ensure local lighting switches comply with the manufacture, rating and type
as indicated in Engineering System section items or on the drawings.

Ensure lighting switches comply with the relevant BS.

Ensure switches are capable of switching the full rated inductive or resistive
load, and where connected to fluorescent loads in excess of 600 Watts, use
15 amp rating.

Install all switches with boxes of 37mm minimum depth with adjustable lugs to
ensure switchplates are true and square where required. Fit boxes flush with
wall finish and make any adjustment to depth with extension rings.

Ensure all switch boxes are compatible with the wiring system used and are
complete with Circuit Protective Conductor (CPC) terminal.

Where several switches of the same phase are required in the same position,
use a multi-ganged switch box to accommodate all switches on a common
faceplate.

Where switches are specified for installation in situations exposed to weather,
or continual dampness, ensure they are of the weatherproof pattern in
accordance with the relevant BS and minimum IP65 rating.

Where different phases are present at one (1) switch location, segregate
each phase in a separate compartment and cover each compartment by its
own internal warning plate suitably engraved. "WARNING 415 VOLTS
PRESENT".

Mount switches adjacent to the closing style of doors where possible.
SOCKET OUTLETS
The Contractor shall:

Ensure socket outlets comply with the relevant BSs are switched and
shuttered, are mounted in single or multi-gang assemblies, and are of the
type and rating as indicated in the Statement of Requirements or on the
drawings.

Fit plug tops to appliances with fuses of the correct rating.

Install all socket outlets with boxes not less than 35mm deep with adjustable
lugs to ensure socket plates are true and square. Where required fit boxes
flush with finished surface (e.g. floors, skirtings or walls) and make any
adjustments to depth using extension rings.

Ensure all socket outlet boxes are compatible with the wiring system used
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
214
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
and are complete with CPC terminal.
400

Ensure cover plate finishes match the lighting switches and are flush or
surface to suit the mounting box, to adhere to the Port Operator‟s standards

Ensure the earth pin of each socket is connected to the box earth terminal
with a green/yellow insulated protective conductor. Not use cover screws for
earth continuity.

Use indicating pattern outlets for appliances with a heating element.

Where socket outlets are specified for installation in situation exposed to
weather or continual dampness, ensure that they are of the weatherproof
pattern in accordance with the relevant BS and minimum IP65 rating.
FUSED CONNECTION UNITS
The Contractor shall:
500

Ensure these are to the relevant BSs and are double-pole switched or
unswitched insulated patterns with plates to match the socket outlets.

Where used as a flex outlet for an appliance, ensure they are of the flex outlet
pattern with cable anchoring clamp.

Fit fuses of the correct rating.

Install fused connection units with boxes not less than 35mm deep with
adjustable lugs to ensure the connection unit are true and square. Fit boxes
flush with the wall finish and make any adjustment to depth using extension
rings.

Ensure all boxes are compatible with the wiring system used and are
complete with CPC terminal.

Ensure the earth connection of the connection unit is connected to the box
earth terminal with a green/yellow insulated protective conductor. Do not use
cover screws for earth continuity.
LAMPHOLDERS
The Contractor shall:

Where lampholders are required ensure these are heat resisting and comply
with the relevant BS where appropriate and, in the case of tungsten
luminaires, are also suitable for the following lamp sizes/cap types:

Up to and including:

150 Watts
- bayonet cap
200 Watts
- edison screw cap
300 Watts and over
- giant edison screw cap
Provide ceramic interiors for screw type lamps and when used in areas
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
215
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
exposed to weather or continual dampness.
600

Provide brass lampholder with ceramic interiors when integral with luminaires.

Provide white plastic with compression cord grip with flexible pendants,
skirted or shrouded.

Ensure batten lampholders are heat resistant and skirted.

Ensure metal lampholders are effectively earthed using an earth terminal
fixed to the lampholder by the manufacturer.
CEILING ROSES
The Contractor shall:
700

Provide these for all lighting points with a luminaire suspended by a flexible
cable without an integral mounting.

Ensure ceiling roses conform to the relevant BS of the white insulated pattern
incorporating 2, 3 or 4 terminals, as necessary. Complete with cord grips.
LAMPS
The Contractor shall:

Ensure all lamps are new at handover, allowing reasonable time for testing
etc.

"Break-in" fluorescent lamps used on dimming circuits for at least forty (40)
hours

800
Ensure lamps shall comply with the relevant BS.
FLEXIBLE CABLES
The Contractor shall:

Use flexible cables for pendant luminaires and for final connections to
equipment (fixed, or portable). Ensure these are 300/500 volt grade to BS
6500, Table II, PVC insulated white circular with HC tinned copper
conductors of minimum size 1.0mm.

Ensure the maximum mass of any suspended luminaire is 5kg unless
additional support is provided.

Use heat resistant flexible cables for all non pendant type luminaires.

Use heat resistant flexible cables for making final connections to equipment
(fixed or portable) with a heating element or equipment fixed to pipework or
appliance forming part of a heat distribution system; ensure the flexible
cables are 300/500V grade complying with the relevant BS.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
216
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
900
CONTROL SWITCHES
The Contractor shall:

Ensure double pole and triple pole and neutral control switches are in
accordance with relevant BS (Category AC22) respectively and are suited as
other accessories defined in particular Statement of Requirements items.

Ensure each switch is of the surface or flush pattern as appropriate and
install with suitable box and flylead.

Ensure switch plates are complete with pilot lamp and where defined in
Particular Statement of Requirements items, engraved with coloured lettering
identifying the equipment being controlled.

If cable outlet plates are required for final connections to equipment, suite
these to other accessories.
END OF SECTION Y74
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
217
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Y80 EARTHING AND BONDING COMPONENTS
CONTENTS
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
200
GENERAL
300
PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS
310
Earth – supplies received at low voltage
320
Circuit protective conductors
330
TN-C-S systems
340
Extension and alterations to existing installations
350
External socket outlets and equipment
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
The Contractor shall:

Comply fully with the edition (including amendments) of each of the following,
current at the time of tender.

Where a standard referred to in this section conflicts with a standard referred
to in an associated Engineering System section (e.g. S10, T31, V21, etc.) of
this Statement of Requirements, the standard referred to in the engineering
system section prevails.
Protective Multiple Earthing Approval 1974
BS 951
Electrical earthing. Clamps for earthing and bonding purposes.
Specification
BS 4444
proving.
Guide to electrical earth monitoring and protective conductor
BS 5958
Code of Practice for control of undesirable static electricity.
BS 7361
Cathodic protection.
BS 7361-1 Part 1: Code of practice for land and marine applications
BS 7430
Code of practice for earthing
BS 7671
Requirements for Electrical Installations. IEE Wiring
Regulations
BS EN 13599 Copper and copper alloys. Copper plate, sheet and strip for
electrical purposes
BS EN 13601 Copper and copper alloys. Copper rod, bar and wire for
general electrical purposes
BS EN 13636 Cathodic protection of buried metallic tanks and related
piping
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
218
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
BS EN 15112 External cathodic protection of well casing
BS EN 62305 Protection against lightning
200
GENERAL
For the purposes of this clause a building is defined as a separate structure.
Structures linked by a corridor, subway or bridge are considered to be separate
structures.
The Contractor shall:

Install the whole of the earthing and bonding installations in accordance with
the requirements of BS 7671, Regional Electricity Company requirements, BS
7430, and other relevant British Standards and Codes of Practice.

Ensure all enclosures, equipment, exposed conductive parts, extraneous
conductive parts, metallic trunking, metallic conduits, metallic cable trays and
any other metalwork, other than any live part, forming protection or part of the
electrical installation, including apparatus and appliances, are effectively
bonded to earth and do not form part of the earth fault path of the protective
conductor system.

Ensure all LV socket outlets have a green/yellow PVC insulated 2.5 sq mm
stranded copper conductor as a fly lead connected between earth terminals
secured to both socket assembly and socket box.

Provide each lighting switch grid with an earth terminal and fly lead as
detailed above.

Provide fly leads as described above for all hinged panels of switches,
switchgear, control cubicles, distribution boards, etc. Route/protect the fly
leads to obviate damage to the cables when panels are opened and closed.

Provide protective conductors in the form of tinned copper tape for the full
length of all busbar trunking systems. Ensure the size of this tape shall be in
accordance with BS 7671 and fix externally to the side of the trunking using
brass bolts and double (locking) nuts. Ensure maximum fixing centres are
900mm and each section of rising busbar trunking is effectively bonded to the
tape.

Ensure the installation has all incoming services bonded to earth at the point
of entry.

Extraneous metalwork to be bonded includes:
~
metal ceiling grids by bonding each primary grid member using a 4 sq
mm PVC insulated copper conductor
~
metallic balustrades and handrails
~
metallic ladders and companion ways
~
suspended metal floor systems including supports/frames; minimum
two (2) bonds per room plus one (1) additional bond per 50 square
metres
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
219
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
~
all other exposed metallic parts and equipment permanently secured
to or forming part of the building structure including exposed
metalwork of hollow partitions and separate sections of duct/pipework
insulation metallic covering

Ensure that all exposed or extraneous conductive parts, having a resistance
to earth of less than one (1) megohm are bonded to the electrical services
earth.

Prove each circuit protective conductor prior to making any supplementary
bonding connection.

Fix copper tape to the building structure by means of purpose-made 'spacer
bar' saddles.

Make joints in copper tape by:
~
tin joints prior to assembly with minimum of two (2) copper rivets
~
minimum two (2) brass bolts and sweated overall
~
Cadweld, or similar, in accordance with manufacturers instruction

Ensure that where holes are drilled in the copper tape for connection to items
of plant the effective cross-sectional area of the connection is not less than
that required to comply with BS 7671. Tin the connected surface area.

Ensure bolts, nuts and washers for any fixing of the earth tape are bronze.
300
PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS
310
Earth – supplies received at low Voltage
The Contractor shall:

Note that earth is normally the earth terminals or earthed cable sheath of the
electricity supply installation, provided the Contractor or utility provider has
given written approval for the use of their earthing system for this purpose.
Forward duplicate copies of the Regional Electricity Company's written
approval to the Authority before the earth connection is made.

Where the supply of a TT system requiring a connection to earth supplied by
the consumer, install an earth electrode system to meet the site and soil
conditions. Provide solid drawn high conductivity copper rods, 15mm
diameter and 1200mm sections with internal screw and socket joints.

Fit sections with hardened steel tips and driving caps. Ensure depth of the
driver rods are a minimum of 2400mm and the spacing is at least equal to
their length. Ensure no electrode is within 3000mm of the building
foundations.

Make connections by using proprietary clamps and provide with a concrete
inspection pit with removable covers inscribed "EARTH".

Provide earthing terminals at all main incoming supply positions and connect
to earth. Ensure main and/or sub-main panels have an earthing terminal and
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
220
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
are effectively connected to earth.
320
Circuit protective conductors
The Contractor shall:

330
Provide circuit protective conductor by:
~
copper circuit protective conductors with yellow/green insulation
~
armouring and/or metal sheaths of armoured cable
~
an integral protective conductor of any multi-core cable

Size protective conductors in accordance with BS 7671 and as indicated on
the drawings, but not less than 1.5 sq mm.

Terminate all circuit protective conductors, when fixed to bolted connections,
using compression type lugs made with an automatic purpose made
machine.

Bond the metal sheaths and/or armouring of paper and PVC insulated cables
to the metal parts of the equipment to which they are connected, utilising a
proprietary brass earthing tag and brass nut and bolt.

When flexible conduit is used, ensure the protective conductor at the
equipment end is made-off to the equipment earth terminal. Install the
protective conductor within the conduit and suitably sized for the circuit(s)
passing through.
TN-C-S systems
The Contractor shall ensure that earthing, bonding and neutral switching isolation
comply with requirements of BS7671, the requirements of the Protective Multiple
Earthing Approval, and those of the Regional Electricity Company.
340
Extension and alterations to existing installations
The Contractor shall:
350

Check existing installations which are being extended to ensure that the
existing earth continuity conductors and earthing leads comply with BS 7671.

Where a connection is made to another earth continuity conductor or earthing
lead, supply and fix a permanent label indelibly marked with the words
"SAFETY ELECTRICAL EARTH - DO NOT REMOVE".
External socket outlets and equipment
The Contractor shall:

Note that the term "external socket outlet and equipment" applies to any
socket outlet or equipment which itself is located outside the equipotential
bonding zone of the main electrical installation or provided for the specific
purpose of enabling mobile or portable equipment to be used outside this
zone.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
221
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Protect all external socket outlets by a RCD / RCCB having an operating
current not greater than 30mA.
END OF SECTION Y80
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
222
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Y81 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
CONTENTS
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
200
GENERAL
300
PARTICULAR TEST PROCEDURES
310
311
312
Switchgear
LV switchgear
Protection tests
320
321
Cables
LV cables
330
331
Backup, alarm and control systems
UPS systems
340
341
342
Miscellaneous – lighting and small power
Lighting and power installations
Street/area/floodlighting
350
351
352
353
354
Miscellaneous – other systems
Earthing and bonding
Telecommunications and data
CCTV
Lightning protection
400
INSTRUMENTATION
500
CERTIFICATES AND SCHEDULES
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
The Contractor shall:

Comply fully with the edition (including amendments) of each of the following,
current at the time of Tender for the Systems applicable to this project.

Where a standard referred to in this section conflicts with a standard referred
to in an associated Engineering System section (e.g. W15, W42 etc) of this
Statement of Requirements, the standard referred to in the Engineering
System section prevails„.
BS 4444
Guide to electrical earth monitoring and protective
conductor proving BS 4737 Intruder alarm systems
BS 5266
Emergency lighting
BS 5266-1
Part 1: Code of practice for the emergency lighting of
premises
BS 5839
Fire detection and fire alarm systems for buildings
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
223
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
BS 6266
Code of practice for fire protection for electronic
equipment installations
BS 7430
Code of practice for earthing
BS 7671
Requirements for electrical installations. IEE Wiring
Regulations
BS CISPR 16
Specification for radio disturbance and immunity
measuring apparatus and methods
BS EN 54
Fire detection and fire alarm systems BS EN 1838, BS
EN 5266-7 Lighting applications. Emergency lighting
BS EN 50132
Alarm systems - CCTV surveillance systems for use in
security applications
BS EN 55011
Industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) radio frequency
equipment. Electromagnetic disturbance characteristics.
Limits and methods of measurement
BS EN 60034
Rotating electrical machines
BS EN 60060
High-voltage test techniques
BS EN 60076
Power transformers
BS EN 60076-3
Part 3: Insulation levels, dielectric tests and external
clearances in air
BS EN 60076-5
Part 5: Ability to withstand short-circuit
BS EN 60079
Explosive atmospheres
BS EN 60439
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies
BS EN 60439-1
Part 1: Type-tested and partially type-tested
assemblies
BS EN 60849
Sound systems for emergency purposes
BS EN 60896
Stationary lead-acid batteries
BS EN 60896-11
Part 11: General requirements and methods of test.
Vented types. General requirements and methods of
tests
BS EN 60947
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear
BS EN 60947-3
Part 3: Switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors
and fuse-combination units
BS EN 61180
High-voltage test techniques for low-voltage equipment
BS EN 61557
Electrical safety in low voltage distribution systems up
to 1000 V a.c. and 1500 V d.c. Equipment for testing,
measuring or monitoring of protective measures
BS EN 62040
Uninterruptible Power Systems (UPS)
BS EN 62040-3
Part 3: Method of specifying the performance and test
requirements
BS EN 62271
High-voltage switchgear and controlgear
BS EN 62271-200 Part 200: AC metal-enclosed switchgear and
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
224
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
controlgear for rated voltages above 1 kV and up to and
including 52 kV
BS EN 62305
Protection against lightning
BS EN ISO 10012 Measurement management systems. Requirements for
measurement process and measuring equipment
200
BS ISO 8528
Reciprocating internal combustion engine driven
alternating current generating sets
BS ISO 8528-6
Part 6: Test methods
ENA ER G59/1
Recommendations for the connection of embedded
generating plant to the Distribution Network Owner‟s
systems
HTM 05-03
Fire safety in the NHS. Operational provisions
HTM 05-03B
Part B: Fire detection and alarm systems
HTM 06-01
Electrical services supply and distribution
HTM 06-02
Electrical safety guidance for low voltage systems
HTM 06-03
Electrical safety guidance for high voltage systems
GENERAL
The Contractor shall:

Carry out inspection and tests to comply with any British or European
Standards as necessary on all equipment and installations.

Comply with all aspects of section A32 of this Statement of Requirements.

Where a substation, HV/LV transformer, HV switchgear, LV switchgear,
generator, or UPS system has been completely assembled at a
manufacturer's works, arrange for the employer's representative to inspect
and witness tests on the completed equipment at the works. The Contractor
is to provide at least ten (10) Working Days‟ notice of the tests to the
Authority‟s Representative..

Whether this opportunity is accepted by the Authority or not, make available
the complete set of test results and inspection reports to the Authority after
the tests have been completed and before the equipment is installed.

Retest on site any such item of equipment that has been partially dismantled
for transportation, unless otherwise agreed with the Authority.

Submit a detailed programme of testing to the Authority at least five (5)
Working Days prior to the commencement of the tests on site. Notify
manufacturers or specialists where necessary.

Arrange for the attendance of a tester to carry out all required tests. Ensure
that this tester is not the same person who made the installation, unless
agreed with the Authority.

Supply all test instruments. Ensure they are calibrated immediately prior to
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
225
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
commencement of testing and operated by trained personnel. Arrange for all
calibration certificates to be available for inspection at the time of the tests.
Prior to commencement of tests ensure the Authority is asked to comment on
the suitability of the proposed test equipment and methods of testing being
adopted.
300

Arrange and carry out disconnection or similar operations to satisfy the
requirements for testing, etc, and the reinstatement of the installation after
tests.

Carry out the test procedures in the following clauses in addition to any tests
required by the particular System section, or any other „Y‟ section, of this
Statement of Requirements, as a minimum.
PARTICULAR TEST PROCEDURES
The Contractor shall carry out the following procedures as necessary in accordance
with the relevant British or other standards and, if appropriate, the relevant Health
Technical Memoranda (HTM).
310
Switchgear
311
LV switchgear
The Contractor shall:
312

Ensure that, the Contractor‟s test engineer, fully in accordance with the
factory‟s safety regulations, controls all tests undertaken at the
manufacturer‟s works.

Ensure that, in the presence of the Authority‟s representative, all tests
undertaken at site are controlled by the Contractor.

Inspect and test switchgear fully in accordance with BS EN 60439, and in
particular BS EN 60439-1 to comply with type testing or partial type testing.

Ensure that all switchgear has been ASTA type tested and has their approval
and certification.

Ensure that all meters fitted to any switchgear have a valid calibration
certificate.

Ensure that the settings of all ACBs and MCCBs are in accordance with the
design settings as detailed in the schedules.

During commissioning ensure that all switchgear and distribution boards have
been correctly labelled and all distribution board schedules are correct and in
place.
Protection tests
The Contractor shall:

Within all switchboards, test every protective relay to ensure it functions
correctly.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
226
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Verify the action of all such relays by secondary injection methods.

Check that the system has been graded and that the correct settings have
been set up.

Check that the grading settings have been correctly recorded in test sheets
and that these settings are recorded in the O&M Manual
320
Cables
321
LV cables
The Contractor shall:

Test all installed LV cables fully in accordance with BS 7671.

Carry out the insulation tests required. Inform the Authority five (5) Working
Days before testing of the time and date of the test so that he can be present
if he wishes. The conducting of the tests and the subsequent recording and
certification of the results remain the responsibility of the Contractor. Ensure
that, throughout all such tests, both ends of every cable are monitored by a
competent person.

When testing long cables that probably have considerable capacitance, be
aware of the dangers of stored energy and the need to earth down, in a
controlled manner, all cores after each test.

On every paper insulated cable carry out the “crackle test” on the
impregnated bindings before making each joint, to ensure that they contain
no water moisture.
330
Backup, alarm and control systems
331
UPS systems
The Contractor shall:

Carry out the comprehensive tests as laid down in BS EN 62040-3, section 6.

Include the following tests:
~
light load test
~
full load test
~
full load test with generator start up
~
battery test
~
maintenance bypass test
~
static bypass test
~
functional tests of interlocks
~
simulation of power loss and return
~
efficiency tests
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
227
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
~
inspection of input and output waveforms

Test each UPS system under simulated full load conditions on completion of
the installation works at site. The tests to include total simulation of mains
failure and the automatic operation of the standby generator system.

Demonstrate fully the UPS systems battery support with a total discharge at
the twenty (20) minute and forty (40) minute battery period as appropriate at
specified full load condition and demonstration of the recovery time over the
specified twelve (12) hour period.

Arrange and co-ordinate all tests providing two (2) Working Days‟ notice that
the Authority may be present.

Allow costs for provision of paper charge recorder for duration of the system
tests at site. A minimum period of five (5) Working Days on line operation
shall be required for each of the UPS systems.

Include the recorded test results in the operating and maintenance manuals
as a record of all 'on line' tests and issue at Contract completion.

Complete all tests in the presence of the UPS equipment manufacturer‟s
engineers.
340
Miscellaneous – lighting and small power
341
Lighting and power installations
The application of this clause includes the systems and equipment described in the
following sections of this Statement of Requirements where applicable:
~
LV distribution
~
general lighting
~
general LV power
~
UPS
~
emergency lighting
~
street/area/flood lighting
~
general lighting and power (small scale) (V90)
~
fire detection and alarm
~
earthing and bonding (W51)
~
wiring for mechanical systems
~
control panels
The Contractor shall:
 Inspect and test the complete installation fully in accordance with BS 7671.
 Test the installed lighting system progressively during construction and upon
final completion of the whole installation. Test the complete lighting system,
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
228
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
including luminaires, control devices and all associated equipment in
accordance with the manufacturer‟s recommendations.

Carry out the inspection and tests in the same sequence as set out in BS
7671

Carry out the following BS 7671 tests before making the system live:

~
visual inspection, including:
~
the cable containment is supported adequately
~
all luminaires are complete with lamps and accessories
~
lamps are of the correct colour, rating and manufacturer selection
~
control devices have been correctly installed
~
all switch plates align straight and true
~
all required labelling has been provided
~
luminaires and lamps are in clean condition
~
continuity of protective conductors including main and supplementary
equipotential bonding
~
continuity of ring final circuit conductors
~
insulation resistance
~
site applied insulation resistance
~
verification of protection by separation of circuits
~
verification of protection against direct contact by barrier or an
enclosure provided during erection.
~
electrical resistance of floors and walls that provide protection against
direct contact.
~
polarity
~
earth electrode resistance
Carry out the following BS 7671 tests after making the system live:
~
earth fault loop impedance
~
prospective fault current
~
functional testing (testing of RCDs, RCBs, interlocks, etc)

Measure the installed cable lengths for underwater lighting circuits and
submit a report in writing to the Authority‟s Representative.

Verify that the control devices for underwater lighting operated correctly.

Test and commission the lighting system in accordance with CIBSE
Commissioning Code L.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
229
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
342

Set up, prove the operation and function and fully commission all individual
control devices including switches, presence detectors, photocell sensors,
and contactor/relay units, etc.

Carry out adjustments and calibration of all automatic control devices and
systems to demonstrate optimum performance and operation.

Record all control arrangements, settings, sequences and functions on
completion of commissioning and demonstrations.

Demonstrate the operation of all control functions to the entire satisfaction of
the Authority and employers‟ representative after commissioning has been
fully completed.

Provide out of hours attendance, as necessary during periods of darkness, or
as agreed with the Authority for the demonstration and verification of
operation and function of particular lighting systems.

Make average illuminance measurements of the installed lighting system, as
recommended by the CIBSE Code for Lighting, throughout all areas of the
building. Incorporate the results on the lighting system „Record‟ layout
drawings.

After the electrical system is live but before the protected systems and
equipment are operated, arrange for the specialist to make EMI tests to
confirm that the electric and magnetic field strengths are within the required
limits.
Street/area/floodlighting Visual inspection
The Contractor shall:


Visually inspect the completed installation including the following:
~
all cable containment is supported adequately
~
all luminaires are complete with lamps and accessories
~
all lamps are of the correct colour, rating and manufacturer selection
~
all control devices have been correctly installed
~
all switch plates align straight and true
~
all required labelling has been provided
~
all luminaires and lamps are in a clean condition
Carry out a visual appraisal of the completed and energised lighting system in
conjunction with the Authority.
Testing
The Contractor shall:

Give the Authority advanced notice to allow the opportunity to attend all tests
and inspections.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
230
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL

Fully test the lighting system installation in accordance with BS 7671.

Test the installed lighting system progressively during construction and upon
final completion of the whole installation.

Test the complete lighting system, including luminaires, control devices and
all associated equipment in accordance with the manufacturer‟s
recommendations.
Records
The Contractor shall:


Record the following details for all tests carried out:
~
date
~
location and identity of lighting system
~
drawing references
~
method of test
~
result of test
~
name and signature of the person witnessing the test
Give the Authority a copy of each record sheet within five (5) Working Days of
Test Completion..
Commissioning
The Contractor shall:

Carry out adjustments and calibration of all automatic control devices and
systems to demonstrate optimum performance and operation.

Record all control arrangements, settings, sequences and functions on
completion of commissioning and demonstrations.

Demonstrate the operation of all control functions to the entire satisfaction of
the Authority after commissioning has been fully completed.

Provide out of hours attendance as necessary during periods of darkness, as
agreed with the Authority, for the demonstration and verification of operation
and function of particular lighting systems.
350
Miscellaneous – other systems
351
Earthing and bonding
The Contractor shall:

Test that all earthing and bonding is fully in compliance with BS 7671 and BS
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
231
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
7430, and prove all protective conductors are fully in accordance with BS
4444.
352

Provide the Authority with a method statement for carrying out all testing
works ten (10) Working Days prior to commencing works. Do not commence
the testing until the Approval of the Authority is obtained.

Provide all test equipment and engineering personnel to complete the tests.

Undertake all necessary survey and testing to establish ground conditions
and soil resistivity prior to commencement of the works in accordance with
BS 7430 and BS 1377. Provide all test results to the Authority. Do not
commence the works until the testing until the Approval of the Authority is
obtained.

Carry out full impedance/continuity testing of all service carriers prior to
connecting to the earthing system to the Authority satisfaction.

On completion of the Phase and on overall completion, , carry out all
necessary tests to prove the effectiveness of the complete earthing system.
Ensure that the earth electrode system achieves an overall resistance of less
than 1Ω/40Ω noting the requirement to provide additional electrodes if the
systems fail to meet the specified resistance to earth.
Telecommunications and data
The Contractor shall:
353

Where external and internal telephone wiring is installed, carry out testing
fully in accordance with the telephone service provider‟s (TSP) specification
and section W15 of this Statement of Requirements.

Where internal and site-wide telephone and data wiring form one integral
wiring system, test it as detailed in section W15 of this Statement of
Requirements. As a minimum carry out testing as recommended to meet the
specific System specification and criteria as per W15.

Obtain from the TSP a warranty for the System.
CCTV
The Contractor shall:

Carry out tests fully in compliance with section W42 of this Statement of
Requirements.

Include the following tests:
∼
all wiring
∼
effective operation of all cameras in differing light levels
∼
correct setting of all pan and tilt limits and associated automatic control
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
232
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
354
∼
correct supply voltage at all parts of the system
∼
fields of view checked
∼
effective operation of supplementary lighting
∼
operation of recording systems under alarm and quiescent conditions
∼
all alarm inputs and outputs
∼
walk tests on any volumetric device operated cameras
∼
simulated power loss.
Lightning protection
The Contractor shall:
400

Ensure that the complete lightning protection system is fully tested in
accordance with BS EN 62305.

Arrange a mutually agreed programme for the demonstration of the lightning
protection system with the Authority. Prepare a method statement for the
test, commissioning and demonstration stating exactly how these are to be
carried out and submit the statement to the Authority for comment.

With its test link removed and without any bonding to other services, measure
the earth resistance of every individual earth electrode. Ensure such
resistance in Ohms does not exceed ten (10) times the number of down
conductors on the structure.

Measure with the test links in place the resistance to earth of the complete
lightning protection system at any point on the building. Ensure that all
results from this test do not exceed ten (10) Ohms. Carry out this test prior to
bonding to other services. If the overall resistance exceeds ten (10) Ohms
provide, at no additional cost to the employer, any means (e.g. the addition of
earth mats or plate electrodes) as recommended by BS EN 62305, to reduce
the overall resistance.

Fully tabulate all test results and issue to the Authority; also allow for all
witnessing of the testing procedure by the Authority.
INSTRUMENTATION
The Contractor shall supply all test instruments for the tests required. Ensure that all
such instruments are calibrated and supply the current calibration certificate for each.
Ensure that all such instruments comply with BS EN ISO 10012.
500
CERTIFICATES AND SCHEDULES
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that all completion certificates, test certificates, schedules and reports
required by the relevant BS or European or other standards are recorded and
produced before hand over of the project.
END OF SECTION Y81
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
233
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Y82
IDENTIFICATION OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
CONTENTS
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
200
GENERAL
210
Materials and marking
220
Fixing
300
LABELLING OF EQUIPMENT
310
311
312
313
314
Cables
Cable conductor colour coding
Cable sheath identification
Terminal marking and conductor identification
Underground cables
320
Conduit and trunking colour coding
330
Switchgear
340
Distribution boards
350
Colour corrected luminaires
360
Plant and equipment labels
370
Indicator lamps and push buttons
400
SIGNS NOTICES AND DIAGRAMS
410
Safety signs
420
Additional safety signs
430
Maintenance notices
440
Schematic diagrams
450
Earthing
460
Shock treatment card
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
The Contractor shall:

Comply fully with the edition (including amendments) of each of the following,
current at the time of tender.

Where a standard referred to in this section conflicts with a standard referred
to in an associated Engineering System section (e.g. W15, W42 , etc) of this
Statement of Requirements, the standard referred to in the Engineering
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
234
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
System section prevails.
The Health and Safety (Safety Signs and Signals) Regulations
200
BS 1710
Specification for identification of pipelines and services
BS 3858
Specification for binding and identification sleeves for
use on electric cables and wires
BS 4781
Specification for pressure-sensitive adhesive plastics
labels for permanent use
BS 4800
Schedule of paint colours for building purposes
BS 5070
Engineering diagram drawing practice
BS 5472
Specification for low voltage switchgear and controlgear
for industrial use. Terminal marking and distinctive
number. General rules
BS 5499
Graphical symbols and signs. Safety signs including fire
safety signs
BS 6272
Specification for low voltage switchgear and controlgear
for industrial use. Terminal marking. Terminals for
external associated electronic circuit components and
contacts
BS 7671
Requirements for electrical installations. IEE Wiring
Regulations
BS EN 60073
Basic and safety principles for man-machine interface,
marking and identification. Coding principles for
indicators and actuators
BS EN 60439
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies
BS EN 60445
Basic and safety principles for man-machine interface,
marking and identification. Identification of equipment
terminals, conductor terminations and conductors
BS EN 61082
Preparation of documents used in electrotechnology
BS EN 61082-1
Part 1: Rules
HSE L64
Safety signs and signals. The Health and Safety (Safety
Signs and Signals) Regulations 1996. Guidance on
Regulations
GENERAL
The Contractor shall:

Provide all identification labels and notices in accordance with BS 7671.

Install warning, caution and instruction notices where indicated in the
Engineering System Sections of this Statement of Requirements or on the
drawings, or where required, to ensure safe operation and maintenance of
electrical systems and of the items to which they connect.
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
235
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
210

Where there are live parts which are not capable of being isolated by a single
device, provide a warning notice that states the location of each isolator.
Ensure that every such warning notice is in a prominent position and clearly
visible before access to the live parts can be gained.

Ensure that, where a nominal voltage exceeding 230V exists, a warning label
stating the maximum voltage is present and clearly visible.

Ensure that all identification labels and notices are installed in a visible
position, without interference to the operation and maintenance of equipment.

Ensure that labels and notices are sized in proportion to the equipment on
which they are mounted and that they are securely fixed.

Obtain Approval from the Authority, with regard to style, colour, lettering, size
and position of all labels and notices. If requested, provide samples free of
cost for Approval by the Authority

Identify every termination and joint box by an externally fitted label indicating
the type of service contained, such as „bells‟, „radio‟, „fire alarm‟.
Materials and marking
The Contractor shall:

Only use materials for labels and notices with a predicted life span equal to or
greater than the lifespan of the installation to which they refer.

For labels and notices which are fitted outside of buildings, select the
appropriate material and marking method from the following list:

~
rigid, laminated, ABS sub-strate material, of three or five layers of
different colours, machine engraved in a contrasting colour [e.g.
Traffolyte]
~
rigid plastic, hot press printed
~
pressure sensitive labels to BS 4781, printed
~
brass, engraved
~
stainless steel, engraved
For labels and notices which are fitted within buildings, select the appropriate
material and marking method from the following list.
~
rigid, laminated, ABS sub-strate material, of three (3) or five (5) layers
of different colours, machine engraved in a contrasting colour [e.g.
Traffolyte]
~
thermosetting rigid plastic, screen printed
~
flexible plastic, screen printed or manuscript lettering
~
rigid plastic, hot press printed
~
pressure sensitive adhesive labels to BS 4781, printed
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
236
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
220
~
aluminium or aluminium alloy, letter pressed, letter engraved or letter
embossed
~
stainless steel, engraved
Fixing
The Contractor shall:

Use fixing methods and materials only with a predicted life span equal to or
greater than the lifespan of the installation to which they are applied.

Fix every label and notice using materials compatible with it and with the
surface to which it is being fixed. Use only non-corrodible fixings for external
labels and notices.

Thoroughly clean surfaces of dust, loose materials and oily films before fixing
labels and notices to them. Fix labels and notices to a surface only after all
finishing to that surface is complete.
300
LABELLING OF EQUIPMENT
310
Cables
The Contractor shall:
311

Provide all cables (including those routed underground, on trays, on ladders
or in ‟baskets‟), other than final sub-circuit wiring enclosed in conduits or
trunking, with identification labels. Fix them at each end of the cable, and
either side of wall/ floor/ roof penetrations, and (except for underground
cables) at approximately twelve (12) meter intervals, and at convenient
inspection points.

Additionally, for underground cables, fix a label to each where it emerges
from the ground.

Ensure that all such labels show the following information, as a minimum:
~
reference number of the cable
~
points of termination (i.e. the locations where the cable starts and
finishes)
~
size and number of conductors
~
type of cable (e.g. LSF, XLPE, PVC) and date of installation
~
operating voltage of cable
Cable conductor colour coding
The Contractor shall identify cable conductors in accordance with BS 7671; note that
a lighting sub-circuit switch wire is a phase conductor in a single phase circuit.
312
Cable sheath identification
The Contractor shall:
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
237
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
313

Submit for Approval by the Authority the colour and coding methods of both
internal and external cable sheaths.

Unless otherwise stated in the system sections of this Statement of
Requirements, for fire alarm cables use red, for telephone and data cables
use grey, for intruder alarm and nurse call cables use white, for television
aerial cables use brown and for speaker cables use black.
Terminal marking and conductor identification
The Contractor shall:
314

Apply identification markers, in accordance with BS 7671, to all conductor
termination points.

Arrange for the manufacturer of switchgear and control gear to mark their
terminals in accordance with BS 5472 and BS 6272. Use a unique reference
to identify each element in the switchgear or control gear. Mark on or
adjacent to each element its reference. Identify each terminal for connection
to external wiring or cabling using a reference system complying with BS EN
60445 based on the element reference and the appropriate element terminal
reference.

Use lettered or numbered ferrules or sleeves to BS 3858 to mark each
auxiliary conductor or control cable core with the identity of the terminal to
which it is connected and the reference of plant or equipment to which it is
connected and the identity of the terminal at the remote end.

Identify the main circuit conductors in accordance with BS 7671.

Ensure that the material of cable markers is at least the same standard, or
better, as the cables they identify, i.e. LSF.
Underground cables
The Contractor shall:


Provide cable route markers in accordance with clause Y61.800 of this
Statement of Requirements, and upon each of them clearly indicate the
following information:
~
type of cable and date installed
~
operating voltage of cable
~
depth at which cable is buried
Mark and protect direct buried cables with one (1) of the following:
~
concrete cable covers
~
clay ware cable covers
~
recovered plastic cable tiles
~
recovered plastic cable tiles with integral yellow printed black warning
tape
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
238
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
~
320
plastic tape yellow printed black
Conduit and trunking colour coding
The Contractor shall:


330
In areas of mechanical plant or voids accommodating mechanical services, or
where otherwise indicated in the Engineering System Sections of this
Statement of Requirements or on the drawings, identify electrical conduits in
accordance with BS 1710. Apply colour „orange‟ to BS 4800, by one (1) of
the following methods:
∼
painting on service as a band over 150mm
∼
applying an adhesive tape (of wrap-around type services) over a
length of 150mm
Place such identification colours at bulkheads, wall penetrations and any
other place where identification is necessary.
Switchgear
The Contractor shall:
340

Ensure that all switchgear is fitted with labels in accordance with BS 7671
and BS EN 60439 to indicate duty of unit, its voltage, phase and current
rating, protective device rating, size of conductor involved, and all other
necessary details.

Use an industry-agreed serial coding system; provide at the switch a legend
of the coding system to the Authority.

Identify loose switchgear such as fused switches, switch fuses, distribution
boards, isolators, indicating switches, starters and control switches controlling
remote equipment, by an externally fitted approved label or engraving,
indicating the equipment controlled.
Distribution boards
The Contractor shall:

Clearly identify the circuit ways either by the miniature circuit breaker or fuse
bases and carriers being indelibly numbered by the Contractor in an
approved manner or by a label. This may be by means of a numbered plan
or a printed statement held in a pocket on the inside of the door, to the effect
that the numbering of the ways is from left to right, or top to bottom.
Internally

Identify every outgoing way with a renewable circuit chart, in a transparent
plastic envelope, permanently fitted inside the cover of every distribution
board.

Clearly indicate for each circuit, in typed script, the following information, as a
minimum:
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
239
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
~
circuit identification number
~
cable size
~
fuse or circuit breaker rating (including whether an RCD or not)
~
description of item supplied and area supplied by circuit
Externally

350
Clearly identify each distribution board, with a label that is compatible with the
schematic and wiring diagrams, and complies with BS 7671.
Colour corrected luminaires
The Contractor shall: fit a warning or identification disc under the lamp(s) of
luminaires containing colour corrected fluorescent tubes or other corrected light
sources, to ensure that maintenance staff install the correct lamps.
360
Plant and equipment labels
The Contractor shall:
370

Label all electrical plant and equipment with the labels specified in the
appropriate BS for that plant or equipment.

Fit labels on all items of electrical equipment, switches, etc, that include the
following information, as a minimum:

 service controlled

circuit reference

voltage and number of phases
~
circuit protection type and rating

Label all 'accessory boxes' internally with their circuit reference. Identify
externally the midpoint of the ring main circuit.

Engrave switchplates, spur units, pushes and special plates for bed head
units, call systems, fire alarms, etc, as indicated in the „engineering system‟
sections of this Statement of Requirements or on the drawings.

Use 6mm high letters with engraving (in a contrasting colour), except where
otherwise stated.

Where voltage above ELV exists, label all electrical plant and associated
controlling equipment, using safety signs.
Indicator lamps and push buttons
The Contractor shall use indicator lamp and push button colours in accordance with
BS EN 60073.
400
SIGNS NOTICES AND DIAGRAMS
410
Safety signs
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
240
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
The Contractor shall:

Ensure that all safety signs comply with HSE L64.

Ensure that each safety sign is of the correct type and in complies with BS
5499.

Provide with each safety sign supplementary or text signs complying with BS
5499.
420
∼
name of the substation or switch room
∼
the presence of High and Low voltages
∼
administrative instructions for access
∼
location and method of contacting controlling authority
∼
actions to be taken in emergency
Additional safety signs
The Contractor shall provide at locations shown on the drawings or noted in the
Engineering System sections of this Statement of Requirements or as appropriate, in
accordance with BS 5499. Ensure that all such additional safety signs comply with
HSE L64.
430
Maintenance notices
The Contractor shall:
440

Fix notices giving warning of, and instructions on, any special maintenance
procedures to equipment.

Upon completion of the installation or maintenance work, ensure that notices
of periodic inspection and testing are fixed in a prominent position at every
installation.
Schematic diagrams
The Contractor shall:


450
In the following locations, permanently fix to a nearby wall of the
room, a purpose made schematic diagram, showing all the
electrical connections to equipment and plant served:
∼
at main switchgear
∼
at sub-main switchgear
Ensure that all such diagrams comply with BS 5070 and BS EN
61082-1, and that their symbols are in accordance with BS EN
60617.
Earthing
The Contractor shall:
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
241
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
460

Adjacent to the final connection of the electrical system of the building to the
earth electrode or earthing terminal, provide a clear and permanent warning
label stating “Safety Electrical Connection – do not remove”.

To special purpose earthing conductors [e.g.‟ clean earths‟ for IT networks]
and connection points, fit labels describing the purpose and any instructions
necessary for their operation and maintenance.
Shock treatment card
The Contractor shall provide a copy of the "Electrical Times" Shock Treatment Card
at each main switch panel position. Ensure that the card gives the following
information:
∼
instructions for isolating a person from live conductors
∼
artificial respiration and resuscitation methods
∼
location of the nearest telephone and the telephone number of whom to
contact for assistance.
END OF SECTION Y82
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
242
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Y89
SUNDRY COMMON ELECTRICAL ITEMS
CONTENTS
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
200
GENERAL
210
Definitions
220
Electricity supply
230
Design criteria
300
PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS
310
Faulty materials and workmanship
320
Supports and fixings
400
ANCILLARIES
410
Fire and smoke barriers
420
Expansion joints
430
Enclosures
440
Other sundry components
500
WORKMANSHIP
510
Positioning
520
Mounting heights in walls
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
The Contractor shall:

Comply fully with the edition (including amendments) of each of the following,
current at the time of tender.

Where a standard referred to in this section conflicts with a standard referred
to in an associated Engineering System section (e.g. S10, T31, V21, etc.) of
this Statement of Requirements, the standard referred to in the Engineering
System section prevails.
Building Regulations
Approved Document M: Access to and use of
buildings
Disability Discrimination Act
BS 5839
BS 7671
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
Fire detection and fire alarm systems for
buildings
Requirements for electrical installations. IEE
Wiring regulations
243
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
BS 8300
Design of buildings and their approaches to
meet the needs of disabled people
CAE & RIBA
Designing for Accessibility
200
GENERAL
210
Definitions
The Contractor shall use the definitions given in BS 7671. Where a term is not
defined in BS 7671, use that given in the International Electrotechnical Vocabulary
(IEV) of the International Electrotechnical Commission.
220
Electricity supply
The Contractor shall ensure the electricity supply provided is at 400/230V, 50Hz, 3phase, 4-wire, unless detailed otherwise in the Engineering System sections of this
Statement of Requirements. Check that the fault level at the origin, and the earthloop impedance external to the installation is as given in the Engineering System
sections of this Statement of Requirements and inform the Authority if they are not.
Ensure that the size and rating of the overcurrent device at the origin, and the
method of earthing used in the installation, is as given in the Engineering System
sections of this Statement of Requirements or as indicated on the drawings.
230
Design criteria
The main distribution schematic diagram and/or the Engineering System sections of
this Statement of Requirements, indicates the design criteria applicable at the time of
tender.
The Contractor shall not make any change to the installation that invalidates such
design criteria without prior written Approval from the Authority
300
PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS
310
Faulty materials and Workmanship
The Contractor shall replace any material or installation rejected under clause
A33.600 at no additional cost to the Authority, including all costs arising from any
associated building works or the works of other trades, together with all costs arising
from delay in the replacement of rejected items.
320
Supports and fixings
The Contractor shall:

Supply and install complete all necessary support steelwork, including
brackets and suspension/ threaded rods etc., to support the electrical
installation defined in this Statement of Requirements and shown on the
drawings.

Paint all such support steelwork to suit the class of installation, i.e. standard
paint finish (Class 2) for interior areas and galvanised finish (Class 4) for
exterior areas, unless otherwise defined in the Engineering System sections
of this Statement of Requirements.

Not fix electrical services to any support steelwork that is subject to vibration
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
244
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
or heat transfer.

Not support electrical services from any suspended tile ceiling system but
provide independent support fixings.
400
ANCILLARIES
410
Fire and smoke barriers
The Contractor shall:
420

Where the installations pass through fire or smoke barriers (including fire
compartment walls and floors), fit sleeves or transit frames, as appropriate,
around cables (including those supported by trays, wire trays or cable
ladders), and fire-seal the gap between them and the cable(s). Similarly, fit
fire barriers inside cable trunkings and inside busbar enclosures/trunking.

Carry out all such work to the requirements of Building Regulations and those
of BS 7671.

Arrange the integrity of the fire and smoke barriers through which such
cables, conduits, trunking, busbar systems, etc., pass, by advising the
Authority of the need for him to arrange for making good around the sleeves,
transit frames and trunkings with appropriate fire stopping materials.
Expansion joints
The Contractor shall:
430

Ensure that every expansion joint in conduits, trays, trunkings, and busbar
enclosures/trunking is of a recognised pattern supplied by the appropriate
equipment manufacturer.

Where cleated cables cross expansion joints clamp loosely within the
adjacent fixing saddles/cleats to allow movement and, where necessary,
install formed loops.
Enclosures
The Contractor shall, where site fitted electrical components (including relays,
contactors, RCDs) are not installed within a distribution board, consumer unit or
control panel, install them within a proprietary enclosure. Ensure that every such
enclosure is ingress protected to suit its location, is manufactured from a material
that resists combustion, and is equipped with DIN rails or detachable mounting frame
for mounting the equipment.
440
Other sundry components
The Contractor shall ensure that all other sundry components used are proprietary
and are of a recognised pattern, supplied by the appropriate service manufacturer.
500
WORKMANSHIP
The Contractor shall comply with the positions and heights given in clauses Y89.510
and Y89.520 of this Statement of Requirements, and Approved Document M, unless
otherwise Approved in writing with the Authority. Prior to installation of any sockets,
switches, controls, etc., it is the Contractor‟s responsibility to agree the positions with
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
245
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
the Port Operator.
510
Positioning
The Contractor shall:
520

Comply with the requirements of clause A11.

Although every endeavour has been made to show details of the design on
the drawings, check all measurements and work to the larger scale, formally
issued, detail plans in the possession of the clerk of works or main contractor
to verify the positional dimensions of accessories and associated electrical
equipment. Do this before commencing work. In the absence of large scale
drawings being available, agree all positions with the Authority

The symbols representing electrical accessories and equipment on drawings
are not drawn to scale; do not scale dimensions from the drawings.

Install wall mounted socket outlets, switches, telephone outlets, TV outlets
and control items (e.g. adjustable thermostats) with their nearest edge at
least 350mm horizontally from room „internal angle‟ corners.

Where socket outlets are above worksurfaces in kitchens but where there is
no wheelchair manoeuvring space under such worksurfaces, position at least
one outlet on the wall to which one end of every such worksurface abuts, but
with its centre no more than 150mm horizontally from the front edge of the
worksurface, and no more than 100mm above the worksurface.

Install door entry phones, card readers and manual controls for powered door
systems within 200mm horizontally of the associated door frame, except that,
where the door opens towards the user, setback such items 1400mm
horizontally from the swinging stile (leading edge) of the door (so that
wheelchair users do not have to move to avoid contact with the door as it
opens.)

Install lighting pull cords at 150mm maximum horizontally, from the door
frame of the swinging stile (leading edge) of the associated door and as close
to the wall as possible.
Mounting heights in walls
The Contractor shall:

Note this clause does not include mounting heights for landing push buttons,
keypads and „indicator arrows‟ associated with lifts, nor for emergency stop
buttons associated with escalators and conveyers.

In car parks and garages comply with appropriate Statutory Petroleum
Regulations for mounting heights of socket outlets.

Within the same room, mount all items of the same category at the same
height unless otherwise agreed with the Authority.

The heights given in this clause apply to the accessory and not to the conduit
box to which it is fitted. They are measured from finished floor level (FFL)
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
246
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
unless stated otherwise. Apply them unless otherwise detailed in the
Engineering System Sections of this Statement of Requirements or on the
drawings.

Where a range of heights is given in this clause, it means that the bottom
edge of the accessory is no lower than the lowest height in the range, and the
top edge of the accessory is no higher than the highest height in the range,
unless stated otherwise.
Apply them but make due allowance for
coordinating with any building feature, e.g. wall tiling.

Where the specified height coincides with the top of wall tiling, leave a clear
gap of 50mm above the tiling. Where items are below a worktop, mount them
100mm clear below the underside of the worktop.
CAWS
V20
CATEGORY OF ITEM/
ACCESSORY
Utility meters
mm
AFFL
1200 1400
750 1200
Distribution boards
V21
900 1200
900 1100
Lighting switches
Lighting pull cords
V22
Socket outlets and switched
socket outlets
Switches for permanently wired
appliances (e.g. fused connection
units)
Socket outlets, switched socket
outlets and switches for
permanently wired appliances
Isolators, push buttons, starters,
cooker control units
Cooker connection units
Shaver socket outlets, hot air
hand driers
450 1000
Higher if needed for particular
appliances.
100 -200
To centre above worksurfaces in
kitchens and laboratories
750 1200
450 -750
800 1000
(see
note)
800 1000
To bottom edge
Safety signs (emergency exit
signs)
2000 2500
To bottom edge
Doorbell pushes, door entry
„phones
750 1200
450 1000
Powered window controls
W10
And level with door handles
450 1200
Flex-outlets
V40
NOTES
Telephone outlets
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
247
To suit the circumstances
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
W11 &
W14
Emergency assistance alarm pull
cord
100
Emergency assistance alarm
reset button
800 1000
800 1000
W20
TV outlets
450 1000
W23
Clocks
2500
W40
Manual controls (including push
pads and green emergency break
glass units) for powered door
systems
Swipe card readers
W50
Fire alarm manual call points
Alarm sounders
Visual alarms
W60
Room thermostats and
humidistats that room occupants
adjust
Room thermostats, temperature
and humidity sensors that are not
adjustable by room occupants
To lower red bangle
To upper red bangle
To bottom edge
750 1000
950 1000
To centre of reader
900 1200
2500
2100
And level with door handles *
1400
To top of thermostat or humidistat
(see
note)
At height recommended by
manufacturer
To centre
Minimum
NOTE * Where fire alarm manual call points are lower than 1200mm, (e.g. for
compliance with DDA), record this as a variation to BS 5839 in the „Design
Certificate‟ and have it approved by the controlling fire authority.
END OF SECTION Y89
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
248
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Y90
FIXING TO BUILDING FABRIC
CONTENTS
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
200
PRODUCTS/MATERIALS
210
Fixing types
220
Explosive type fixing
230
Fixing methods not allowed
240
Holes for fixings
100
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
The Contractor shall:

Comply fully with the edition (including amendments) of each of the following,
current at the time of Tender.

Where a standard referred to in this section conflicts with a standard referred
to in an associated Engineering System section (e.g. W15, W42 etc.) of this
Statement of Requirements, the standard referred to in the Engineering
System section prevails.

BS 5080 Structural fixings in concrete and masonry

BS 8000 Workmanship on building sites
200
PRODUCTS/MATERIALS
210
Fixing types
The Contractor shall:

Where appropriate securely fix all engineering components to the building
fabric using any of the following methods:
1.
expanding bolts such as “Redheads” and “Rawlbolts” or similar for
heavy loads fixed to masonry or concrete.
2.
white metal or plastic wall plugs and screws for light loads to masonry
or concrete
3.
screws into wood for light fixings
4.
clamps and adaptors to fix to structural steelwork, if Approved by the
Authority‟s Representative in writing
5.
proprietary adaptors for proprietary cast in fixings when provided as
part of the building.
Employ all fixings within the loading recommendations of the manufacturer.
220
Explosive type fixing
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
249
IMO 13 250/2
RESTRICTED - COMMERCIAL
Before using explosive fittings, the Contractor shall obtain the written Approval of the
Authority. Where the use of explosive fittings has been Approved, only use for light
fixings.
230
Fixing methods not allowed
The Contractor shall not use the following fixing methods:
240
1.
drilling structural steel work
2.
hanging supports with loose back plates under floor screed
3.
wooden or fibre wall plugs
4.
built-in fixings unless specifically detailed in the Statement of
Requirements or on the drawings
Holes for fixings
The Contractor shall drill all holes required for fixings.
END OF SECTION Y90
Provision and Installation of CCTV at the Port of Dover
Volume 3, Schedule 1, Part B, Final
250
IMO 13 250/2
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement